Fall/Winter 2011

Fall/Winter 2011 Malcolm Brunetti Kurlansky Bloom IPhIGenIa In cartOOnInG hanK GreenBerG the anatOMY FOrest hIlls 978-0-300-17099-3 978-0-300-13660-9 OF InFluence 978-0-300-16746-7 $13.00 $25.00 978-0-300-16760-3 $25.00 $32.50

Ahmed Eagleton Greenough Larson a QuIet WhY MarX MY FaraWaY One an eMPIre OF Ice reVOlutIOn Was rIGht 978-0-300-16630-9 978-0-300-15408-5 978-0-300-17095-5 978-0-300-16943-0 $39.95 $28.00 $30.00 $25.00

Swimme/Tucker Hopkinson Abrams/Primack McLynn JOurneY OF the eX lIBrIs the neW unIVerse caPtaIn cOOK unIVerse 978-0-300-17163-1 anD the huMan 978-0-300-11421-8 978-0-300-17190-7 $15.00 Future $35.00 $25.00 978-0-300-16508-1 $28.00

RECENT GENERAL INTEREST HIGHLIGHTS 1

General Interest

General Interest 1 Your previous book, Beyond Glory, was about the great boxing matches between Joe Louis and Max Schmeling. How did you get from there to Little Rock, 1957? Actually, I began the two projects at roughly the same time. While in Little Rock to do a Clinton-related magazine story in 1999, I visited the museum across from Central High School. Like so many others, I well knew the picture of Elizabeth and Hazel from 1957. So I was Elizabeth and Hazel flabbergasted to see a poster there showing the two of them, now grown Two Women of Little Rock women, standing next to one another, smiling, apparently reconciled. How had that happened? It seemed inconceivable. So I began gathering David Margolick material on it. The two projects share a lot, in addition to their racial themes; each focuses on a discrete event—the first, a fight lasting about two minutes, the second, an exposure lasting probably a sixtieth of a Who were the two fifteen-year-old girls from second—to reveal an era. Little Rock—one black, one white—in one of Was it difficult to find Elizabeth and get her to speak with you? Photographed by Lawrence Schiller © 2011, All Rights Reserved. All 2011, © Schiller Lawrence by Photographed the most unforgettable photographs of the civil No, Elizabeth was in the same house she’d lived in the day the picture rights era? From what worlds did they come? was taken. I had expected her to be resistant but she wasn’t at all, A conversation particularly once we got going. Elizabeth has an enormous respect for What happened to them? How did the picture with history and the historical process. affect their lives? David Margolick And Hazel? Hazel was much more reluctant. Though she left school at seventeen, she’s read widely in the history of American race relations, and knew of The names Elizabeth Eckford and Hazel Bryan the historic alliance between blacks and Jews. For that reason, among Massery may not be well known, but the image of them others, she feared that Elizabeth and I would gang up on her. I made from September 1957 surely is: a black high school girl, a very poor impression on her in our first meeting, and as the fragile friendship she’d struck up with Elizabeth faltered, her position toward dressed in white, walking stoically in front of Little me hardened. It was only seven years later, after an early version of this Rock Central High School, and a white girl standing story appeared in Vanity Fair, that she relented. Then she opened up to directly behind her, face twisted in hate, screaming me, and I came to realize how remarkable a person she, too, is. racial epithets. This famous photograph captures the Did you have any idea that their personal stories would intersect in such full anguish of desegregation—in Little Rock and a fascinating way? throughout the South—and an epic moment in the I knew, from the poster, that they’d come together again. But only later civil rights movement. did I learn that five years or so after the picture was taken, Hazel had called Elizabeth to apologize. That was enormously significant to me, a In this gripping book, David Margolick tells the remark- key to her character. It said to me that for all the skepticism and hostility able story of two separate lives unexpectedly braided Hazel has encountered over the years, she in fact did the right thing in together. He explores how the haunting picture of “Elizabeth and Hazel is a story that the right way: early on, when no cameras were rolling. Elizabeth and Hazel came to be taken, its significance has been crying out to be told ever since two teenaged girls stumbled into The book took you twelve years to complete. Why so long? in the wider world, and why, for the next half-cen- history on a street in Little Rock, more Well, apart from the multitasking that all journalists must do these tury, neither woman has ever escaped from its long days, the story turned out to be endlessly rich. I interviewed dozens of than a half-century ago. Once again, people, some repeatedly, including seven of the other eight of the Little shadow. He recounts Elizabeth’s struggle to overcome Margolick, one of our best reporters, Rock Nine. I shudder to think how many times I questioned Elizabeth; the trauma of her hate-filled school experience, and reveals his remarkable gift for uncovering whenever I told her I was almost certainly done she laughed, because Hazel’s long efforts to atone for a fateful, horrible mis- intimate disputes that illuminate an she knew there would be more questions. Hazel also put up with a lot take. The book follows the painful journey of the two epoch.”—Diane McWhorter, Pulitzer of me. as they progress from apology to forgiveness to recon- Prize–winning author of Carry Me Home: Can you tell us something about your most recent trip to Little Rock? ciliation and, amazingly, to friendship. This friendship Birmingham, Alabama; The Climactic Though my reporting was pretty much finished, I accompanied foundered, then collapsed—perhaps inevitably—over Battle of the Civil Rights Revolution my friend Larry Schiller as he took portraits of the two women. We the same fissures and misunderstandings that continue thought it essential to capture how two faces that are seared into the to permeate American race relations more than half national memory had evolved with time and experience. Two of those a century after the unforgettable photograph at Little photographs appear on the jacket of my book. Being with Elizabeth and Hazel one last time, and recording them once more for history, was Rock. And yet, as Margolick explains, a bond between very moving. Elizabeth and Hazel, silent but complex, endures.

September History/Biography David Margolick is contributing editor, Vanity Fair, and a fre- Cloth 978-0-300-14193-1 $26.00 quent contributor to the New York Times Book Review. Also available as an eBook. 1 1 256 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 33 b/w illus. World

2 General Interest Your previous book, Beyond Glory, was about the great boxing matches between Joe Louis and Max Schmeling. How did you get from there to Little Rock, 1957? Actually, I began the two projects at roughly the same time. While in Little Rock to do a Clinton-related magazine story in 1999, I visited the museum across from Central High School. Like so many others, I well knew the picture of Elizabeth and Hazel from 1957. So I was Elizabeth and Hazel fl abbergasted to see a poster there showing the two of them, now grown Two Women of Little Rock women, standing next to one another, smiling, apparently reconciled. How had that happened? It seemed inconceivable. So I began gathering David Margolick material on it. The two projects share a lot, in addition to their racial themes; each focuses on a discrete event—the fi rst, a fi ght lasting about two minutes, the second, an exposure lasting probably a sixtieth of a Who were the two fi fteen-year-old girls from second—to reveal an era. Little Rock—one black, one white—in one of Was it diffi cult to fi nd Elizabeth and get her to speak with you? Photographed by Lawrence Schiller © 2011, All Rights Reserved. All 2011, © Schiller Lawrence by Photographed the most unforgettable photographs of the civil No, Elizabeth was in the same house she’d lived in the day the picture rights era? From what worlds did they come? was taken. I had expected her to be resistant but she wasn’t at all, A conversAtion particularly once we got going. Elizabeth has an enormous respect for What happened to them? How did the picture with history and the historical process. affect their lives? DAviD MArgolick And Hazel? Hazel was much more reluctant. Though she left school at seventeen, she’s read widely in the history of American race relations, and knew of The names Elizabeth Eckford and Hazel Bryan the historic alliance between blacks and Jews. For that reason, among Massery may not be well known, but the image of them others, she feared that Elizabeth and I would gang up on her. I made from September 1957 surely is: a black high school girl, a very poor impression on her in our fi rst meeting, and as the fragile friendship she’d struck up with Elizabeth faltered, her position toward dressed in white, walking stoically in front of Little me hardened. It was only seven years later, after an early version of this Rock Central High School, and a white girl standing story appeared in Vanity Fair, that she relented. Then she opened up to directly behind her, face twisted in hate, screaming me, and I came to realize how remarkable a person she, too, is. racial epithets. This famous photograph captures the Did you have any idea that their personal stories would intersect in such full anguish of desegregation—in Little Rock and a fascinating way? throughout the South—and an epic moment in the I knew, from the poster, that they’d come together again. But only later civil rights movement. did I learn that fi ve years or so after the picture was taken, Hazel had called Elizabeth to apologize. That was enormously signifi cant to me, a In this gripping book, David Margolick tells the remark- key to her character. It said to me that for all the skepticism and hostility able story of two separate lives unexpectedly braided Hazel has encountered over the years, she in fact did the right thing in together. He explores how the haunting picture of “Elizabeth and Hazel is a story that the right way: early on, when no cameras were rolling. Elizabeth and Hazel came to be taken, its signifi cance has been crying out to be told ever since two teenaged girls stumbled into The book took you twelve years to complete. Why so long? in the wider world, and why, for the next half-cen- history on a street in Little Rock, more Well, apart from the multitasking that all journalists must do these tury, neither woman has ever escaped from its long days, the story turned out to be endlessly rich. I interviewed dozens of than a half-century ago. once again, people, some repeatedly, including seven of the other eight of the Little shadow. He recounts Elizabeth’s struggle to overcome Margolick, one of our best reporters, Rock Nine. I shudder to think how many times I questioned Elizabeth; the trauma of her hate-fi lled school experience, and reveals his remarkable gift for uncovering whenever I told her I was almost certainly done she laughed, because Hazel’s long efforts to atone for a fateful, horrible mis- intimate disputes that illuminate an she knew there would be more questions. Hazel also put up with a lot take. The book follows the painful journey of the two epoch.”—Diane McWhorter, Pulitzer of me. as they progress from apology to forgiveness to recon- Prize–winning author of Carry Me Home: Can you tell us something about your most recent trip to Little Rock? ciliation and, amazingly, to friendship. This friendship Birmingham, Alabama; The Climactic Though my reporting was pretty much fi nished, I accompanied foundered, then collapsed—perhaps inevitably—over Battle of the Civil Rights Revolution my friend Larry Schiller as he took portraits of the two women. We the same fi ssures and misunderstandings that continue thought it essential to capture how two faces that are seared into the to permeate American race relations more than half national memory had evolved with time and experience. Two of those a century after the unforgettable photograph at Little photographs appear on the jacket of my book. Being with Elizabeth and Hazel one last time, and recording them once more for history, was Rock. And yet, as Margolick explains, a bond between very moving. Elizabeth and Hazel, silent but complex, endures.

September History/Biography DAvID MARGoLICk is contributing editor, Vanity Fair, and a fre- Cloth 978-0-300-14193-1 $26.00 quent contributor to the New York Times Book Review. Also available as an eBook. 1 1 256 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 33 b/w illus. World

General Interest 3 How to Change the World Tales of Marx and Marxism Eric Hobsbawm

A penetrating reassessment of Marxist thought and its relevance today, by a world-renowned historian of Marxism

“We need to take account of Marx today,” argues Eric Hobsbawm in this persuasive and highly readable book. The ideas of capitalism’s most vigorous and eloquent enemy have been enlightening in every era, the author contends, and our current historical situation of free- market extremes suggests that reading Marx may be more important now than ever. Hobsbawm begins with a consideration of how we should think about Marxism in the post-communist era, observing that the features we most associate with Soviet and related regimes—command economies, intrusive bureaucratic structures, and an economic and political condition of permanent war—are neither derived from Marx’s ideas nor unique to socialist states. Further chapters discuss pre-Marxian socialists and Marx’s radical break with them, Marx’s political “How to Change the World is the best book milieu, and the infl uence of his writings on the anti- on Marx and his legacy that I have read fascist decades, the Cold War, and the post–Cold War in years. Elegantly written, balanced in period. Sweeping, provocative, and full of brilliant its judgments, and exhibiting exceptional erudition and knowledge, this is a major insights, How to Change the World challenges us to work by one of the great European reconsider Marx and reassess his signifi cance in the historians of our time.”—Stephen Eric history of ideas. Bronner, Distinguished Professor (PII) of Political Science, Rutgers University ERIC HoBSBAWM is professor emeritus, Department of History, Classics and Archaeology, and president, Birkbeck University of London. one of Britain’s most revered historians, he has a long record of important ideas and works, among them his trilogy on the long nineteenth century: The Age of Revolution, The Age of Capital, and The Age of Empire. He lives in London.

September History/Economics/Philosophy Cloth 978-0-300-17616-2 $35.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 480 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 For sale in the United States, its territories and dependencies, the Philippine Islands, and Canada

4 General Interest Dignity The Essential Role It Plays in Resolving Confl ict in our Lives and Relationships Donna Hicks, Ph.D. Foreword by Archbishop Emeritus Desmond Tutu

The fi rst comprehensive exploration of dignity, its role in human confl ict, and its power to improve relationships of all kinds

The desire for dignity is universal and powerful. It is a motivating force behind all human interaction—in families, in communities, in the business world, and in relationships at the international level. When dignity is violated, the response is likely to involve aggression, even violence, hatred, and vengeance. on the other hand, when people treat one another with dignity, they become more connected and are able to create more meaningful relationships. Surprisingly, most people have little understanding of dignity, observes Donna Hicks in this important book. She examines the reasons for this gap and offers a new set of strategies for becoming aware of dignity’s vital role in our lives and learning to put dignity into practice in everyday life. Drawing on her extensive experience in international confl ict resolution and on insights from evolution- “original, soundly grounded in ary biology, psychology, and neuroscience, the author scholarship, and extremely important explains what the elements of dignity are, how to recog- and timely!”—Evelin Lindner, nize dignity violations, how to respond when we are not Founding President, Human Dignity and Humiliation Studies treated with dignity, how dignity can restore a broken relationship, why leaders must understand the concept of dignity, and more. Hicks shows that by choosing dignity as a way of life, we open the way to greater peace within ourselves and to a safer and more humane world for all.

DoNNA HICkS is an Associate, Weatherhead Center for International Affairs, Harvard University. During nearly two decades in the fi eld of international confl ict resolution, she has facilitated dialogue between communities in confl ict all over the world and has worked as a consultant to corporations and organizations, applying the dignity model. She lives in Watertown, MA.

September Psychology Cloth 978-0-300-16392-6 $27.50 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 240 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 World

General Interest 5 In writing about black women’s politics, why did you focus on psychological and emotional questions rather than resource inequalities, institutional practices, or traditional forms of political participation? I wanted this book to contribute to our understanding of black women as citizens. At first, I expected to write a more traditional political science text about women who organize in communities and run for office. But my research efforts kept bringing me back to black women’s Sister Citizen internal emotional experiences. The women I interviewed were keenly Shame, Stereotypes, and Black Women in America aware of race and gender barriers, resource disparities, and limited opportunities, but when they talked about themselves as Americans, Melissa V. Harris-Perry they focused on psychic pain, emotional stress, debilitating shame, and the pressure to live up to unrealistic expectations. Many felt that they were trying to “do politics” in an environment where no one was willing From a highly respected thinker on race, gender, to see them accurately or compassionately. and American politics, a new consideration of Sister Citizen discusses several stereotypes about black women. What black women and how distorted stereotypes are they, and why did you choose to explore them? affect their political beliefs In Sister Citizen I focus on three of the most pervasive and damaging historical stereotypes: Jezebel, Mammy, and the Angry Black Woman (Sapphire). Jezebel is an old myth asserting that black women are Chris Gramger Chris hypersexual, lusty, and wanton. This stereotype continues to influence Jezebel’s sexual lasciviousness, Mammy’s devotion, and Sapphire’s outspoken anger—these are among the most A conversation public policy discussions about welfare assistance and reproductive rights. Mammy is the hypercompetent but completely nonthreatening persistent stereotypes that black women encounter in with Melissa V. black woman. The image of the devoted Mammy who uses her talents contemporary American life. Hurtful and dishonest, Harris-Perry and skills to benefit the white domestic sphere is an epic stereotype such representations force African American women promulgated in advertising, popular culture, and politics. Sapphire to navigate a virtual crooked room that shames them is a more contemporary archetype characterizing black women as aggressively and irrationally irate. It can be difficult for black women to and shapes their experiences as citizens. Many respond get a fair hearing of their views if their passionate expressions are filtered by assuming a mantle of strength that may convince through this negative assumption. Finally, I explore the myth of the others, and even themselves, that they do not need strong black woman. Unlike the other stereotypes, which black women help. But as a result, the unique political issues of black agree are negative and false, many African American women both women are often ignored and marginalized. believe and embrace the idea that they are endowed with a superhuman capacity to conquer overwhelming challenges. We might see this myth In this groundbreaking book, Melissa V. Harris-Perry of strength as a positive counter to the negative stereotypes, but there uses multiple methods of inquiry, including literary are adverse consequences for black women who are determined to don analysis, political theory, focus groups, surveys, and the mantle of strength. Overall, I try to understand how black women’s “Melissa Harris-Perry is one of our most attempts to manage both the negative stereotypes and this presumably experimental research, to understand more deeply black trenchant readers of modern black life. empowering myth can influence how they feel as they approach their women’s political and emotional responses to pervasive In Sister Citizen, she gives new life to political lives. negative race and gender images. Not a traditional the idea that ‘the personal is political.’ political science work concerned with office-seeking, This book will change the conversation Why does Hurricane Katrina occupy such an important place in about the rights, responsibilities, and this book? voting, or ideology, Sister Citizen instead explores how African American women understand themselves as burdens of citizenship.”—Henry Louis I believe that the political and psychological aftermath of Hurricane Gates, Jr., Alphonse Fletcher University Katrina revealed critical fissures in our national life. For me, New citizens and what they expect from political organiz- Professor, Harvard University Orleans is ground zero for understanding black women as citizens and ing. Harris-Perry shows that the shared struggle to as survivors. It is why I now make the city my home and why I have preserve an authentic self and secure recognition as a initiated at Tulane University a program on gender, race, and politics in citizen links together black women in America, from the South. the anonymous survivors of Hurricane Katrina to the The last chapter deals with Michelle Obama. Why? current First Lady of the United States. Michelle Obama holds no official political position, has never run for office, and has no personal history of political organizing, yet she is profoundly important to understanding the challenges that black Melissa V. Harris-Perry is professor of political science and women face in American public life. Her management of her public founding director of a project on Race, Gender, and Politics in the image is instructive about how black women navigate race and gender South, Newcomb College Institute, Tulane University. She is a contributor at MSNBC, a columnist for The Nation, and author of the stereotypes. Because she is First Lady, her efforts to gain accurate public September Politics/Current Events award-winning book Barbershops, Bibles, and BET: Everyday Talk and recognition are emblematic of those engaged in by many black women. Cloth 978-0-300-16541-8 $28.00 Black Political Thought. She lives in New Orleans. Also available as an eBook. 1 1 392 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 10 b/w illus. For sale in North America only

6 General Interest In writing about black women’s politics, why did you focus on psychological and emotional questions rather than resource inequalities, institutional practices, or traditional forms of political participation? I wanted this book to contribute to our understanding of black women as citizens. At fi rst, I expected to write a more traditional political science text about women who organize in communities and run for offi ce. But my research efforts kept bringing me back to black women’s Sister Citizen internal emotional experiences. The women I interviewed were keenly Shame, Stereotypes, and Black Women in America aware of race and gender barriers, resource disparities, and limited opportunities, but when they talked about themselves as Americans, Melissa v. Harris-Perry they focused on psychic pain, emotional stress, debilitating shame, and the pressure to live up to unrealistic expectations. Many felt that they were trying to “do politics” in an environment where no one was willing From a highly respected thinker on race, gender, to see them accurately or compassionately. and American politics, a new consideration of Sister Citizen discusses several stereotypes about black women. What black women and how distorted stereotypes are they, and why did you choose to explore them? affect their political beliefs In Sister Citizen I focus on three of the most pervasive and damaging historical stereotypes: Jezebel, Mammy, and the Angry Black Woman (Sapphire). Jezebel is an old myth asserting that black women are Chris Chris Gramger hypersexual, lusty, and wanton. This stereotype continues to infl uence Jezebel’s sexual lasciviousness, Mammy’s devotion, and Sapphire’s outspoken anger—these are among the most A conversAtion public policy discussions about welfare assistance and reproductive rights. Mammy is the hypercompetent but completely nonthreatening persistent stereotypes that black women encounter in with MelissA v. black woman. The image of the devoted Mammy who uses her talents contemporary American life. Hurtful and dishonest, hArris-Perry and skills to benefi t the white domestic sphere is an epic stereotype such representations force African American women promulgated in advertising, popular culture, and politics. Sapphire to navigate a virtual crooked room that shames them is a more contemporary archetype characterizing black women as aggressively and irrationally irate. It can be diffi cult for black women to and shapes their experiences as citizens. Many respond get a fair hearing of their views if their passionate expressions are fi ltered by assuming a mantle of strength that may convince through this negative assumption. Finally, I explore the myth of the others, and even themselves, that they do not need strong black woman. Unlike the other stereotypes, which black women help. But as a result, the unique political issues of black agree are negative and false, many African American women both women are often ignored and marginalized. believe and embrace the idea that they are endowed with a superhuman capacity to conquer overwhelming challenges. We might see this myth In this groundbreaking book, Melissa v. Harris-Perry of strength as a positive counter to the negative stereotypes, but there uses multiple methods of inquiry, including literary are adverse consequences for black women who are determined to don analysis, political theory, focus groups, surveys, and the mantle of strength. overall, I try to understand how black women’s “Melissa Harris-Perry is one of our most attempts to manage both the negative stereotypes and this presumably experimental research, to understand more deeply black trenchant readers of modern black life. empowering myth can infl uence how they feel as they approach their women’s political and emotional responses to pervasive In Sister Citizen, she gives new life to political lives. negative race and gender images. Not a traditional the idea that ‘the personal is political.’ political science work concerned with offi ce-seeking, This book will change the conversation Why does Hurricane Katrina occupy such an important place in about the rights, responsibilities, and this book? voting, or ideology, Sister Citizen instead explores how African American women understand themselves as burdens of citizenship.”—Henry Louis I believe that the political and psychological aftermath of Hurricane Gates, Jr., Alphonse Fletcher University katrina revealed critical fi ssures in our national life. For me, New citizens and what they expect from political organiz- Professor, Harvard University orleans is ground zero for understanding black women as citizens and ing. Harris-Perry shows that the shared struggle to as survivors. It is why I now make the city my home and why I have preserve an authentic self and secure recognition as a initiated at Tulane University a program on gender, race, and politics in citizen links together black women in America, from the South. the anonymous survivors of Hurricane katrina to the The last chapter deals with Michelle Obama. Why? current First Lady of the United States. Michelle obama holds no offi cial political position, has never run for offi ce, and has no personal history of political organizing, yet she is profoundly important to understanding the challenges that black MELISSA v. HARRIS-PERRy is professor of political science and women face in American public life. Her management of her public founding director of a project on Race, Gender, and Politics in the image is instructive about how black women navigate race and gender South, Newcomb College Institute, Tulane University. She is a contributor at MSNBC, a columnist for The Nation, and author of the stereotypes. Because she is First Lady, her efforts to gain accurate public September Politics/Current Events award-winning book Barbershops, Bibles, and BET: Everyday Talk and recognition are emblematic of those engaged in by many black women. Cloth 978-0-300-16541-8 $28.00 Black Political Thought. She lives in New orleans. Also available as an eBook. 1 1 392 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 10 b/w illus. For sale in North America only

General Interest 7 Mary I England’s Catholic Queen John Edwards

A new appraisal of the fi rst Tudor queen, her European connections, her ambitions and intentions, and the religious violence that stained her short reign

The lifestory of Mary I—daughter of Henry vIII and his Spanish wife, Catherine of Aragon—is often distilled to a few dramatic episodes: her victory over the attempted coup by Lady Jane Grey, the imprisonment of her half- sister Elizabeth, the bloody burning of Protestants, her short marriage to Philip of Spain. This original and deeply researched biography paints a far more detailed portrait of Mary and offers a fresh understanding of her religious faith and policies as well as her historical signifi cance in England and beyond. John Edwards, a leading scholar of English and Spanish history, is the fi rst to make full use of Continental archives in this context, especially Spanish ones, to demonstrate how Mary’s culture, Catholic faith, and politics were thoroughly Spanish. Edwards begins with ◆◆ the english MonArchs series Mary’s origins, follows her as she battles her increasingly erratic father, and focuses particular attention on her notorious religious policies, some of which went hor- ribly wrong from her point of view. The book concludes with a consideration of Mary’s fi ve-year reign and the frustrations that plagued her fi nal years. Childless, ill, deserted by her husband, Mary died in the full knowledge that her Protestant half-sister Elizabeth would undo her religious work and, without acknowledging her sister, would reap the benefi ts of Mary’s achievements in government.

JoHN EDWARDS is Modern Languages Faculty Research Fellow in Spanish, University of oxford. His recent books include The Spanish Inquisition, Ferdinand and Isabella, and Isabella: Catholic Queen and Madam of Spain. He lives in oxford, Uk. September Biography Cloth 978-0-300-11810-0 $35.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 336 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 16 pp. b/w illus. World

8 General Interest octavia, Daughter of God The Story of a Female Messiah and Her Followers Jane Shaw

The little-known story of the charismatic, utopian leader Octavia and her devoted followers in the interwar years

In 1919, in the wake of the upheaval of World War I, a remarkable group of English women came up with their own solution to the world’s grief: a new religion. At the heart of the Panacea Society was a charismatic and autocratic leader, a vicar’s widow named Mabel Barltrop. Her followers called her octavia, and they believed that she was the daughter of God, sent to build the New Jerusalem in Bedford. When the last living members of the Panacea Society revealed to historian Jane Shaw their immense and painstakingly preserved archives, she began to recon- struct the story of a close-knit utopian community that grew to include seventy residents, thousands of followers, and an international healing ministry reaching 130,000 people. Shaw offers a detailed portrait of octavia and describes the faith of her devoted followers who believed they would never die. vividly told, by turns funny and tragic, Octavia, Daughter of God is about a moment at the advent of modernity, when a generation of newly empowered women tried to remake Christianity in their own image, offering a fascinating window onto the anxieties and hopes of the interwar years.

JANE SHAW is dean of Grace Cathedral, San Francisco, and former dean of divinity, New College, oxford. She is the author of Miracles in Enlightenment England, published by yale University Press. She lives in San Francisco.

September History/Biography Cloth 978-0-300-17615-5 $35.00 1 1 416 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 60 b/w illus. For sale in North America only.

General Interest 9 From the Introduction:

The largest aesthetic paradox of the KJB is its gorgeous The Shadow of a Great Rock exfoliation of the Hebrew original. Evidently the KJB men A Literary Appreciation of the King James Bible knew just enough Hebrew to catch the words but not the Harold Bloom original music. Their relative ignorance transmuted into splendor because they shared a sense of literary decorum that A richly insightful reading of the King James all subsequent translators seem to lack. Miles Coverdale, bare Bible as a literary masterwork, published for the both of Hebrew and of Greek, set a pattern that Miles Smith text’s 400-year anniversary perfected. It is another of the many paradoxes of the KJB that

its elaborate prose harmonies essentially were inaugurated by The King James Bible stands at “the sublime summit Coverdale’s intuitive journey into the poems and prophecies of literature in English,” sharing the honor only with his master Tyndale did not live to translate. We have Tyndale’s Shakespeare, Harold Bloom contends in the opening pages of this illuminating literary tour. Distilling Jonah and a medley of prophetic passages, eleven from Isaiah, the insights acquired from a significant portion of his in the Epistle Taken out of the Old Testament. How wonderful career as a brilliant critic and teacher, he offers readers it would be to have Job, Ecclesiastes, and Jeremiah from the at last the book he has been writing “all my long life,” a magisterial and intimately perceptive reading of the hand of Tyndale, though probably that would have prevented King James Bible as a literary masterpiece. Coverdale’s astonishing flair for style and rhythm from Bloom calls it an “inexplicable wonder” that a rather manifesting itself. This flair was unsteady, yet at its best it gave us undistinguished group of writers could bring forth such something of the sonority we associate with KJB. a magnificent work of literature, and he credits William Tyndale as their fountainhead. Reading the King James Tyndale, Coverdale, and the Geneva translators (including their Bible alongside Tyndale’s Bible, the Geneva Bible, and the original Hebrew and Greek texts, Bloom highlights best Hebraist, Gilby) all possessed the gift of literary authority. lso by arold loom how the translators and editors improved upon—or, A H B : The Anatomy of Influence Their revisionist, Miles Smith, explicitly displays his sense of in some cases, diminished—the earlier versions. He Literature as a Way of Life style in the 1611 preface, “The Translators to the Reader,” and invites readers to hear the baroque inventiveness in Cloth 978-0-300-16760-3 $32.50 such sublime books as the Song of Songs, Ecclesiastes, Poetry and Repression implicitly stands forth by his editorial responsibility for the ways Revisionism from Blake to Stevens and Job, and alerts us to the echoes of the King James Paper 978-0-300-02604-7 $32.00tx in which the KJB men handle their inheritance from previous Bible in works from the Romantic period to the present Fallen Angels Cloth 978-0-300-12348-7 $16.00 English Bibles. Again paradox intervenes: from Tyndale through day. Throughout, Bloom makes an impassioned and convincing case for reading the King James Bible as lit- KJB the quest is to get closer to the literal sense of the Hebrew, erature, free from dogma and with an appreciation of its while the consequence is to increase a cognitive music farther enduring aesthetic value. and farther away in regard to the Hebrew Bible’s relative freedom from metaphors. Since all metaphor is a kind of mistake Harold Bloom, Sterling Professor of the Humanities at Yale University, is the world-renowned author of thirty-eight books. His pub- anyway, even the plain errors of the KJB sometimes add to the lications include his New York Times best sellers The Western Canon, resultant splendor. Shakespeare: The Invention of the Human, and The Book of J, as well as his pioneering studies A Visionary Company and The Anxiety of Influence. His most recent work is The Anatomy of Influence: Literature as a Way of Life, published by Yale University Press. He is a MacArthur Prize Fellow, a member of the Academy of Arts and Letters, and the recipient of many awards and honorary degrees. September Literature/Religion Cloth 978-0-300-16683-5 $28.00 1 1 320 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 World

10 General Interest The largest aesthetic paradox of the kJB is its gorgeous The Shadow of a Great Rock exfoliation of the Hebrew original. Evidently the kJB men A Literary Appreciation of the king James Bible knew just enough Hebrew to catch the words but not the Harold Bloom original music. Their relative ignorance transmuted into splendor because they shared a sense of literary decorum that A richly insightful reading of the King James all subsequent translators seem to lack. Miles Coverdale, bare Bible as a literary masterwork, published for the both of Hebrew and of Greek, set a pattern that Miles Smith text’s 400-year anniversary perfected. It is another of the many paradoxes of the kJB that its elaborate prose harmonies essentially were inaugurated by The king James Bible stands at “the sublime summit Coverdale’s intuitive journey into the poems and prophecies of literature in English,” sharing the honor only with his master Tyndale did not live to translate. We have Tyndale’s Shakespeare, Harold Bloom contends in the opening pages of this illuminating literary tour. Distilling Jonah and a medley of prophetic passages, eleven from Isaiah, the insights acquired from a signifi cant portion of his in the Epistle Taken out of the Old Testament. How wonderful career as a brilliant critic and teacher, he offers readers it would be to have Job, Ecclesiastes, and Jeremiah from the at last the book he has been writing “all my long life,” a magisterial and intimately perceptive reading of the hand of Tyndale, though probably that would have prevented king James Bible as a literary masterpiece. Coverdale’s astonishing fl air for style and rhythm from Bloom calls it an “inexplicable wonder” that a rather manifesting itself. This fl air was unsteady, yet at its best it gave us undistinguished group of writers could bring forth such something of the sonority we associate with kJB. a magnifi cent work of literature, and he credits William Tyndale as their fountainhead. Reading the king James Tyndale, Coverdale, and the Geneva translators (including their Bible alongside Tyndale’s Bible, the Geneva Bible, and the original Hebrew and Greek texts, Bloom highlights best Hebraist, Gilby) all possessed the gift of literary authority. lso by ArolD looM how the translators and editors improved upon—or, A h b : The Anatomy of Infl uence Their revisionist, Miles Smith, explicitly displays his sense of in some cases, diminished—the earlier versions. He Literature as a Way of Life style in the 1611 preface, “The Translators to the Reader,” and invites readers to hear the baroque inventiveness in Cloth 978-0-300-16760-3 $32.50 such sublime books as the Song of Songs, Ecclesiastes, Poetry and Repression implicitly stands forth by his editorial responsibility for the ways Revisionism from Blake to Stevens and Job, and alerts us to the echoes of the king James Paper 978-0-300-02604-7 $32.00tx in which the kJB men handle their inheritance from previous Bible in works from the Romantic period to the present Fallen Angels Cloth 978-0-300-12348-7 $16.00 English Bibles. Again paradox intervenes: from Tyndale through day. Throughout, Bloom makes an impassioned and convincing case for reading the king James Bible as lit- kJB the quest is to get closer to the literal sense of the Hebrew, erature, free from dogma and with an appreciation of its while the consequence is to increase a cognitive music farther enduring aesthetic value. and farther away in regard to the Hebrew Bible’s relative freedom from metaphors. Since all metaphor is a kind of mistake HARoLD BLooM, Sterling Professor of the Humanities at yale University, is the world-renowned author of thirty-eight books. His pub- anyway, even the plain errors of the kJB sometimes add to the lications include his New York Times best sellers The Western Canon, resultant splendor. Shakespeare: The Invention of the Human, and The Book of J, as well as his pioneering studies A Visionary Company and The Anxiety of I n fl u e n c e . His most recent work is The Anatomy of Infl uence: Literature as a Way of Life, published by yale University Press. He is a MacArthur Prize Fellow, a member of the Academy of Arts and Letters, and the recipient of many awards and honorary degrees. September Literature/Religion Cloth 978-0-300-16683-5 $28.00 1 1 320 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 World

General Interest 11 Science and Religion in Quest of Truth John Polkinghorne

From the vantage point of eighty years, a highly regarded scientist and theologian surveys the full spectrum of critical issues between science and theology

John Polkinghorne, an international fi gure known both for his contributions to the fi eld of theoretical elemen- tary particle physics and for his work as a theologian, has over the years fi lled a bookshelf with writings devoted to specifi c topics in science and religion. In this new book, he undertakes for the fi rst time a survey of all the major issues at the intersection of science and religion, concentrating on what he considers the essential insights for each. Clearly and without assuming prior knowledge, he addresses causality, cosmology, evolution, consciousness, natural theology, divine prov- idence, revelation, and scripture. Each chapter also provides references to his other books in which more detailed treatments of specifi c issues can be found. Also by John Polkinghorne: For those who are new to what Polkinghorne calls Theology in the Context of Science “one of the most signifi cant interdisciplinary interac- Paper 978-0-300-16456-5 $17.00sc tions of our time,” this volume serves as an excellent Quantum Physics and Theology An Unexpected Kinship introduction. For readers already familiar with John Paper 978-0-300-13840-5 $15.00 Polkinghorne’s books, this latest is a welcome reminder Belief in God in an Age of Science of the breadth of his thought and the subtlety of his Paper 978-0-300-09949-2 $9.95 approach in the quest for truthful understanding.

JoHN PoLkINGHoRNE is a scientist and an Anglican priest, fellow and former president of Queens’ College, and winner of the 2002 Templeton Prize among many other awards and honors. He is the author of more than twenty books, including Belief in God in an Age of Science, Theology in the Context of Science, and Quantum Physics and Theology, all published by yale University Press. He lives in Cambridge, Uk.

September Religion/Science Cloth 978-0-300-17478-6 $26.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 160 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 For sale in the United States, Canada, and Central and South America

12 General Interest What I Don’t know About Animals Jenny Diski

A book for those who are entranced by animals, those who cherish elegant writing, and those who delight in the meditations of an original thinker

What does novelist, essayist, and memoirist Jenny Diski know about animals? She wasn’t really sure as she began to write this book, and she may not be sure now. But of this she is certain: our relationships with, and attitudes toward, animals are really worth thinking about. In What I Don’t Know About Animals, she shows why. Diski sets out on her wide-ranging investigation by remembering the stuffed cuddly creatures from her childhood, the animal books she read, the cartoons she watched, the strays she found. She considers the animals who have lived and still live with her (most especially Bunty the cat), animals she has encountered close up, and those she has feared. She examines human beings, too, and how they have looked at, studied, treated, and written about the non-human creatures “Subtle, intelligent and of our shared planet. Ranging still further, the author engaging.”—Over the Counter interviews scientists, discusses Derrida and his cat, and observes elephants in kenya, always seeking the key to the complex relationship we in the modern West have with animals. Subtle, intelligent, and always engaging, this book is a brilliant exploration of what it means to be human and what it means to be animal, and the uncertainty of what we can know about either.

JENNy DISkI has worked as a full-time writer for over twenty-fi ve years, during which she has published numerous novels, essays, and memoirs. She contributes regularly to the London Review of Books and many other papers and journals in the United kingdom, the United States, and elsewhere. She lives in Cambridge, Uk. September Nature/Psychology Cloth 978-0-300-17684-1 $26.00 1 1 320 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 For sale in the U.S. and its dependencies, the Philippines, and Canada

General Interest 13 blu virginia Grise Foreword by David Hare

Announcing the 2010 winner of the Yale Drama Prize

Memory, history, and culture collide with the starlit rooftop dreams of a myth-inspired character as Soledad and her partner, Hailstorm, redefi ne family on their own terms after the death of their eldest son in Iraq. blu, steeped in poetic realism and contemporary politics, challenges us to try to imagine a time before war. Selected as the winner of the 2010 yale Drama competition from more than 950 submissions, virginia Grise’s play blu takes place in the present but looks back on the not too distant past through a series of prayers, rituals, and dreams. Contest judge David Hare commented, “virginia Grise is a blazingly talented writer, and her play blu stays with you a long time after you’ve read it.” Noting that 2010 was a banner year for women playwrights, he added, “Women’s writing for the theatre is stronger and more eloquent than it has ever been.” ◆◆ yAle DrAMA series

vIRGINIA GRISE received her MFA degree from the California The yale Drama Series competition, Institute of the Arts and is a recipient of the 2010 Princess Grace Award sponsored by yale University Press in Theater Directing. In addition to the yale Drama Award, her play blu and the yale Repertory Theatre, is was a fi nalist for the kennedy Center for the Performing Arts Latino/a intended to encourage emerging Playwrighting Award and the Alliance Theatre’s kendeda Award. playwrights. The winner receives the David C. Horn Prize, and the winning play is given a staged reading at the yale Repertory Theatre and published by yale University Press. The competition was judged by Edward Albee in its fi rst two years and by David Hare in 2009 and 2010.

September Drama Paper 978-0-300-16922-5 $18.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 80 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 9 World

14 General Interest Conversions Two Family Stories from the Reformation and Modern America Craig Harline

The experiences of two families—one in seventeenth-century Holland, the other in America today—and how they coped when a family member changed religions

This powerful and innovative work by a gifted cultural historian explores the effects of religious conversion on family relationships, showing how the challenges of the Reformation can offer insight to families facing similarly divisive situations today. Craig Harline begins with the story of young Jacob Rolandus, the son of a Dutch Reformed preacher, who converted to Catholicism in 1654 and ran away from home, causing his family to disown him. In the companion story, Michael Sunbloom, a young American, leaves his family’s religion in 1973 to convert to Mormonism, similarly upsetting his distraught parents. The modern twist to Michael’s story is his realization that he is gay, causing him to leave his new church, and upsetting his parents again—but this time the family reconciles. “A beautiful and moving book. Harline is a master at narrative and at making Recounting these stories in short, alternating chapters, the most painstaking research look Harline underscores the parallel aspects of the two far- effortless. These two unconnected stories fl ung families. Despite different outcomes and forms, required very different approaches, their situations involve nearly identical dynamics and yet Harline’s writing binds them heart-wrenching choices. Through the author’s deeply together with an odd, yet arresting informed imagination, the experiences of a seven- symmetry, overfl owing with integrity and teenth-century European family are transformed into insight.”—Carlos Eire, yale University immediately recognizable terms. ◆◆ new Directions in nArrAtive history

Also by crAig hArline: A Bishop’s Tale CRAIG HARLINE is professor of history at Brigham young University. Mathias Hovius Among His Flock in Seventeenth- He is the award-winning author of fi ve previous books, including Century Flanders Miracles at the Jesus Oak: Histories of the Supernatural in Reformation Paper 978-0-300-09405-3 $22.50tx Europe and Sunday: A History of the First Day from Babylonia to the The Burdens of Sister Margaret Super Bowl, both available in paperback from yale University Press (see Inside a Seventeenth-Century Convent; Abridged page 100). Edition Paper 978-0-300-08121-3 $12.95tx

September Religion/History Cloth 978-0-300-16701-6 $27.50 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 320 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 3 b/w illus. World

General Interest 15 “A magnificent new life. . . . There have been many biographies of Stanley, but Jeal’s is the most felicitous, the best informed, the most complete and readable and exhaustive, profiting from his access to an immense new trove of Stanley material.” Explorers of the Nile —Paul Theroux, front page, New York Times Book Review The Triumph and the Tragedy of a Great Victorian Adventure “[An] impressive, revealing, and well written biography. . . . Tim Jeal Tim Jeal has had both the good fortune to see [Stanley’s] papers and the skill to construct a new interpretation around them. From the best-selling author of Stanley, a He recognizes Stanley’s feats and views them in the context of riveting account of the explorers who risked everything in their search for the source of his age rather than ours. Moreover, he adds new layers to his the Nile subject’s character.”—David Gilmour, New York Review of Books

Joyce Jeal “[T]his commanding, definitive biography . . . is an unalloyed Nothing obsessed explorers of the mid-nineteenth century more than the quest to discover the source of the raise for triumph.”—Jason Roberts, Washington Post Book World P White Nile. It was the planet’s most elusive secret, the Tim Jeal’s prize coveted above all others. Between 1856 and 1876, Stanley: “Sympathetic yet balanced, perceptive and full of perspective, six larger-than-life men and one extraordinary woman The Impossible this is biography at its best.”—Ross Leckie, The Times London accepted the challenge. Showing extreme courage Life of Africa’s and resilience, Richard Burton, John Hanning Speke, Greatest Explorer James Augustus Grant, Samuel Baker, Florence von Winner of the 2007 National Book Critics Circle Award Sass, David Livingstone, and Henry Morton Stanley for Biography risked their lives and reputations in the fierce competition. Award-winning author Tim Jeal deploys Named one of the 100 Notable Books of 2007 by fascinating new research to provide a vivid tableau of the unmapped “Dark Continent,” its jungle depriva- the New York Times Book Review tions, and the courage—as well as malicious tactics—of the explorers. Also by Tim Jeal: Selected as one of the best books of 2008 by the Stanley On multiple forays launched into east and central The Impossible Life of Africa’s Greatest Explorer Washington Post Africa, the travelers passed through almost impen- Paper 978-0-300-14223-5 $18.00 Baden-Powell etrable terrain and suffered the ravages of flesh-eating Founder of the Boy Scouts Nominated for the 2007 Los Angeles Times Book Prize ulcers, paralysis, malaria, deep spear wounds, and even Paper 978-0-300-09103-8 $24.00sc for Biography death. They discovered Lakes Tanganyika and Victoria Livingstone and became the first white people to encounter the Paper 978-0-300-09102-1 $23.00tx kingdoms of Buganda and Bunyoro. Jeal weaves the story with authentic new detail and examines the tragic unintended legacy of the Nile search that still casts a long shadow over the people of Uganda and Sudan.

Tim Jeal is the author of acclaimed biographies of Livingstone, Baden-Powell, and Stanley, each selected as a Notable Book of the Year by the New York Times and the Washington Post. He lives in London.

October History Cloth 978-0-300-14935-7 $32.50 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 592 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 35 b/w illus. For sale in North America only

16 General Interest “A magnifi cent new life. . . . There have been many biographies of Stanley, but Jeal’s is the most felicitous, the best informed, the most complete and readable and exhaustive, profi ting from his access to an immense new trove of Stanley material.” Explorers of the Nile —Paul Theroux, front page, New York Times Book Review The Triumph and the Tragedy of a Great victorian Adventure “[An] impressive, revealing, and well written biography. . . . Tim Jeal Tim Jeal has had both the good fortune to see [Stanley’s] papers and the skill to construct a new interpretation around them. From the best-selling author of Stanley, a He recognizes Stanley’s feats and views them in the context of riveting account of the explorers who risked everything in their search for the source of his age rather than ours. Moreover, he adds new layers to his the Nile subject’s character.”—David Gilmour, New York Review of Books

Joyce Jeal “[T]his commanding, defi nitive biography . . . is an unalloyed Nothing obsessed explorers of the mid-nineteenth century more than the quest to discover the source of the rAise For triumph.”—Jason Roberts, Washington Post Book World P White Nile. It was the planet’s most elusive secret, the tiM JeAl’s prize coveted above all others. Between 1856 and 1876, Stanley: “Sympathetic yet balanced, perceptive and full of perspective, six larger-than-life men and one extraordinary woman the ImpoSSIble this is biography at its best.”—Ross Leckie, The Times London accepted the challenge. Showing extreme courage lIfe of afrIca’S and resilience, Richard Burton, John Hanning Speke, GreateSt explorer James Augustus Grant, Samuel Baker, Florence von Winner of the 2007 National Book Critics Circle Award Sass, David Livingstone, and Henry Morton Stanley for Biography risked their lives and reputations in the fi erce competition. Award-winning author Tim Jeal deploys Named one of the 100 Notable Books of 2007 by fascinating new research to provide a vivid tableau of the unmapped “Dark Continent,” its jungle depriva- the New York Times Book Review tions, and the courage—as well as malicious tactics—of the explorers. Also by tiM JeAl: Selected as one of the best books of 2008 by the Stanley on multiple forays launched into east and central The Impossible Life of Africa’s Greatest Explorer Washington Post Africa, the travelers passed through almost impen- Paper 978-0-300-14223-5 $18.00 Baden-Powell etrable terrain and suffered the ravages of fl esh-eating Founder of the Boy Scouts Nominated for the 2007 Los Angeles Times Book Prize ulcers, paralysis, malaria, deep spear wounds, and even Paper 978-0-300-09103-8 $24.00sc for Biography death. They discovered Lakes Tanganyika and victoria Livingstone and became the fi rst white people to encounter the Paper 978-0-300-09102-1 $23.00tx kingdoms of Buganda and Bunyoro. Jeal weaves the story with authentic new detail and examines the tragic unintended legacy of the Nile search that still casts a long shadow over the people of Uganda and Sudan.

TIM JEAL is the author of acclaimed biographies of Livingstone, Baden-Powell, and Stanley, each selected as a Notable Book of the year by the New York Times and the Washington Post. He lives in London.

October History Cloth 978-0-300-14935-7 $32.50 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 592 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 35 b/w illus. For sale in North America only

General Interest 17 Perilous Glory The Rise of Western Military Power John France

A major new history of war that challenges our understanding of military dominance and how it is achieved

This expansive book surveys the history of warfare from ancient Mesopotamia to the Gulf War in search of a deeper understanding of the origins of Western warfare and the reasons for its eminence today. Historian John France explores the experience of war around the globe, in Europe, Asia, Africa, and America. His bold conclu- sions cast doubt on well-entrenched attitudes about the development of military strength, the impact of culture on warfare, the future of Western dominance, and much more. Taking into account wars waged by virtually all civiliza- tions since the beginning of recorded history, France fi nds that despite enormous cultural differences, war was conducted in distinctly similar ways right up to the Military Revolution and the pursuit of technological warfare in the nineteenth century. Since then, “An ambitious book, written with vigour European and American culture has shaped warfare, and assertiveness.”—Hew Strachan, but only because we have achieved a sense of distance author of The First World War from it, France argues. He warns that the present eminence of U.S. power is much more precarious and accidental than commonly believed. The notion that war is a distant phenomenon is only an illusion, and our cultural attitudes must change accordingly.

JoHN FRANCE is professor emeritus, Department of History and Classics, Swansea University. He is author of The Crusades and the Expansion of Catholic Christendom, among numerous other books and articles. He lives in Swansea, Uk.

October History/Military History Cloth 978-0-300-12074-5 $35.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 448 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 32 b/w illus. World

18 General Interest Emma Goldman Revolution as a Way of Life vivian Gornick

A vibrant, deeply human portrait of a woman dedicated to fi erce protest against the tyranny of institutions over individuals, by the celebrated author

Emma Goldman is the story of a modern radical who took seriously the idea that inner liberation is the fi rst business of social revolution. Her politics, from beginning to end, was based on resistance to that which thwarted the free development of the inner self. The right to stay alive in one’s senses, to enjoy freedom of thought and speech, to reject the arbitrary use of power—these were key demands in the many public protest movements she helped mount. Anarchist par excellence, Goldman is one of the memo- rable political fi gures of our time, not because of her gift for theory or analysis or even strategy, but because some extraordinary force of life in her burned, without rest or respite, on behalf of human integrity—and she was able to make the thousands of people who, for decades on “Gornick’s portrayal of Goldman end, fl ocked to her lectures, feel intimately connected captures Goldman’s psychological to the pain inherent in the abuse of that integrity. To makeup in a profound, empathetic, and eloquent way.”—Alice Wexler, author hear Emma describe, in language as magnetic as it was of Emma Goldman: An Intimate Life illuminating, what the boot felt like on the neck, was to experience the mythic quality of organized oppres- ◆◆ Jewish lives sion. As the women and men in her audience listened Jewish Lives is a major series of to her, the homeliness of their own small lives became interpretive biography that explores invested with a sense of drama that acted as a catalyst the breadth and complexity of Jewish for the wild, vagrant hope that things need not always experience from antiquity through be as they were. All you had to do, she promised, was the present. resist. In time, she herself would become a world- famous symbol for the spirit of resistance to the power vIvIAN GoRNICk is the author of, among other of institutional authority over the lone individual. books, the acclaimed memoir Fierce Attachments and three essay collections: The End of the Novel In Emma Goldman, vivian Gornick draws a surpass- of Love, Approaching Eye Level, and, most recently, ingly intimate and insightful portrait of a woman of The Men in My Life. She lives in New york City. heroic proportions whose performance on the stage of September Biography/History/Jewish Studies history did what Tolstoy said a work of art should do: it Cloth 978-0-300-13726-2 $25.00 made people love life more. Also available as an eBook. 1 1 160 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 1 b/w illus. World

General Interest 19 What do you most want people to understand from reading this book? I hope the book illuminates how an issue that is more or less settled in every other democracy became a seemingly intractable political problem in the United States. It did not have to turn out this way. The legislation adopted in 2010 has its roots in moderate Republican proposals. But America’s Remedy and Reaction polarized politics make it difficult to see the reforms clearly and put them in historical perspective. I hope the book helps to provide The Peculiar American Struggle over Health Care Reform that understanding. Paul Starr What’s the relationship of Remedy and Reaction to your 1984 book, The Social Transformation of American Medicine? In some ways it’s a sequel, but each of its three parts has a somewhat A leading expert explains how Americans different foundation. Part One, about how health-care reform and the trapped themselves in a costly and complicated health-care system took shape during the twentieth century, presents the same kind of social and historical analysis as Social Transformation did. health system—and came to fight so bitterly But Part Two, which deals with the parallel stories of the Clinton health about changing it plan and Republican health reforms in the Gingrich and Bush years, also reflects my observations inside the Clinton White House. That’s a

Chris Vultaggio kind of experience not usually available to historians. In no other country has health care served as such a Intelligence Squared U.S. Debates Finally, Part Three, about the battle over health-care reform under volatile flashpoint of ideological conflict. America has January 11, 2011 Obama, combines journalism and historical analysis because it draws endured a century of rancorous debate on health insur- on interviews with participants, many of whom I know from my prior ance, and despite the passage of legislation in 2010, the time in Washington. A conversation battle is not yet over. This book is a history of how and Why did Obama succeed where Clinton failed? why the United States became so stubbornly different with Paul Starr Between 1993 and 2009, the biggest change was the emergence of a in health care, presented by an expert with unsurpassed consensus about the basic elements of legislation among reformers, knowledge of the issues. major interest groups, and leading Democrats in Congress. The reforms adopted in Massachusetts in 2006 as a result of Mitt Romney’s Tracing health-care reform from its beginnings to its leadership were critical in shaping that consensus. Obama accepted that current uncertain prospects, Paul Starr argues that the approach; he didn’t originate it. Romney probably deserves more credit United States ensnared itself in a trap through policies for the basic architecture of the national reforms, and I hope one day he proudly accepts that credit. that satisfied enough of the public and so enriched the health-care industry as to make the system difficult Didn’t Obama’s leadership matter? to change. If Obama hadn’t decided to make health-care reform a priority as president, it would never have passed. Why did he take it on? His earlier He reveals the inside story of the rise and fall of the history didn’t indicate a deep commitment to health-care reform. I think Clinton health plan in the early 1990s—and of the the 2008 presidential campaign was crucial because of the pressure Gingrich counterrevolution that followed. And he from the party base to confront the issue, plus an accident of history: he explains the curious tale of how Mitt Romney’s reforms ran into Hillary Clinton on the way to the nomination, and debating her forced him to master health policy. Perhaps most important, in Massachusetts became a model for Democrats and the support for reform from key stakeholder groups and members of then follows both the passage of those reforms under Congress changed the political calculus on health care. That’s what Obama and the explosive reaction they elicited from made it a better bet than climate legislation. conservatives. Writing concisely and with an even hand, the author offers exactly what is needed as the debate continues—a penetrating account of how health care became such treacherous terrain in American politics.

Paul Starr is professor of sociology and public affairs, Princeton University, and co-founder and co-editor of The American Prospect. His 1984 book The Social Transformation of American Medicine won the Pulitzer Prize for Nonfiction and the Bancroft Prize in American history. A senior advisor on health policy in the Clinton White House, he October Current Events/Politics writes frequently on national politics. Cloth 978-0-300-17109-9 $28.50 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 320 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 For sale in North America only

20 General Interest What do you most want people to understand from reading this book? I hope the book illuminates how an issue that is more or less settled in every other democracy became a seemingly intractable political problem in the United States. It did not have to turn out this way. The legislation adopted in 2010 has its roots in moderate Republican proposals. But America’s Remedy and Reaction polarized politics make it diffi cult to see the reforms clearly and put them in historical perspective. I hope the book helps to provide The Peculiar American Struggle over Health Care Reform that understanding. Paul Starr What’s the relationship of Remedy and Reaction to your 1984 book, The Social Transformation of American Medicine? In some ways it’s a sequel, but each of its three parts has a somewhat A leading expert explains how Americans different foundation. Part one, about how health-care reform and the trapped themselves in a costly and complicated health-care system took shape during the twentieth century, presents the same kind of social and historical analysis as Social Transformation did. health system—and came to fi ght so bitterly But Part Two, which deals with the parallel stories of the Clinton health about changing it plan and Republican health reforms in the Gingrich and Bush years, also refl ects my observations inside the Clinton White House. That’s a

Chris Vultaggio kind of experience not usually available to historians. In no other country has health care served as such a Intelligence Squared U.S. Debates Finally, Part Three, about the battle over health-care reform under volatile fl ashpoint of ideological confl ict. America has January 11, 2011 obama, combines journalism and historical analysis because it draws endured a century of rancorous debate on health insur- on interviews with participants, many of whom I know from my prior ance, and despite the passage of legislation in 2010, the time in Washington. A conversAtion battle is not yet over. This book is a history of how and Why did Obama succeed where Clinton failed? why the United States became so stubbornly different with PAul stArr Between 1993 and 2009, the biggest change was the emergence of a in health care, presented by an expert with unsurpassed consensus about the basic elements of legislation among reformers, knowledge of the issues. major interest groups, and leading Democrats in Congress. The reforms adopted in Massachusetts in 2006 as a result of Mitt Romney’s Tracing health-care reform from its beginnings to its leadership were critical in shaping that consensus. obama accepted that current uncertain prospects, Paul Starr argues that the approach; he didn’t originate it. Romney probably deserves more credit United States ensnared itself in a trap through policies for the basic architecture of the national reforms, and I hope one day he proudly accepts that credit. that satisfi ed enough of the public and so enriched the health-care industry as to make the system diffi cult Didn’t Obama’s leadership matter? to change. If obama hadn’t decided to make health-care reform a priority as president, it would never have passed. Why did he take it on? His earlier He reveals the inside story of the rise and fall of the history didn’t indicate a deep commitment to health-care reform. I think Clinton health plan in the early 1990s—and of the the 2008 presidential campaign was crucial because of the pressure Gingrich counterrevolution that followed. And he from the party base to confront the issue, plus an accident of history: he explains the curious tale of how Mitt Romney’s reforms ran into Hillary Clinton on the way to the nomination, and debating her forced him to master health policy. Perhaps most important, in Massachusetts became a model for Democrats and the support for reform from key stakeholder groups and members of then follows both the passage of those reforms under Congress changed the political calculus on health care. That’s what obama and the explosive reaction they elicited from made it a better bet than climate legislation. conservatives. Writing concisely and with an even hand, the author offers exactly what is needed as the debate continues—a penetrating account of how health care became such treacherous terrain in American politics.

PAUL STARR is professor of sociology and public affairs, Princeton University, and co-founder and co-editor of The American Prospect. His 1984 book The Social Transformation of American Medicine won the Pulitzer Prize for Nonfi ction and the Bancroft Prize in American history. A senior advisor on health policy in the Clinton White House, he October Current Events/Politics writes frequently on national politics. Cloth 978-0-300-17109-9 $28.50 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 320 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 For sale in North America only

General Interest 21 The Myth of Choice Personal Responsibility in a World of Limits kent Greenfi eld

Freedom of choice is at the core of the American story. But what if choice is fake?

Americans are fi xated on the idea of choice. our political theory is based on the consent of the governed. our legal system is built upon the argument that people freely make choices and bear responsibility for them. And what slogan could better express the heart of our consumer culture than “Have it your way”? In this provocative book, kent Greenfi eld poses unset- tling questions about the choices we make. What if they are more constrained and limited than we like to think? If we have less free will than we realize, what are the implications for us as individuals and for our society? To uncover the answers, Greenfi eld taps into scholarship on topics ranging from brain science to economics, political theory to sociology. His discoveries—told through an entertaining array of news events, personal anecdotes, crime stories, and legal decisions— confi rm that many factors, conscious and unconscious, limit our free will. Worse, by failing to perceive them we leave ourselves open to manipulation. But Greenfi eld offers useful suggestions to help us become better decision makers as individuals, and to ensure that in our laws and public policy we acknowledge the complexity of choice.

kENT GREENFIELD is professor of law and law fund research scholar, Boston College. He is author of The Failure of Corporate Law: Fundamental Flaws and Progressive Possibilities and numerous scholarly law articles. He blogs on Huffi ngton Post and other sites and is a frequent public speaker. He clerked for Justice David H. Souter on the United States Supreme Court. The author lives in Cambridge, MA.

October Psychology/Law/Politics Cloth 978-0-300-16950-8 $27.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 256 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 21 b/w illus. World

22 General Interest Losing It In which an Aging Professor laments his shrinking Brain . . . William Ian Miller

From the author of The Anatomy of Disgust, a wickedly funny, effortlessly erudite essay on the horrors of old age, past and present

In Losing It, William Ian Miller brings his inimitable wit and learning to the subject of growing old: too old to matter, of either rightly losing your conﬁ dence or wrongly maintaining it, culpably refusing to face the fact that you are losing it. The “it” in Miller’s “losing it” refers mainly to mental faculties—memory, processing speed, sensory acuity, the capacity to focus. But it includes other evidence as well—sags and fl accidities, aches and pains, failing joints and organs. What are we to make of these tell-tale signs? Does growing old gracefully mean more than simply refusing unseemly cosmetic surger- ies? How do we face decline and the fi nal drawing of the blinds? Will we know if and when we have lingered too long? Drawing on a lifetime of deep study and anxious observation, Miller enlists the wisdom of the ancients to confront these vexed questions head on. Debunking the glossy new image of old age that has accompanied the graying of the Baby Boomers, he conjures a lost world of aging rituals—complaints, taking to bed, resentments of one’s heirs, schemes for taking it with you or settling up accounts and scores—to remind us of the ongoing dilemmas of old age. Darkly intelligent and sublimely written, this exhilarating and eccentric book will raise the spirits of readers, young and old.

WILLIAM IAN MILLER is Thomas G. Long Professor of Law, University of Michigan Law School. He is the author of seven previous books, including The Anatomy of Disgust, which was named 1997 best book in anthropology/sociology by the Association of American Publishers. He lives in Ann Arbor, MI.

October Psychology/Humor Cloth 978-0-300-17101-3 $27.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 352 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 4 b/w illus. World

General Interest 23 Why did you write this book? Philosophy is one of the most stimulating and important subjects there is. We all philosophize some of the time when we think about how we should live, whether or not God exists, or how society should be organized. These questions have vexed the greatest minds for thousands of years. Yet some people are still daunted by philosophy. They think it’s an impenetrable and obscure subject that has no relevance for them. I wanted to show this isn’t true, that it’s possible to write an accessible A Little History of Philosophy and enjoyable book without betraying the spirit of the great thinkers of the past or making them obscure or irrelevant. I decided to focus on the Nigel Warburton Western tradition in philosophy and on one or two key ideas from each philosopher discussed rather than attempt an encyclopedic overview. For readers of E. H. Gombrich’s A Little How is making philosophy accessible to all a challenge? History of the World, an equally irresistible Part of the challenge of writing a book like this was to keep the language straightforward. Many philosophers have introduced complex technical volume that brings history’s greatest terms that make their writing hard to follow. It’s easy to fall into the philosophers to life habit of mirroring them. Writing in a way that doesn’t presuppose knowledge is an excellent discipline, though, as there’s no place to hide. Which philosophers do you personally find most engaging? Philosophy begins with questions about the nature of Socrates, the great fifth-century Athenian philosopher who would cross- reality and how we should live. These were the con- conversation A question passersby in the marketplace and reveal how little they really cerns of Socrates, who spent his days in the ancient with knew, is one of my personal favourites. His unwillingness to accept Athenian marketplace asking awkward questions, dis- Nigel Warburton assumptions, and his passion for discovering the truth or, failing that, concerting the people he met by showing them how how little he knew, provide a model for all philosophers. Although he wasn’t the first philosopher, he was the first great philosopher. He of all little they genuinely understood. This engaging book the philosophers in the book is the one I’d most like to have met. My introduces the great thinkers in Western philosophy second choice would be the eighteenth-century philosopher David and explores their most compelling ideas about the Hume, a remarkable thinker who was also a superb writer. world and how best to live in it. What are the major themes of your book? In forty brief chapters, Nigel Warburton guides us on A Little History of Philosophy focuses on the major themes of a chronological tour of the major ideas in the history philosophy: appearance and reality, the nature of the self, and questions of philosophy. He provides interesting and often quirky about God’s existence and about how we should live, both individually and as members of society. Throughout philosophy’s history these have stories of the lives and deaths of thought-provoking phi- been the perennial themes. Each era gives them a new twist, but they losophers from Socrates, who chose to die by hemlock aren’t going to go away. poisoning rather than live on without the freedom to think for himself, to Peter Singer, who asks the disquiet- ing philosophical and ethical questions that haunt our own times. Warburton not only makes philosophy accessible, he offers inspiration to think, argue, reason, and ask in the tradition of Socrates. A Little History of Philosophy presents the grand sweep of humanity’s search for philosophical understanding and invites all to join in the discussion.

Nigel Warburton is senior lecturer in philosophy, The Open University. He is the author of several popular introductions to philosophy and is the interviewer on the Philosophy Bites podcast. He lives in Oxford, UK.

October Philosophy/History Cloth 978-0-300-15208-1 $25.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄2 42 b/w illus. World

24 General Interest Why did you write this book? Philosophy is one of the most stimulating and important subjects there is. We all philosophize some of the time when we think about how we should live, whether or not God exists, or how society should be organized. These questions have vexed the greatest minds for thousands of years. yet some people are still daunted by philosophy. They think it’s an impenetrable and obscure subject that has no relevance for them. I wanted to show this isn’t true, that it’s possible to write an accessible A Little History of Philosophy and enjoyable book without betraying the spirit of the great thinkers of the past or making them obscure or irrelevant. I decided to focus on the Nigel Warburton Western tradition in philosophy and on one or two key ideas from each philosopher discussed rather than attempt an encyclopedic overview. For readers of E. H. Gombrich’s A Little How is making philosophy accessible to all a challenge? History of the World, an equally irresistible Part of the challenge of writing a book like this was to keep the language straightforward. Many philosophers have introduced complex technical volume that brings history’s greatest terms that make their writing hard to follow. It’s easy to fall into the philosophers to life habit of mirroring them. Writing in a way that doesn’t presuppose knowledge is an excellent discipline, though, as there’s no place to hide.

Which philosophers do you personally fi nd most engaging? Philosophy begins with questions about the nature of Socrates, the great fi fth-century Athenian philosopher who would cross- reality and how we should live. These were the con- conversAtion A question passersby in the marketplace and reveal how little they really cerns of Socrates, who spent his days in the ancient with knew, is one of my personal favourites. His unwillingness to accept Athenian marketplace asking awkward questions, dis- nigel wArburton assumptions, and his passion for discovering the truth or, failing that, concerting the people he met by showing them how how little he knew, provide a model for all philosophers. Although he wasn’t the fi rst philosopher, he was the fi rst great philosopher. He of all little they genuinely understood. This engaging book the philosophers in the book is the one I’d most like to have met. My introduces the great thinkers in Western philosophy second choice would be the eighteenth-century philosopher David and explores their most compelling ideas about the Hume, a remarkable thinker who was also a superb writer. world and how best to live in it. What are the major themes of your book? In forty brief chapters, Nigel Warburton guides us on A Little History of Philosophy focuses on the major themes of a chronological tour of the major ideas in the history philosophy: appearance and reality, the nature of the self, and questions of philosophy. He provides interesting and often quirky about God’s existence and about how we should live, both individually and as members of society. Throughout philosophy’s history these have stories of the lives and deaths of thought-provoking phi- been the perennial themes. Each era gives them a new twist, but they losophers from Socrates, who chose to die by hemlock aren’t going to go away. poisoning rather than live on without the freedom to think for himself, to Peter Singer, who asks the disquiet- ing philosophical and ethical questions that haunt our own times. Warburton not only makes philosophy accessible, he offers inspiration to think, argue, reason, and ask in the tradition of Socrates. A Little History of Philosophy presents the grand sweep of humanity’s search for philosophical understanding and invites all to join in the discussion.

NIGEL WARBURToN is senior lecturer in philosophy, The open University. He is the author of several popular introductions to philosophy and is the interviewer on the Philosophy Bites podcast. He lives in oxford, Uk.

October Philosophy/History Cloth 978-0-300-15208-1 $25.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄2 42 b/w illus. World

General Interest 25 Why Trilling Matters Adam kirsch

The distinguished poet and critic argues for the abiding relevance of a great literary mind of the twentieth century

Lionel Trilling, regarded at the time of his death in 1975 as America’s preeminent literary critic, is today often seen as a relic of a vanished era. His was an age when literary criticism and ideas seemed to matter profoundly in the intellectual life of the country. In this eloquent book, Adam kirsch shows that Trilling, far from being obsolete, is essential to understanding our current crisis of literary confi dence—and to overcoming it. By reading Trilling primarily as a writer and thinker, kirsch demonstrates how Trilling’s original and moving work continues to provide an inspiring example of a mind creating itself through its encounters with texts. Why Trilling Matters introduces all of Trilling’s major writings and situates him in the intellectual landscape of his century, from Communism in the 1930s to neoconservatism in the 1970s. But kirsch goes deeper, “This is a masterful book by a carefully addressing today’s concerns about the decline of litera- attentive critic in close touch with his ture, reading, and even the book itself, and fi nds that subject. kirsch stresses the dialectical, Trilling has more to teach us now than ever before. As experiential character of Trilling’s writing, his perpetual shifting dialogue kirsch writes, “Trilling’s essays are not exactly literary with himself and his times. A splendid criticism” but, like all literature, “ends in themselves.” and genuinely illuminating piece of work.”—Morris Dickstein, author ADAM kIRSCH is a senior editor of New Republic and a columnist for of Dancing in the Dark: A Cultural Tablet magazine. He is the author of several books of poetry and criti- History of the Great Depression cism, and most recently of a short biography of Benjamin Disraeli. He ◆◆ lives in New york City. why X MAtters series Featuring intriguing pairings of authors with subjects, each volume in the Why X Matters series presents a concise argument for the continuing relevance of an important person or idea.

October Literary Studies/Biography Cloth 978-0-300-15269-2 $24.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 3 192 pp. 5 ⁄4 x 7 ⁄4 World

26 General Interest The Burma Campaign Disaster into Triumph, 1942–45 Frank McLynn

A new perspective on the long and bloody Burma campaign, focusing on the four Allied commanders who battled not only the Japanese and their allies but also one another

This book, in essence a quadruple biography, tells the story of the four larger-than-life Allied commanders whose lives collided in the Burma campaign, one of the most punishing and protracted military adventures of World War II. Ranging from 1942, when the British suffered the greatest defeat in the history of the Empire, through the crucial battles of Imphal and kohima (“the Stalingrad of the East”), and on to ultimate victory in 1945, this account is vivid, brutal, and enthralling. Frank McLynn opens a new window on the Burma Campaign, focusing on the interactions and antago- nisms of its principal players: William Slim, the brilliant general commanding the British 14th Army; orde Wingate, the ambitious and idiosyncratic commander of the Chindits, a British force of irregulars; “This is in my judgment the best Louis Mountbatten, one of Churchill’s favorites, over- survey of the south Asian campaign promoted to the position of Supreme Commander, S.E. in existence. . . . The work is original, well researched, and provocative Asia; and Joseph Stilwell (“vinegar Joe”), a hard-line without being polemical.”—Dennis U.S. general, also a martinet and Anglophobe. McLynn Showalter, Colorado College draws careful portraits of each of these men, neglecting neither strengths nor fl aws, and shows with new clarity ◆◆ yAle librAry oF MilitAry history how the plans, designs, and strategies of generals and Also by FrAnk Mclynn: Captain Cook politicians were translated into a hideous reality for sol- Master of the Seas diers on the ground. Cloth 978-0-300-11421-8 $35.00

FRANk McLyNN is a highly regarded historian who specializes in biographies and military history. He is the author of more than thirty books, including critically acclaimed biographies of Napoleon and Richard the Lionheart. He lives in Surrey, Uk.

October History Cloth 978-0-300-17162-4 $35.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 552 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 20 b/w illus. For sale in the US, its dependencies, and the Philippines

General Interest 27 The Iron Way Railroads, the Civil War, and the Making of Modern America William G. Thomas

A new perspective on the central role of the railroads and slavery in the coming, fi ghting, and aftermath of the Civil War.

Beginning with Frederick Douglass’s escape from slavery in 1838 on the railroad, and ending with the driving of the golden spike to link the transcontinental railroad in 1869, this book charts a critical period of American expansion and national formation, one largely dominated by the dynamic growth of railroads and telegraphs. William G. Thomas brings new evidence to bear on railroads, the Confederate South, slavery, and the Civil War era, based on groundbreaking research in digitized sources never available before. The Iron Way revises our ideas about the emergence of modern America and the role of the railroads in shaping the sectional confl ict. Both the North and the South invested in railroads to serve their larger purposes, Thomas contends. Though railroads are often cited as a major factor in the Union’s victory, he shows that they were also essential to the “William Thomas has written a remarkably formation of “the South” as a unifi ed region. He dis- nuanced and brilliant interpretation of cusses the many—and sometimes unexpected—effects railroads and the Civil War. . . . The Iron of railroad expansion and proposes that America’s great Way is truly path-breaking.”—vernon Burton, author of The Age of Lincoln railroads became an important symbolic touchstone for the nation’s vision of itself. Please visit the Railroads and the Making of Modern America website at http://railroads.unl.edu.

WILLIAM G. THoMAS is professor of history and the John and Catherine Angle Chair in the Humanities at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln. He taught history at the University of virginia, and, as director of the virginia Center for Digital History, created digital projects on slavery, the Civil War, segregation, and civil rights. He lives in Lincoln, Nebraska.

October History Cloth 978-0-300-14107-8 $30.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 352 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 56 b/w illus. World

28 General Interest Ten Popes Who Shook the World Eamon Duffy

Of all the men who have served the Catholic Church as pope, who were the ten most infl uential?

Catholic popes have been powerful spiritual leaders for nearly two millennia, but their infl uence is not confi ned exclusively to Church matters. Many popes have played a central role in the history of Europe and the wider world, not only shouldering the spiritual burdens of their offi ce but also contending with the political crises of their times. In an acclaimed series of BBC radio broadcasts, Eamon Duffy enthralled listeners with vivid stories of the ten popes he judges “the most infl uential in history.” With this book, readers may now also enjoy Duffy’s portraits of ten exceptional men who shook the world. The book begins with St. Peter, the Rock upon whom the Catholic Church was built, and follows with Leo the Great (fi fth century), Gregory the Great (sixth Also by eAMon DuFFy: century), Gregory vII (eleventh century), Innocent III The Stripping of the Altars (thirteenth century), Paul III (sixteenth century), and Traditional Religion in England, 1400–1580, Pius IX (nineteenth century). Among twentieth-cen- Second Edition Paper 978-0-300-10828-6 $23.00sc tury popes, Duffy examines the lives and contributions Saints and Sinners of Pius XII, who was elected on the eve of the Second A History of the Popes, Third Edition World War, the kindly John XXIII, who captured the Paper 978-0-300-11597-0 $22.00 The Voices of Morebath world’s imagination, and John Paul II, the fi rst non-Ital- Reformation and Rebellion in an English Village ian pope in 450 years. Each of these ten, Duffy shows, Paper 978-0-300-09825-9 $16.00 was an extraordinary individual who helped shape the world we know today.

EAMoN DUFFy is professor of the history of Christianity, Cambridge University, and fellow and former president of Magdalene College. He is the author of many prizewinning books, among them Fires of Faith, Marking the Hours, and Saints and Sinners, all available from yale University Press. He lives in Cambridge, Uk.

October History/Religious History/Christianity Cloth 978-0-300-17688-9 $25.00 1 176 pp. 5 ⁄4 x 8 30 b/w illus. World

General Interest 29 Hitler’s Hangman The Life of Heydrich Robert Gerwarth

A chilling biography of the head of Nazi Germany’s terror apparatus, a key player in the Third Reich whose full story has never before been told

Reinhard Heydrich is widely recognized as one of the great iconic villains of the twentieth century, an appalling fi gure even within the context of the Nazi leadership. Chief of the Nazi Criminal Police, the SS Security Service, and the Gestapo, ruthless overlord of Nazi-occupied Bohemia and Moravia, and leading planner of the “Final Solution,” Heydrich played a central role in Hitler’s Germany. He shouldered a major share of responsibility for some of the worst Nazi atrocities, and up to his assassination in Prague in 1942, he was widely seen as one of the most dangerous men in Nazi Germany. yet Heydrich has received remarkably modest attention in the extensive literature of the Third Reich. Robert Gerwarth weaves together little-known stories of Heydrich’s private life with his deeds as head of the Nazi Reich Security Main offi ce. Fully exploring Heydrich’s progression from a privileged middle-class youth to a rapacious mass murderer, Gerwarth sheds new light on the complexity of Heydrich’s adult character, his motivations, the incremental steps that led to unimaginable atrocities, and the consequences of his murderous efforts toward re-creating the entire ethnic makeup of Europe.

RoBERT GERWARTH is professor of modern history and director of the Centre for War Studies, University College Dublin.

October Biography/History Cloth 978-0-300-11575-8 $35.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 336 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 16 pp. b/w illus. World

30 General Interest Leon Trotsky A Revolutionary’s Life Joshua Rubenstein

A clear-eyed exploration of the career of Leon Trotsky, the tragic hero who “dreamed of justice and then wreaked havoc,” by a leading expert on human rights and the former Soviet Union

Born Lev Davidovich Bronstein in southern Ukraine, Trotsky was both a world-class intellectual and a man capable of the most narrow-minded ideological dog- matism. He was an effective military strategist and an adept diplomat, who staked the fate of the Bolshevik revolution on the meager foundation of a Europe-wide Communist upheaval. He was a master politician who played his cards badly in the momentous struggle for power against Stalin in the 1920s. And he was an assimi- lated, indifferent Jew who was among the fi rst to foresee that Hitler’s triumph would mean disaster for his fellow European Jews, and that Stalin would attempt to forge an alliance with Hitler if Soviet overtures to the Western democracies failed. Here, Trotsky emerges as a brilliant and brilliantly “Joshua Rubenstein has produced fl awed man. Rubenstein offers us a Trotsky who is a steadily intelligent, insightful biography of one the last century’s mentally acute and impatient with others, one of the most alluring intellectual-politicians, a fi nest students of contemporary politics who refused man of astonishing brilliance and no to engage in the nitty-gritty of party organization in less astonishing rigidities.”—Steven J. the 1920s, when Stalin was maneuvering, inexorably, zipperstein, Stanford University toward Trotsky’s own political oblivion. ◆◆ Jewish lives As Joshua Rubenstein writes in his preface, “Leon Trotsky haunts our historical memory. A preeminent JoSHUA RUBENSTEIN is the Northeast Regional revolutionary fi gure and a masterful writer, Trotsky Director of Amnesty International USA and a led an upheaval that helped to defi ne the contours of longtime associate at Harvard University’s Davis Center for Russian and Eurasian Studies. He is the twentieth-century politics.” In this lucid and judicious author of Tangled Loyalties: The Life and Times of evocation of Trotsky’s life, Joshua Rubenstein gives us Ilya Ehrenburg and is coeditor of The KGB File of an interpretation for the twenty-fi rst century. Andrei Sakharov and Stalin’s Secret Pogrom, both published by yale University Press. Stalin’s Secret Pogrom received a National Jewish Book Award.

October Biography/History/Jewish Studies Cloth 978-0-300-13724-8 $25.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 240 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 1 b/w illus. World

General Interest 31 The zong A Massacre, the Law and the End of Slavery James Walvin

The fi rst full review of the mass murder by crew members on the slave ship Zong and the lasting repercussions of this horrifying event

on November 29, 1781, Captain Collingwood of the British ship Zong commanded his crew to throw overboard one-third of his cargo: a shipment of Africans bound for slavery in America. The captain believed his ship was off course, and he feared there was not enough drinking water to last until landfall. This book is the fi rst to examine in detail the deplorable killings on the Zong, the lawsuit that ensued, how the murder of 132 slaves affected debates about slavery, and the way we remember the infamous Zong today. Historian James Walvin explores all aspects of the Zong’s voyage and the subsequent trial—a case brought to court not for the murder of the slaves but as a suit against the insurers who denied the owners’ claim that their “cargo” had been necessarily jettisoned. The scan- dalous case prompted wide debate and fueled Britain’s “Few who have studied the Atlantic slave awakening abolition movement. Without the episode trade are unaware of the infamous story of the Zong, Walvin contends, the process of ending the of the Zong, when in 1781 over 130 slave trade would have taken an entirely different moral enslaved Africans were thrown overboard alive in order that the ship’s owners and political trajectory. He concludes with a fascinating might claim insurance on them. James discussion of how the case of the Zong, though unique Walvin’s achievement is fi rmly to locate in the history of slave ships, has come to be understood this notorious episode within the larger as typical of life on all such ships. history of the British slave trade as well as the beginnings of the movement JAMES WALvIN is professor emeritus, University of york, and a world to abolish it. This is Walvin at his authority on transatlantic slavery. Among his many previous books are best.”—David Richardson, co-author of Black Ivory: Slavery in the British Empire and The Trader, The Owner, Atlas of the Transatlantic Slave Trade The Slave: Parallel Lives in the Age of Slavery. He lives in york, Uk.

October History/African American History Cloth 978-0-300-12555-9 $32.50 1 1 304 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄2 12 b/w illus. World

32 General Interest kenya Between Hope and Despair, 1963–2011 Daniel Branch

An illuminating account of Kenya’s fi rst fi fty years of independence and the issues that block the nation’s path to prosperity and justice

on December 12, 1963, people across kenya joyfully celebrated independence from British colonial rule, anticipating a bright future of prosperity and social justice. As the nation approaches the fi ftieth anniversary of its independence, however, the people’s dream remains elusive. During its fi rst fi ve decades kenya has experienced assassinations, riots, coup attempts, ethnic violence, and political corruption. The ranks of the disaffected, the unemployed, and the poor have mul- tiplied. In this authoritative and insightful account of kenya’s history from 1963 to the present day, Daniel Branch sheds new light on the nation’s struggles and the complicated causes behind them. Branch describes how kenya constructed itself as a state and how ethnicity has proved a powerful force in national politics from the start, as have disorder and violence. He explores such divisive political issues as the needs of the landless poor, international relations with Britain and with the Cold War superpowers, and the direction of economic development. Tracing an esca- lation of government corruption over time, the author brings his discussion to the present, paying particular attention to the rigged election of 2007, the subsequent compromise government, and kenya’s prospects as a still-evolving independent state.

DANIEL BRANCH is assistant professor of African history, University of Warwick. He is the author of Defeating Mau Mau, Creating Kenya: Counterinsurgency, Civil War, and Decolonization. He lives in Warwick, Uk.

November Current Events/Politics Cloth 978-0-300-14876-3 $35.00 352 pp. 6 x 9 20 b/w illus. World

General Interest 33 “Brilliant, irresistible; a wonderful surprise.”—Philip Pullman

“A remarkable book, written in an amiable, conversational style, effortlessly explaining, without condescension, difficult matters like the achievements of Charlemagne, the monetary system of A Little History of the World medieval Europe and the ideas of the Enlightenment. . . . This Illustrated Edition resurrected history deserves reading for all its delights.”—Edward E. H. Gombrich Rothstein, New York Times A glorious illustrated edition of the “In simple, vivid prose, Gombrich surveys the human past from international bestseller pre-history to his own time. . . . Lucky children will have this

book read to them. Intelligent adults will read it for themselves E. H. Gombrich’s Little History of the World, though and regain contact with the spirit of European humanism at its written in 1935, has become one of the treasures of his- best.”—Anthony Grafton, Wall Street Journal torical writing since its first publication in English in 2005. The Yale edition alone has now sold over half a Praise for million copies, and the book is available worldwide in A Little History “A timeless and engaging narrative of the human race.”—Booklist almost thirty languages. of the World, Gombrich was of course the best-known art historian by ombrich “This Little Book . . . is a thing of ripping yarns told at a rattling E. H. G of his time, and his text suggests illustrations on every pace. . . . Had I a dozen grandchildren (of any age) I’d order two page. This illustrated edition of the Little History brings dozen copies, one for the children, the other for their parents. together the pellucid humanity of his narrative with the images that may well have been in his mind’s eye as he Do not, from its title, underestimate this book.”—Brian Sewell, wrote the book. The two hundred illustrations—most Evening Standard of them in full color—are not simple embellishments, Also by E. H. Gombrich: though they are beautiful. They emerge from the text, A Little History of the World “A magical work.”—John Banville, Irish Times enrich the author’s intention, and deepen the pleasure Paper 978-0-300-14332-4 $14.95 of reading this remarkable work. Shadows The Depiction of Cast Shadows in Western Art “A lovely, lively historical survey. . . . A fine conception and For this edition the text is reset in a spacious format, Cloth 978-0-300-06357-8 $15.00sc summarizing of the world’s checkered past for young and flowing around illustrations that range from paintings to line drawings, emblems, motifs, and symbols. The old.”—Kirkus Reviews (starred review) book incorporates freshly drawn maps, a revised preface, and a new index. “Retains an irresistible, boyish energy and enthusiasm. . . . Here, Blending high-grade design, fine paper, and classic bind- in this little book, are answers to many of the questions you never ing, this is both a sumptuous gift book and an enhanced dared to ask.”—Margaret Drabble, New Statesman edition of a timeless account of human history.

A 2006 Book Sense Highlight Best Book of the Year E. H. Gombrich, author of the international classic The Story of Art, was born in Vienna in 1909. He moved to London in 1936, where he later became Director of the Warburg Institute and Professor of the History of the Classical Tradition at London University. Winner of Named a Favorite Book of 2005 by the the Erasmus Prize, the Hegel Prize, the Wittgenstein Prize, and the Los Angeles Times Goethe Prize, he was admitted to Britain’s highest honor, the Order of Merit, in 1988.

November History Cloth 978-0-300-17614-8 $29.95 304 pp. 7 3/4 x 9 1/2 200 color illus. World

34 General Interest “Brilliant, irresistible; a wonderful surprise.”—Philip Pullman

“A remarkable book, written in an amiable, conversational style, effortlessly explaining, without condescension, diffi cult matters like the achievements of Charlemagne, the monetary system of A Little History of the World medieval Europe and the ideas of the Enlightenment. . . . This Illustrated Edition resurrected history deserves reading for all its delights.”—Edward E. H. Gombrich Rothstein, New York Times A glorious illustrated edition of the “In simple, vivid prose, Gombrich surveys the human past from international bestseller pre-history to his own time. . . . Lucky children will have this book read to them. Intelligent adults will read it for themselves E. H. Gombrich’s Little History of the World, though and regain contact with the spirit of European humanism at its written in 1935, has become one of the treasures of his-

best.”—Anthony Grafton, Wall Street Journal torical writing since its fi rst publication in English in 2005. The yale edition alone has now sold over half a PrAise For million copies, and the book is available worldwide in a lIttle hIStory “A timeless and engaging narrative of the human race.”—Booklist almost thirty languages. of the World, Gombrich was of course the best-known art historian by oMbrich “This Little Book . . . is a thing of ripping yarns told at a rattling e. h. g of his time, and his text suggests illustrations on every pace. . . . Had I a dozen grandchildren (of any age) I’d order two page. This illustrated edition of the Little History brings dozen copies, one for the children, the other for their parents. together the pellucid humanity of his narrative with the images that may well have been in his mind’s eye as he Do not, from its title, underestimate this book.”—Brian Sewell, wrote the book. The two hundred illustrations—most Evening Standard of them in full color—are not simple embellishments, Also by e. h. goMbrich: though they are beautiful. They emerge from the text, A Little History of the World “A magical work.”—John Banville, Irish Times enrich the author’s intention, and deepen the pleasure Paper 978-0-300-14332-4 $14.95 of reading this remarkable work. Shadows The Depiction of Cast Shadows in Western Art “A lovely, lively historical survey. . . . A fi ne conception and For this edition the text is reset in a spacious format, Cloth 978-0-300-06357-8 $15.00sc summarizing of the world’s checkered past for young and fl owing around illustrations that range from paintings to line drawings, emblems, motifs, and symbols. The old.”—Kirkus Reviews (starred review) book incorporates freshly drawn maps, a revised preface, and a new index. “Retains an irresistible, boyish energy and enthusiasm. . . . Here, Blending high-grade design, fi ne paper, and classic bind- in this little book, are answers to many of the questions you never ing, this is both a sumptuous gift book and an enhanced dared to ask.”—Margaret Drabble, New Statesman edition of a timeless account of human history.

A 2006 Book Sense Highlight Best Book of the Year E. H. GoMBRICH, author of the international classic The Story of Art, was born in vienna in 1909. He moved to London in 1936, where he later became Director of the Warburg Institute and Professor of the History of the Classical Tradition at London University. Winner of Named a Favorite Book of 2005 by the the Erasmus Prize, the Hegel Prize, the Wittgenstein Prize, and the Los Angeles Times Goethe Prize, he was admitted to Britain’s highest honor, the order of Merit, in 1988.

November History Cloth 978-0-300-17614-8 $29.95 304 pp. 7 3/4 x 9 1/2 200 color illus. World

General Interest 35 Unpacking My Library Writers and Their Books Edited by Leah Price

This gorgeous second volume in the popular Unpacking My Library series explores the bookshelves of favorite novelists

As words and stories are increasingly disseminated through digital means, the signifi cance of the book as object—whether pristine collectible or battered relic— is growing as well. Unpacking My Library: Writers and Their Books spotlights the personal libraries of thirteen favorite novelists who share their collections with readers. Stunning photographs provide full views of the libraries and close-ups of individual volumes: fi rst editions, worn textbooks, pristine hardcovers, and childhood companions. In her introduction, Leah Price muses on the history and future of the bookshelf, asking what books can tell us about their owners and what readers can tell us about their collections. Supplementing the photographs are (top) Philip Pullman in his library, Oxford, UK Price’s interviews with each author, which probe the (bottom) Library of Claire Messud and James Wood, relation of writing to reading, collecting, and arrang- Cambridge, MA ing books. Each writer provides a list of top ten favorite Praise for Unpacking My Library: titles, offering unique personal histories along with sug- Architects and Their Books: “Wonderful. . . . gestions for every bibliophile. Ideal reading, or a solid stocking stuffer, Unpacking My Library: Writers and Their Books fea- for design geeks and bibliophiles alike.”—Dwell “Fascinating and tures the personal libraries of Alison Bechdel, Stephen full of surprises.”—kenneth Baker, Carter, Junot Díaz, Rebecca Goldstein and Stephen The San Francisco Chronicle Pinker, Lev Grossman and Sophie Gee, Jonathan Also AvAilAble: Lethem, Claire Messud and James Wood, Philip Unpacking My Library Pullman, Gary Shteyngart, and Edmund White. Architects and Their Books Jo Steffens Paper 978-0-300-15893-9 $20.00 LEAH PRICE is professor of English at Harvard University. She is the author of The Anthology and the Rise of the Novel, Literary Secretaries/ Secretarial Culture, and Reader’s Block: The Uses of Books in Nineteenth- Century Britain. She writes on old and new media for the New York Times Book Review, the London Review of Books, and the Boston Globe.

November Books about Books Paper over Board 978-0-300-17092-4 $20.00 1 208 pp. 8 x 5 ⁄2 270 color illus. World

36 General Interest Rome and Rhetoric Shakespeare’s Julius Caesar Garry Wills

A many-faceted examination of how Shakespeare brought Rome alive for his readers through a masterful manipulation of ancient rhetoric

Renaissance plays and poetry in England were saturated with the formal rhetorical twists that Latin education made familiar to audiences and readers. yet a formally educated man like Ben Jonson was unable to make these ornaments come to life in his two classical Roman plays. Garry Wills, focusing his attention on Julius Caesar, here demonstrates how Shakespeare so wonderfully made these ancient devices vivid, giving his characters their own personal styles of Roman speech. In four chapters, devoted to four of the play’s main characters, Wills shows how Caesar, Brutus, Antony, and Cassius each has his own take on the rhetorical ornaments that Elizabethans learned in school. Shakespeare also makes Rome present and animate by casting his troupe of experienced players to make ◆◆ the Anthony hecht lectures in the their strengths shine through the historical facts that huMAnities series Plutarch supplied him with. The result is that the Rome The Anthony Hecht Lectures in the English-speaking people carry about in their minds is Humanities, given biennially at Bard the Rome that Shakespeare created for them. And that College, were established to honor the is even true, Wills affi rms, for today’s classical scholars memory of this preeminent American poet by refl ecting his lifelong interest with access to the original Roman sources. in literature, music, the visual arts, and cultural history. Through his poems, GARRy WILLS is professor of history emeritus at Northwestern scholarship, and teaching, Anthony University. His many acclaimed and best-selling works include Lincoln Hecht has become recognized as one of at Gettysburg, What Jesus Meant, and Bomb Power: The Modern the moral voices of his generation, and Presidency and the National Security State. A winner of the Pulitzer his works have had a profound effect Prize and the National Book Critics Circle Award, Wills is a frequent on contemporary American poetry. The contributor to the New York Review of Books and other publications. books in this series will keep alive the spirit of his work and life.

November History/Literary Studies Cloth 978-0-300-15218-0 $25.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 160 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 World

General Interest 37 Why Niebuhr Matters Charles Lemert

A leading social theorist analyzes how and why Niebuhr’s revival has taken place, ultimately arguing for his political and moral relevance today

Reinhold Niebuhr (1892–1971) was a Protestant preacher, an infl uential religious thinker, and an important moral guide in mid-twentieth-century America. But what does he have to say to us now? In what way does he inform the thinking of political leaders and commentators from Barack obama and Madeleine Albright to David Brooks and Walter Russell Mead, all of whom acknowledge his infl uence? In this lively overview of Niebuhr’s career, Charles Lemert analyzes why interest in Niebuhr is rising and how Niebuhr provides the answers we ache for in the face of seismic shifts in the global order. In the middle of the twentieth century, having out- grown a theological liberalism, Niebuhr challenged and ◆◆ why X MAtters series rethought the nonsocialist Left in American politics. He developed a political realism that refused to sacri- Featuring intriguing pairings of authors with subjects, each volume in the Why fi ce ideals to mere pragmatism, or politics to bitterness X Matters series presents a concise and greed. He examined the problem of morality in an argument for the continuing relevance immoral society and reimagined the balance between of an important person or idea. rights and freedom for the individual and social justice for the many. With brevity and deep insight, Lemert shows how Niebuhr’s ideas illuminate our most diffi - cult questions today.

CHARLES LEMERT is University Professor and Andrus Professor of Social Theory Emeritus at Wesleyan University and Senior Fellow of the Center for Comparative Research at yale University.

November Biography/Philosophy/Theology Cloth 978-0-300-17542-4 $26.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 256 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 World

38 General Interest The Serpent and the Lamb Cranach, Luther, and the Making of the Reformation Steven ozment

Together, Cranach’s paintings and Luther’s powerful oratory created a force fi eld that transformed Germany, Europe, and ultimately the Western world

This compelling book retells and revises the story of the German Renaissance and Reformation through the lives of two controversial men of the sixteenth century: the Saxon court painter Lucas Cranach (the Serpent) and the Wittenberg monk-turned-reformer Martin Luther (the Lamb). Contemporaries and friends (each was godfather to the other’s children), Cranach and Luther were very different Germans, yet their collaborative successes merged art and religion into a revolutionary force that became the Protestant Reformation. Steven ozment, an internationally recognized historian of the Reformation era, reprises the lives and works of Cranach (1472–1553) and Luther (1483–1546) in this generously illustrated book. He contends that Cranach’s new art and Luther’s oratory “In this fascinating biography, it is not so released a barrage of criticism upon the vatican, the much the infl uence of the Reformation on force of which secured a new freedom of faith and the arts that matters, but rather Cranach’s pluralism of religion in the Western world. Between profound contributions to Reformation Luther’s pulpit praise of the sex drive within the divine politics and culture. ozment makes a estate of marriage and Cranach’s parade of strong, bold claim for the transformative force of lithe women, a new romantic, familial consciousness Cranach’s art.”—David H. Price, author of Albrecht Dürer’s Renaissance: Humanism, was born. The “Cranach woman” and the “Lutheran Reformation and the Art of Faith household”—both products of the merged Renaissance Also by steven oZMent: and Reformation worlds—evoked a new organization of The Age of Reform, 1250–1550 society and foretold a new direction for Germany. An Intellectual and Religious History of Late Medieval and Reformation Europe Paper 978-0-300-02760-0 $25.00tx STEvEN ozMENT is McLean Professor of Ancient and Modern Magdalena and Balthazar History, Harvard University. He is the author of ten books, including An Intimate Portrait of Life in Sixteenth-Century The Age of Reform, 1250–1550, which was a National Book Award fi nal- Europe Revealed in the Letters of a Nuremberg ist. He lives in Grantham, NH. Husband and Wife Paper 978-0-300-04378-5 $17.00tx

November History/Biography Cloth 978-0-300-16985-0 $35.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 81 b/w + 7 color illus. World

General Interest 39 The Artist and the Warrior From Assyria to Guernica Theodore k. Rabb

An illustrated exploration of artists’ depictions of war and warriors, from antiquity to modern times

How have artists across the millennia responded to warfare? In this uniquely wide-ranging book, Theodore Rabb blends military history and the history of art to search for the answers. He draws our attention to masterpieces from the ancient world to the twentieth century—paintings, sculpture, ceramics, textiles, engravings, architecture, and photographs—and documents the evolving nature of warfare as artists have perceived it. The selected works represent landmarks in the history of art and are drawn mainly from the western tradition, though important examples from Japan, India, and the Middle East are also brought into the discussion. Together these works tell a story of long centuries during which warfare inspired admiration and celebration. yet a shift toward criticism and condemnation emerged in the Renaissance, and by the end of the nineteenth century, glorifi cation of the warrior by leading artists had ceased. Rabb traces this progression, from such works as the Column of Trajan and the Titian “Battle of Lepanto,” whose makers celebrated glorious victories, to the antiwar depictions created by Brueghel, Goya, Picasso, and others. Fully illustrated and accessibly written, this book presents a study of unprecedented sweep and multidisciplinary interest.

THEoDoRE k. RABB is emeritus professor of history, Princeton University. A historian of early modern Europe, he has published many books during his career and has contributed major reviews in history and art to the Times Literary Supplement, the New York Times, and numerous other journals. He lives in Princeton, NJ.

November History/Art History Cloth 978-0-300-12637-2 $45.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 7 ⁄2 x 9 ⁄4 40 b/w + 60 color illus. World

40 General Interest The Roof at the Bottom of the World Discovering the Transantarctic Mountains Edmund Stump

A fascinating portrait and history of the most obscure mountains on Earth, by a modern scientist-explorer with unsurpassed knowledge of the region

The Transantarctic Mountains are the most remote mountain belt on Earth, an utterly pristine wilderness of ice and rock rising to majestic heights and extending for 1,500 miles. In this book, Edmund Stump is the fi rst to show us this continental-scale mountain system in all its stunning beauty and desolation, and the fi rst to provide a comprehensive, fully illustrated history of the region’s discovery and exploration. The author not only has conducted extensive research in the Transantarctic Mountains during his forty-year career as a geologist but has also systematically pho- “The modern maps and images on which tographed the entire region. Selecting the best of the [Stump] reconstructs the passages of the early explorers are a signifi cant best of his more than 8,000 photographs, he presents and unequaled achievement, created nothing less than the fi rst atlas of these mountains. In with a passion that seems obvious addition, he examines the original fi rsthand accounts looking at them.”—Guy G. Guthridge, of the heroic Antarctic explorations of James Clark National Science Foundation Ross (who discovered the mountain range in the early 1840s), Robert Falcon Scott, Ernest Shackleton, Roald Amundsen, Richard Byrd, and scientists participating in the International Geophysical year (1957–1958). From these records, Stump is now able to trace the actual routes of the early explorers with unprecedented accuracy. With maps old and new, stunning photographs never before published, and tales of intrepid explorers, this book takes the armchair traveler on an expedition to the Antarctic wilderness that few have ever seen.

EDMUND STUMP is professor of exploration at Arizona State University. He is also a geologist, polar explorer, mountaineer, and photographer specializing in the geology of the Transantarctic Mountains. He has served as principal investigator or chief scientist on many scientifi c fi eld trips to Antarctica, most recently a 2010–2011 National November Nature/Science Science Foundation expedition to the Beardmore Glacier area. He lives Cloth 978-0-300-17197-6 $39.95 in Tempe, Az. Also available as an eBook. 1 272 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 10 143 color illus. World

General Interest 41 Lawtalk The Unknown Stories Behind Familiar Legal Expressions James E. Clapp, Elizabeth G. Thornburg, Marc Galanter, and Fred R. Shapiro

Not just for lawyers, these illuminating histories of popular law-related expressions will delight anyone fascinated by words, by history, or by law and law enforcement

Law-related words and phrases abound in our everyday language, often without our being aware of their origins or their particular legal signifi cance: boilerplate, jailbait, pound of fl esh, rainmaker, the third degree. This insightful and entertaining book reveals the unknown stories behind familiar legal expressions that come from sources as diverse as Shakespeare, vaudeville, and Dr. Seuss. Separate entries for each expression follow no prescribed formula but instead focus on the most interesting, enlightening, and surprising aspects of the words and their evolution. Popular myths and misunderstandings are explored and exploded, and ◆◆ yAle lAw librAry series in legAl the entries are augmented with historical images and history AnD reFerence humorous sidebars. Lively and unexpected, Lawtalk will draw a diverse array of readers with its abundance of linguistic, legal, historical, and cultural information. Those readers should be forewarned: upon fi nishing one entry, there is an irresistible temptation to turn to another, and yet another . . .

JAMES E. CLAPP, a member of the New york and District of Columbia bars and a former litigator, works primarily in the fi eld of legal lexicog- raphy. He is the author of Random House Webster’s Dictionary of the Law. ELIzABETH G. THoRNBURG is a professor at SMU Dedman School of Law, where she teaches and writes about civil procedure and alternative dispute resolution. MARC GALANTER is John & Rylla Bosshard Professor Emeritus of Law and South Asian Studies, University of Wisconsin–Madison, and the author of Lowering the Bar: Lawyer Jokes and Legal Culture. FRED R. SHAPIRo is associate librarian and lecturer in legal research, yale Law School. He is the editor of The Yale Book of Quotations, available from yale University Press, and a major contributor to both the second and the third editions of the November Reference/Law Oxford English Dictionary. Cloth 978-0-300-17246-1 $45.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 384 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

42 General Interest The Daily you How the New Advertising Industry Is Defi ning your Identity and your World Joseph Turow

In the new media world, advertisers are deciding who you are, how much you matter, and what you see and do

The Internet is often hyped as a means to enhanced consumer power: a hypercustomized media world where individuals exercise unprecedented control over what they see and do. That is the scenario media guru Nicholas Negroponte predicted in the 1990s, with his hypothetical online newspaper The Daily Me—and it is one we experience now in daily ways. But, as media expert Joseph Turow shows, the customized media environment we inhabit today refl ects diminished consumer power. Not only ads and discounts but even news and entertainment are being customized by newly powerful media agencies on the basis of data we don’t know they are collecting and individualized profi les we don’t know we have. Little is known about this new industry: how is this data being collected and analyzed? And how are our profi les created and used? How do you know if you have been identifi ed as a “target” or “waste” or placed in one of the industry’s fi ner-grained marketing niches? Are you, for example, a Socially Liberal organic Eater, a Diabetic Individual in the Household, or Single City Struggler? And, if so, how does that affect what you see and do online? Drawing on groundbreaking research, including interviews with industry insiders, this important book shows how advertisers have come to wield such power over individuals and media outlets—and what can be done to stop it.

JoSEPH TURoW is Robert Lewis Shayon Professor of Communi- cation, Annenberg School, University of Pennsylvania. He is the author of eight books, including Niche Envy: Marketing Discrimination in the Digital Age. He lives in Bala-Cynwyd, PA. November Marketing/Economics/Media Cloth 978-0-300-16501-2 $28.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

General Interest 43 December 1941 Evan Mawdsley

An account of twelve pivotal days in 1941, when a chain of interlinked events changed world history

In far-fl ung locations around the globe, an unparalleled sequence of international events took place between December 1 and December 12, 1941. In this riveting book, historian Evan Mawdsley explores how the story unfolded. He demonstrates how these dramatic events marked a turning point not only in the course of World War II but also in the direction of the entire century. on Monday, December 1, 1941, the Japanese government made its fi nal decision to attack Britain and America. In the following days, the Red Army launched a counterthrust in Moscow while the Japanese bombed Pearl Harbor and invaded Malaya. By December 12, Hitler had declared war on the United States, the col- lapse of British forces in Malaya had begun, and Hitler had secretly laid out his policy of genocide. Churchill was leaving London to meet Roosevelt as Anthony Eden arrived in Russia to discuss the postwar world with Stalin. Combined, these occurrences brought about a “new war,” as Churchill put it, with Japan and America deeply involved and Russia resurgent. This book, a truly international history, examines the momentous happenings of December 1941 from a variety of perspectives. It shows that their signifi cance is clearly understood only when they are viewed together.

EvAN MAWDSLEy is honorary professorial research fellow, School of Humanities, University of Glasgow. His many books include World War II: A New History; Thunder in the East: The Nazi-Soviet Struggle, 1941–1945; and The Russian Civil War. He lives in Glasgow.

November History/Military History Cloth 978-0-300-15445-0 $30.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 336 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 8 pp. b/w illus. + maps World

44 General Interest Realeconomik The Hidden Cause of the Great Recession (And How to Avert the Next one) Grigory yavlinsky Translated by Antonina W. Bouis

A growing complacency that stability has been restored in the wake of recent economic turmoil is not just wishful thinking, it is dangerous thinking

This book directly confronts uncomfortable questions that many prefer to brush aside: if economists and other scholars, politicians, and business professionals understand the causes of economic crises, as they claim, then why do such damaging crises continue to occur? Can we trust business and intellectual elites who advocate the principles of Realpolitik and claim the “public good” as their priority, yet consistently favor maximiza- tion of profi t over ethical issues? Former deputy prime minister of Russia Grigory yavlinsky, an internationally respected free-market economist, makes a powerful case that the often-cited causes of global economic instability—institutional failings, wrong decisions by regulators, insuffi cient or incorrect information, and the like—are only secondary “Grigory yavlinsky’s book is an important to a far more signifi cant underlying cause: the failure contribution to understanding the to understand that universal social norms are essential interplay between social norms and modern economy. The current to thriving businesses and social and economic prog- global crisis makes his analysis ress. yavlinsky explores the widespread disregard for especially relevant.”—George Soros moral values in business decisions and calls for restoration of principled behavior in politics and economic practices. The unwelcome alternative, he warns, will be a twenty-fi rst-century global economy in the grip of unending crises.

GRIGoRy yAvLINSky is a Russian economist and founder and member of the Russian United Democratic Party (yABLoko). As deputy prime minister of Russia in 1990, he wrote the fi rst Russian economic program for transition to a free-market economy, 500 Days. He lives in Moscow.

November Economics Cloth 978-0-300-15910-3 $26.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 224 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

General Interest 45 It Was a Long Time Ago, and It Never Happened Anyway Russia and the Communist Past David Satter

A veteran writer on Russia and the Soviet Union explains why Russia refuses to draw the lessons of its past and what this portends for the future

Russia today is haunted by deeds that have not been examined and words that have been left unsaid. A serious attempt to understand the meaning of the Communist experience has not been undertaken, and millions of victims of Soviet Communism are all but forgotten. In this book David Satter, a former Moscow correspondent and longtime writer on Russia and the Soviet Union, presents a striking new interpretation of Russia’s great historical tragedy, locating its source in Russia’s failure fully to appreciate the value of the individual in comparison with the objectives of the state. Satter explores the moral and spiritual crisis of Russian society. He shows how it is possible for a government to deny the inherent value of its citizens and for the population to agree, and why so many Russians actually mourn the passing of the Soviet regime that denied “Highly successful in shedding light on them fundamental rights. Through a wide-ranging both the nature of the Soviet system consideration of attitudes toward the living and the and the post-Communist period, this dead, the past and the present, the state and the indi- is a lucid, illuminating portrait of the outlook and attitudes of Russians. This vidual, Satter arrives at a distinctive and important new book is one of the best I have ever read way of understanding the Russian experience. about the Soviet system and what it left behind.”—Paul Hollander, author of DAvID SATTER is senior fellow, Hudson Institute, and fellow, Foreign Political Will and Personal Belief: The Policy Institute of Johns Hopkins University School of Advanced Decline and Fall of Soviet Communism International Studies. He was Moscow correspondent for the Financial Times from 1976 to 1982, then a special correspondent on Soviet affairs for the Wall Street Journal. His previous book, Age of Delirium: The Decline and Fall of the Soviet Union and Darkness at Dawn: The Rise of the Russian Criminal State, are both available from yale University Press. He lives in Washington, D.C.

December History Cloth 978-0-300-11145-3 $29.95 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 416 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

46 General Interest Walther Rathenau The Limits of Success Shulamit volkov

A fi gure of great intellectual power who ran the German state, however briefl y, during one of its most tumultuous periods, and whose life was “the essence of German Jewish history.”

This deeply informed biography of Walther Rathenau (1867–1922) tells of a man who—both thoroughly German and unabashedly Jewish—rose to leadership in the German War-Ministry Department during the First World War, and later to the exalted position of foreign minister in the early days of the Weimar Republic. His achievement was unprecedented—no Jew in Germany had ever attained such high political rank. But Rathenau’s success was marked by tragedy: within months he was assassinated by right-wing extremists seeking to destroy the newly formed Republic. Drawing on Rathenau’s papers and on a depth of knowledge of both modern German and German- Jewish history, Shulamit volkov creates a fi nely drawn portrait of this complex man who struggled with his “volkov’s scholarship illuminates many Jewish identity yet treasured his “otherness.” volkov sides of Rathenau’s personality. Her also places Rathenau in the dual context of Weimar discussion of Rathenau’s Jewishness is informed, often moving, and Germany and of Berlin’s fi nancial and intellectual absorbing as both personal and social elite. Above all, she illuminates the complex social and history.”—A. J. Sherman, Associate psychological milieu of German Jewry in the period Fellow, St. Antony’s College, oxford before Hitler’s rise to power. ◆◆ Jewish lives Jewish Lives is a major series of SHULAMIT voLkov is professor emerita of modern European his- interpretive biography that explores tory, Tel Aviv University. Her most recent book is Germans, Jews, and Antisemites: Trials in Emancipation. She lives in Herzliya, Israel. the breadth and complexity of Jewish experience from antiquity through the present.

January Biography/History/Jewish Studies Cloth 978-0-300-14431-4 $25.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 256 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 9 b/w illus. World

General Interest 47 Why are you proposing that we need the word and concept “childism”? The history of the word “sexism,” coined in 1965, shows how important it was to put under the same conceptual umbrella different acts, attitudes, and institutions that targeted women as a group. If you understand that domestic violence against women and wage discrimination against women are similarly rationalized or legitimated Childism by a prejudice—sexism—you can develop ways to explore the prejudice Confronting Prejudice Against Children and resist it. Without a synthesizing concept, you do not see that child poverty and child abuse are both rooted in and rationalized by prejudice Elisabeth Young-Bruehl against children. Does prejudice against children—childism—operate like sexism? A seminal volume on prejudice against children All prejudices are rationalizations of actions. Prejudiced people think for parents, teachers, psychologists, social that their actions against a target group are right, necessary, normal. But not all prejudices are alike, nor are all prejudiced people alike— workers, policy-makers—anyone concerned with there is no “prejudiced personality.” In this book I argue that there are the crucial subject of child welfare. three basic forms of prejudices. Basically, people want to get rid of the members of a group; manipulate them into being servants; or erase their identities. The forms are usually to some degree intermixed, but Femke Galle Femke In this groundbreaking volume on the human rights sexism is fundamentally of the third form. Childism, on the other hand, of children, acclaimed analyst, political theorist, and A conversation comes in all three forms. This is one reason why it has been so hard to pinpoint. biographer Elisabeth Young-Bruehl argues that preju- with Elisabeth dice exists against children as a group and that it is Young-Bruehl Childism focuses in many different ways on “child abuse and neglect”—why is that? comparable to racism, sexism, and homophobia. This First, abused and neglected children come, as children or as adults, into prejudice—“childism”—legitimates and rationalizes a therapy situations where they can feel safe enough to tell their stories broad continuum of acts that are not “in the best inter- and talk about how they understand their abusers. Understanding their ests of children,” including the often violent extreme abusers’ motivations is crucial to them; they take a listener right to of child abuse and neglect. According to Young-Bruehl, the topic and to how they have internalized the abusers’ motivations. reform is possible only if we acknowledge this prejudice They need to be cured of their internalizations as much as they need in its basic forms and address the motives and cultural to be helped with external conditions that disrupt their growth and development. But—and this is the second reason—the field of Child forces that drive it, rather than dwell on the various cat- Abuse and Neglect was, from its inception in the 1960s, set up in such egories of abuse and punishment. a way, I believe, that it could not hear the experiences of abused and neglected children. It was focused on the types of acts they suffered— “There will always be individuals and societies that turn physical abuse, neglect, sexual abuse, and emotional abuse, and on their children,” writes Young-Bruehl, “breaking the “I am often struck by how children are children were classified by these types of acts. Treatment and prevention natural order Aristotle described two and a half mil- not treated as people, not accorded strategies are organized around these types of acts to this day. This lennia ago in his Nichomachean Ethics.” In Childism, equal status as humans, neglected, has been very harmful for children. It matters how you think about Young-Bruehl focuses especially on the ways in which underestimated, and overlooked. And how that childism goes un-thought. It children! Just as it matters how you raise them, and sponsor their growth Americans have departed from the child-supportive and development—or fail to. is a social, historical, and psychological trends of the Great Society and of the United Nations phenomenon that is desperately in need of You are Anna Freud’s biographer—is this is an Anna Freudian book? Convention on the Rights of the Child. redress. Elisabeth Young-Bruehl’s timely I use many of Anna Freud’s key insights, particularly those she came to and insightful Childism is a crucial step when she directed a children’s residential nursery in London during the Many years in the making, Childism draws upon a wide towards this goal.”—Ken Corbett, author Blitz. The children she cared for were traumatized, and they had a good range of sources, from the literary and philosophical to of Boyhoods: Rethinking Masculinities deal to say about what they experienced. The Best Interests of the Child, the legal and psychoanalytic. Woven into this extraor- the book Anna Freud wrote late in her long life, with two colleagues dinary volume are case studies that illuminate the Also by Elisabeth Young-Bruehl: Why Arendt Matters from the Yale Child Study Center, was designed to teach lawyers and profound importance of listening to the victims who judges how to listen to children in the course of trials—custody trials, Paper 978-0-300-13619-7 $14.00 Hannah Arendt abuse trials. Clearly, she was writing about childism, how to recognize have so much to tell us about the visible and invisible ways in which childism is expressed. For Love of the World, Second Edition it and how to prevent it. I take her wisdom as a model. But I am writing Paper 978-0-300-10588-9 $28.00tx for all who are concerned with children’s well-being—in diverse professions, in policy-making positions, but also as parents. Elisabeth Young-Bruehl is a psychoanalyst and the award- winning author of Hannah Arendt: For Love of the World, Anna Freud: January Psychology A Biography, and Why Arendt Matters, all published by Yale University Cloth 978-0-300-17311-6 $28.00 Press. She lives in Toronto. Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

48 General Interest Why are you proposing that we need the word and concept “childism”? The history of the word “sexism,” coined in 1965, shows how important it was to put under the same conceptual umbrella different acts, attitudes, and institutions that targeted women as a group. If you understand that domestic violence against women and wage discrimination against women are similarly rationalized or legitimated Childism by a prejudice—sexism—you can develop ways to explore the prejudice Confronting Prejudice Against Children and resist it. Without a synthesizing concept, you do not see that child poverty and child abuse are both rooted in and rationalized by prejudice Elisabeth young-Bruehl against children. Does prejudice against children—childism—operate like sexism? A seminal volume on prejudice against children All prejudices are rationalizations of actions. Prejudiced people think for parents, teachers, psychologists, social that their actions against a target group are right, necessary, normal. But not all prejudices are alike, nor are all prejudiced people alike— workers, policy-makers—anyone concerned with there is no “prejudiced personality.” In this book I argue that there are the crucial subject of child welfare. three basic forms of prejudices. Basically, people want to get rid of the members of a group; manipulate them into being servants; or erase their identities. The forms are usually to some degree intermixed, but Femke Femke Galle In this groundbreaking volume on the human rights sexism is fundamentally of the third form. Childism, on the other hand, of children, acclaimed analyst, political theorist, and A conversAtion comes in all three forms. This is one reason why it has been so hard to pinpoint. biographer Elisabeth young-Bruehl argues that preju- with elisAbeth dice exists against children as a group and that it is young-bruehl Childism focuses in many different ways on “child abuse and neglect”—why is that? comparable to racism, sexism, and homophobia. This First, abused and neglected children come, as children or as adults, into prejudice—“childism”—legitimates and rationalizes a therapy situations where they can feel safe enough to tell their stories broad continuum of acts that are not “in the best inter- and talk about how they understand their abusers. Understanding their ests of children,” including the often violent extreme abusers’ motivations is crucial to them; they take a listener right to of child abuse and neglect. According to young-Bruehl, the topic and to how they have internalized the abusers’ motivations. reform is possible only if we acknowledge this prejudice They need to be cured of their internalizations as much as they need in its basic forms and address the motives and cultural to be helped with external conditions that disrupt their growth and development. But—and this is the second reason—the fi eld of Child forces that drive it, rather than dwell on the various cat- Abuse and Neglect was, from its inception in the 1960s, set up in such egories of abuse and punishment. a way, I believe, that it could not hear the experiences of abused and neglected children. It was focused on the types of acts they suffered— “There will always be individuals and societies that turn physical abuse, neglect, sexual abuse, and emotional abuse, and on their children,” writes young-Bruehl, “breaking the “I am often struck by how children are children were classifi ed by these types of acts. Treatment and prevention natural order Aristotle described two and a half mil- not treated as people, not accorded strategies are organized around these types of acts to this day. This lennia ago in his Nichomachean Ethics.” In Childism, equal status as humans, neglected, has been very harmful for children. It matters how you think about young-Bruehl focuses especially on the ways in which underestimated, and overlooked. And how that childism goes un-thought. It children! Just as it matters how you raise them, and sponsor their growth Americans have departed from the child-supportive and development—or fail to. is a social, historical, and psychological trends of the Great Society and of the United Nations phenomenon that is desperately in need of You are Anna Freud’s biographer—is this is an Anna Freudian book? Convention on the Rights of the Child. redress. Elisabeth young-Bruehl’s timely I use many of Anna Freud’s key insights, particularly those she came to and insightful Childism is a crucial step when she directed a children’s residential nursery in London during the Many years in the making, Childism draws upon a wide towards this goal.”—ken Corbett, author Blitz. The children she cared for were traumatized, and they had a good range of sources, from the literary and philosophical to of Boyhoods: Rethinking Masculinities deal to say about what they experienced. The Best Interests of the Child, the legal and psychoanalytic. Woven into this extraor- the book Anna Freud wrote late in her long life, with two colleagues dinary volume are case studies that illuminate the Also by elisAbeth young-bruehl: Why Arendt Matters from the yale Child Study Center, was designed to teach lawyers and profound importance of listening to the victims who judges how to listen to children in the course of trials—custody trials, Paper 978-0-300-13619-7 $14.00 Hannah Arendt abuse trials. Clearly, she was writing about childism, how to recognize have so much to tell us about the visible and invisible ways in which childism is expressed. For Love of the World, Second Edition it and how to prevent it. I take her wisdom as a model. But I am writing Paper 978-0-300-10588-9 $28.00tx for all who are concerned with children’s well-being—in diverse professions, in policy-making positions, but also as parents. ELISABETH yoUNG-BRUEHL is a psychoanalyst and the award- winning author of Hannah Arendt: For Love of the World, Anna Freud: January Psychology A Biography, and Why Arendt Matters, all published by yale University Cloth 978-0-300-17311-6 $28.00 Press. She lives in Toronto. Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

General Interest 49 A Field Guide to the Southeast Coast and Gulf of Mexico Coastal Habitats, Seabirds, Marine Mammals, Fish, and other Wildlife Noble S. Proctor and Patrick J. Lynch

A uniquely comprehensive and beautiful guide to more than 600 species of fauna and fl ora along the coasts of the southeastern United States and the Gulf of Mexico

This superb book, with its unique focus on the entire marine coastal environment, is the most comprehensive and up-to-date fi eld guide available on the southeastern Atlantic Coast and the Gulf Coast. Not just for beachgoers, the book is essential for birders, whale watchers, fi shers, boaters, scuba divers and snor- kelers, and shoreline visitors. Features of the guide: · Entries on 619 coastal and ocean species · More than 1,100 color illustrations · 450 up-to-date range maps · overviews of key ecological communities, including mangroves, salt marshes, beaches, sand “This wonderfully conceived and superbly crafted book is the key that unlocks a sea chest dunes, and coral reefs of wonders along the Southeast and Gulf Coasts. · Special attention to threatened and endangered No matter which side of the waves you labor or species play this is the perfect guide to the wonders that surround you.”—Pete Dunne, author of Pete · Discussions of environmental issues, including such Dunne’s Essential Field Guide Companion catastrophic events as Hurricane katrina and the Also by noble s. Proctor AnD PAtrick J. lynch: Deepwater Horizon blowout A Field Guide to North Atlantic Wildlife Marine Mammals, Seabirds, Fish, and Other Sea Life · Glossary Paper 978-0-300-10658-9 $19.95 Manual of Ornithology · Excellent organizational aids for locating Avian Structure and Function Paper 978-0-300-07619-6 $35.00tx information quickly

NoBLE S. PRoCToR is professor emeritus, biological sciences, Southern Connecticut State University. He is also a nature and bird- ing tour leader to far-fl ung locations from Chile to Alaska to Southeast Asia. He lives in Branford, CT. PATRICk J. LyNCH, an illustrator, artist, and computer graphics illustrator and programmer, is also direc- January Nature/Travel tor, Design and User Experience, yale University. He lives in North Paper 978-0-300-11328-0 $24.00 Haven, CT. Also available as an eBook. 1 1 432 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄2 1,221 color illus. World

50 General Interest The very Hungry City Urban Energy Effi ciency and the Economic Fate of Cities Austin Troy

An important investigation of the ways that cities consume energy and how energy effi ciency will determine which ones thrive in the future

As global demand for energy grows and prices rise, a city’s energy consumption becomes increasingly tied to its economic viability, warns the author of The Very Hungry City. Austin Troy, a seasoned expert in urban environmental management, explains for general readers how a city with a high “urban energy metab- olism”—that is, a city that needs large amounts of energy in order to function—will be at a competitive disadvantage in the future. He explores why cities have different energy metabolisms and discusses an array of innovative approaches to the problems of expensive energy consumption. Troy looks at dozens of cities and suburbs in Europe and the United States—from Los Angeles to Copenhagen, “Austin Troy delivers a fascinating—and Denver to the Swedish urban redevelopment project chilling—look at our cities’ dangerous Hammarby Sjöstad—to understand the diverse factors dependence on an unpredictable world that affect their energy use: behavior, climate, water energy market. He shows why we need to supply, building quality, transportation, and others. He break our addiction to cheap energy, and then assesses some of the most imaginative solutions offers practical solutions on how to do that cities have proposed, among them green building, it.”—Arianna Huffi ngton, co-founder and energy-effi cient neighborhoods, symbiotic infrastruc- Editor-in-Chief of The Hufﬁ ngton Post ture, congestion pricing, transit-oriented development, and water conservation. To conclude, the author addresses planning and policy approaches that can bring about change and transform the best ideas into real solutions.

AUSTIN TRoy is associate professor in the Rubenstein School of Environment and Natural Resources at the University of vermont, and principal and co-founder of Spatial Informatics Group, LLC, a consulting company that works in the intersection of environment, economics, and spatial analysis. He served four years on the Burlington, vT, January Environmental Studies/Urban Design Planning Commission. He lives in Shelburne, vT. Cloth 978-0-300-16231-8 $28.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 320 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 47 b/w illus. World

General Interest 51 Praise for “In The Craftsman [Sennett] compellingly explores the universe Richard Sennett’s of skilled work, where ‘the desire to do a job well done for The Craftsman its own sake’ still flourishes.”—Brian C. Anderson, Wall Street Journal Together “An inquiring, intelligent look at how the work of the hand The Rituals, Pleasures, and Politics of Cooperation Thomas Struth Thomas informs the work of the mind.”—New York Times Book Review Richard Sennett (Editors’ Choice) Praise for Richard Sennett’s In this sequel to his influential work The “A far-roving intellectual adventure.”—Julian Bell, New York Craftsman, Richard Sennett explores how The Craftsman Review of Books we can learn to cooperate in the intensely tribal, competitive, and self-interested cultures “Richard Sennett is a prime observer of society. . . . One of his we inhabit great strengths, the thing that makes his narrative so gripping, is the sheer range of his thinking and his brilliance in relating the Living with people who differ—racially, ethnically, reli- past to the present.”—Fiona MacCarthy, The Guardian giously, or economically—is the most urgent challenge facing civil society today. We tend socially to avoid engaging with people unlike ourselves, and modern “[A] powerful meditation on the ‘skill of making things well.’ ” politics encourages the politics of the tribe rather than —New Yorker of the city. In this thought-provoking book, Richard Sennett discusses why this has happened and what might be done about it. Praise for “Hardly any social thinkers have given serious thought to the Richard Sennett’s drastic changes in corporate culture wrought by downsizing, Sennett contends that cooperation is a craft, and the foundations for skillful cooperation lie in learning to The Culture ‘re-orging,’ and outsourcing. Fortunately, the exception—Richard listen well and discuss rather than debate. In Together of the Sennett—is also one of the most insightful public intellectuals he explores how people can cooperate online, on street New Capitalism we have. In The Culture of the New Capitalism Sennett corners, in schools, at work, and in local politics. He traces the evolution of cooperative rituals from medi- addresses the new corporate culture with his usual vast erudition, Also by Richard Sennett: eval times to today, and in situations as diverse as slave The Craftsman endlessly supple intellect, and firm moral outlook. The result is communities, socialist groups in Paris, and workers on Paper 978-0-300-15119-0 $18.00 brilliant, disturbing, and absolutely necessary reading.”—Barbara Wall Street. Divided into three parts, the book addresses The Culture of the New Capitalism the nature of cooperation, why it has become weak, and Paper 978-0-300-11992-3 $15.00 Ehrenreich, author of Bait and Switch: The (Futile) Pursuit of how it could be strengthened. The author warns that the American Dream we must learn the craft of cooperation if we are to make our complex society prosper, yet he reassures us that we “[Sennett] has brilliantly pushed his thinking. . . . [A] triumph.” can do this, for the capacity for cooperation is embed- ded in human nature. —Will Hutton, The Observer

Richard Sennett’s works include The Craftsman and The Culture of the New Capitalism, both published by Yale University Press. He founded and served as first director of the New York Institute of the Humanities and is now a professor of sociology at both New York University and the London School of Economics.

January Sociology/Politics/Psychology Cloth 978-0-300-11633-5 $28.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 For sale in the United States and Canada exclusively.

52 General Interest PrAise For “In The Craftsman [Sennett] compellingly explores the universe richArD sennett’s of skilled work, where ‘the desire to do a job well done for the craftSman its own sake’ still fl ourishes.”—Brian C. Anderson, Wall Street Journal Together “An inquiring, intelligent look at how the work of the hand The Rituals, Pleasures, and Politics of Cooperation Thomas Thomas Struth informs the work of the mind.”—New York Times Book Review Richard Sennett (Editors’ Choice) In this sequel to his infl uential work The “A far-roving intellectual adventure.”—Julian Bell, New York Craftsman, Richard Sennett explores how Review of Books we can learn to cooperate in the intensely tribal, competitive, and self-interested cultures “Richard Sennett is a prime observer of society. . . . one of his we inhabit great strengths, the thing that makes his narrative so gripping, is the sheer range of his thinking and his brilliance in relating the Living with people who differ—racially, ethnically, reli- past to the present.”—Fiona MacCarthy, The Guardian giously, or economically—is the most urgent challenge facing civil society today. We tend socially to avoid engaging with people unlike ourselves, and modern “[A] powerful meditation on the ‘skill of making things well.’ ” politics encourages the politics of the tribe rather than —New Yorker of the city. In this thought-provoking book, Richard Sennett discusses why this has happened and what “Hardly any social thinkers have given serious thought to the might be done about it. drastic changes in corporate culture wrought by downsizing, Sennett contends that cooperation is a craft, and the foundations for skillful cooperation lie in learning to ‘re-orging,’ and outsourcing. Fortunately, the exception—Richard listen well and discuss rather than debate. In Together Sennett—is also one of the most insightful public intellectuals he explores how people can cooperate online, on street we have. In The Culture of the New Capitalism Sennett corners, in schools, at work, and in local politics. He traces the evolution of cooperative rituals from medi- addresses the new corporate culture with his usual vast erudition, Also by richArD sennett: eval times to today, and in situations as diverse as slave The Craftsman endlessly supple intellect, and fi rm moral outlook. The result is communities, socialist groups in Paris, and workers on Paper 978-0-300-15119-0 $18.00 brilliant, disturbing, and absolutely necessary reading.”—Barbara Wall Street. Divided into three parts, the book addresses The Culture of the New Capitalism the nature of cooperation, why it has become weak, and Paper 978-0-300-11992-3 $15.00 Ehrenreich, author of Bait and Switch: The (Futile) Pursuit of how it could be strengthened. The author warns that the American Dream we must learn the craft of cooperation if we are to make our complex society prosper, yet he reassures us that we “[Sennett] has brilliantly pushed his thinking. . . . [A] triumph.” can do this, for the capacity for cooperation is embed- ded in human nature. —Will Hutton, The Observer

RICHARD SENNETT’s works include The Craftsman and The Culture of the New Capitalism, both published by yale University Press. He founded and served as fi rst director of the New york Institute of the Humanities and is now a professor of sociology at both New york University and the London School of Economics.

January Sociology/Politics/Psychology Cloth 978-0-300-11633-5 $28.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 For sale in the United States and Canada exclusively.

General Interest 53 Second Simplicity New Poetry and Prose, 1991–2011 yves Bonnefoy Translated by Hoyt Rogers

An eagerly awaited anthology of recent poetry and prose by the celebrated French poet Yves Bonnefoy

yves Bonnefoy, now 87 years old, has enjoyed during the past two decades perhaps the most prolifi c and innovative period of his splendid lifework. This volume presents in English and French an inviting array of his recent writings, carefully selected for their literary quality as well as their broad appeal. It features several works never published before and many that have never been translated into English. The fi rst anthology of Bonnefoy’s work to appear since 1995, this collection refl ects the poet’s powerful engagement with the New England landscape, where quiet woods and fi elds have given shape to the pared-down aesthetic of his recent years. The book is the fi rst to showcase not only the poetry for which Bonnefoy is justly renowned but also his inventive compositions in prose. Appropriately, the book ◆◆ the MArgellos worlD rePublic alternates more traditional verse with freer forms, just oF letters as the author has done in several major works of the past twenty years; that symbiotic approach is one of the hallmarks of this latter phase of his art. Masterfully translated by Hoyt Rogers, the collection is organized chronologically, revealing clearly how the poet continues to extend and refi ne his scope and style. Rogers provides a penetrating introduction in which he analyzes aspects of Bonnefoy’s recent writings and the “second simplicity” that characterizes his late work.

yvES BoNNEFoy, poet, essayist, translator, and art historian, is widely admired as France’s greatest living poet. He lives in France. HoyT RoGERS’s poems, stories, and essays, as well as his translations from French, German, and Spanish, appear in a wide variety of books and periodicals. He lives in the Dominican Republic.

January Poetry Cloth 978-0-300-17625-4 $30.00 1 1 288 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 World

54 General Interest Notturno Gabriele D’Annunzio Translated by Stephen Sartarelli Introduction by virginia Jewiss

The fi rst complete English translation of D’Annunzio’s haunting book-length prose poem

Composed during a period of extended bed rest, Gabriele D’Annunzio’s Notturno is a moving prose poem in which imagination, experience, and remem- brance intertwine. The somber atmosphere of the poem refl ects the circumstances of its creation. With his vision threatened and his eyes completely bandaged, D’Annunzio suffered months of near-total blindness and pain-wracked infi rmity in 1921, and yet he managed to write on small strips of paper, each wide enough for a single line. When the poet eventually regained his sight, he put together these strips to create the lyrical and innovative Notturno. In Notturno D’Annunzio forges an original prose that merges aspects of formal poetry and autobiographical narrative. He fuses the darkness and penumbra of the present with the immediate past, haunted by war ◆◆ the MArgellos worlD rePublic memories, death, and mourning, and also with the oF letters more distant past, revolving mainly around his mother and childhood. In this remarkable translation of the work, Stephen Sartarelli preserves the antiquated style of D’Annunzio’s poetic prose and the tension of his rich and diffi cult harmonies, bringing to contemporary readers the full texture and complexity of a creation forged out of darkness.

GABRIELE D’ANNUNzIo (1863–1938), a major fi gure in modern Italian literature, published his fi rst volume of poetry in 1879 and went on to write numerous novels, short stories, plays, autobiographical works, and further volumes of poetry. STEPHEN SARTARELLI, an award- winning translator and poet, has published more than twenty books of translation from Italian and French and three volumes of poetry. He lives in France.

January Literature Cloth 978-0-300-15542-6 $28.00 Also available as an eBook. 3 320 pp. 5 x 7 ⁄4 World

General Interest 55 Jackson Pollock Evelyn Toynton

A compelling look at Jackson Pollock’s vibrant, quintessentially American art and the turbulent life that gave rise to it

Jackson Pollock (1912–1956) not only put American art on the map with his famous “drip paintings,” he also served as an inspiration for the character of Stanley kowalski in Tennessee Williams’s A Streetcar Named Desire—the role that made Marlon Brando famous. Like Brando, Pollock became an icon of rebellion in 1950s America, and the brooding, defi ant persona captured in photographs of the artist contributed to his celebrity almost as much as his notorious paintings did. In the years since his death in a drunken car crash, Pollock’s hold on the public imagination has only increased. He has become an enduring symbol of the tormented artist—our American van Gogh. In this highly engaging book, Evelyn Toynton examines Pollock’s itinerant and poverty-stricken childhood in the West, his encounters with contemporary art in ◆◆ icons oF AMericA Depression-era New york, and his years in the run- Icons of America is a series of short down Long Island fi shing village that, ironically, was works written by leading scholars, critics, transformed into a fashionable resort by his presence. and writers, each of whom tells a new Placing the artist in the context of his time, Toynton also and innovative story about American illuminates the fi erce controversies that swirled around history and culture through the lens of his work and that continue to do so. Pollock’s paintings a single iconic individual, event, object, or cultural phenomenon. captured the sense of freedom and infi nite possibility unique to the American experience, and his life was both an American rags-to-riches story and a darker tale of the price paid for celebrity, American style.

EvELyN ToyNToN’S work has appeared in Harper’s, The Atlantic, The Times Literary Supplement, The New York Times Book Review, and The American Scholar. Her novel Modern Art, loosely based on the story of Lee krasner and Jackson Pollock, was a New York Times Notable Book of the year. Her second novel, The Oriental Wife, has just been published. She lives in Norfolk, England. January Biography/Art Cloth 978-0-300-16325-4 $26.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 224 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 7 b/w illus. World

56 General Interest Renegade Henry Miller and the Making of Tropic of Cancer Frederick Turner

The untold story of Henry Miller’s explosive 1934 novel, banned in America for more than a quarter century

Though branded as pornography for its graphic language and explicit sexuality, Henry Miller’s Tropic of Cancer is far more than a work that tested American censorship laws. In this riveting book, published to coincide with the fi ftieth anniversary of Tropic of Cancer’s initial U.S. release, Frederick Turner investigates Miller’s unconventional novel, its tumultuous publishing history, and its unique place in American letters. Written in the slums of a foreign city by a man who was an utter literary failure in his homeland, Tropic of Cancer was published in 1934 by a pornographer in Paris, but soon banned in the United States. Not until 1961, when Grove Press triumphed over the cen- sors, did Miller’s book appear in American bookstores. Turner argues that Tropic of Cancer is “lawless, violent, colorful, misogynistic, anarchical, bigoted, and shaped ◆◆ icons oF AMericA by the same forces that shaped the nation.” Further, Icons of America is a series of short the novel draws on more than two centuries of New works written by leading scholars, critics, World history, folklore, and popular culture in ways and writers, each of whom tells a new never attempted before. How Henry Miller, outcast and and innovative story about American renegade, came to understand what literary dynamite history and culture through the lens of he had within him, how he learned to sound his “war a single iconic individual, event, object, or cultural phenomenon. whoop” over the roofs of the world, is the subject of Turner’s revelatory study.

FREDERICk TURNER is the author or editor of a dozen books, including Into the Heart of Life: Henry Miller at One Hundred. He lives in Santa Fe, New Mexico.

January Literary Studies Cloth 978-0-300-14949-4 $24.95 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 192 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 World

General Interest 57 The Golden Ass Apuleius Translated by Sarah Ruden

Acclaimed poet and translator Sarah Ruden brilliantly brings Apuleius’s comic tale to life

With accuracy, wit, and intelligence, this remarkable new translation of The Golden Ass breathes new life into Apuleius’s classic work. Sarah Ruden, a lyric poet as well as a highly respected translator, skillfully dupli- cates the verbal high jinks of Apuleius’s ever-popular novel. It tells the story of Lucius, a curious and silly young man, who is turned into a donkey when he med- dles with witchcraft. Doomed to wander from region to region and mistreated by a series of deplorable owners, Lucius at last is restored to human form with the help of the goddess Isis. The Golden Ass, the fi rst Latin novel to survive in its entirety, belongs to the Second Sophistic, a movement of learned but wildly inventive literature. In a translation that is both the most faithful and the most entertaining to date, Ruden reveals to modern readers the vivid, farcical ingenuity of Apuleius’s style. Praise for Sarah Ruden’s translation of the Aeneid: “Robert Fagles, shortly before his death, set SARAH RUDEN is a visiting scholar at Wesleyan University. Her books include a translation of vergil’s Aeneid and Paul Among the People: The the bar very high for translating [vergil’s] Apostle Reinterpreted and Reimagined in His Own Time. Aeneid. yet already the scholar-poet Sarah Ruden has soared over the bar. . . . The translation is alive in every part. . . . This is the fi rst translation since Dryden’s that can be read as a great English poem in itself.” —Garry Wills, New York Review of Books

Also trAnslAteD by sArAh ruDen: The Aeneid Paper 978-0-300-15141-1 $16.95

January Classics/Literature Cloth 978-0-300-15477-1 $30.00 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 320 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 World

58 General Interest The Letters of T.S. Eliot Volume 1: 1898–1922, Revised Edition Volume 2: 1923–1925 Edited by Valerie Eliot and Hugh Haughton

In two highly anticipated volumes, the correspondence of the twentieth century’s eminent man of letters, from youth to early manhood

Volume One: 1898–1922 presents some 1,400 letters encompassing the years of Eliot’s childhood in St. Louis, Missouri, through 1922, by which time the poet had settled in England, married his first wife, and published The Waste Land. Since the first publication of this volume in 1988, many new materials from British and American sources have come to light. More than two hundred of these newly discovered letters are now included, filling crucial gaps in the record and shedding new light on Eliot’s activities in London during and after the First World War. Volume Two: 1923–1925 covers the early years of Eliot’s editorship of The Criterion, publication of The Hollow Men, and his developing thought about poetry and poetics. The volume offers 1,400 letters, charting Eliot’s journey toward conversion to the Anglican faith, as well as his transformation from banker to publisher and his appointment as director of the new publishing September house Faber & Gwyer. The prolific and various cor- Literary Studies/Biography respondence of this volume testifies to Eliot’s growing Cloth Volume I influence as cultural commentator and editor. 978-0-300-17645-2 $45.00sc 1 1 912 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 58 b/w illus. Valerie Eliot, née Esmé Valerie Fletcher, is the widow and liter- Cloth Volume II ary executor of the Nobel Prize–winning poet T. S. Eliot. She became 978-0-300-17686-5 Eliot’s second wife in 1957, and their marriage continued until his death $45.00sc 1 1 in 1965. In addition to editing the first two volumes of the poet’s letters, 912 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 she has edited T. S. Eliot: The Waste Land, a Facsimile & Transcript 21 b/w illus. Also available as eBooks. of the Original Drafts. She lives in London. Hugh Haughton is For sale in the US only professor of English at the University of York, and author of The Poetry of Derek Mahon.

Scholarly Titles 59 Ida A Novel Gertrude Stein Edited by Logan Esdale Gertrude Stein wanted Ida to be known in two ways: as a novel about a woman in the age of celebrity culture and as a text with its own story to tell. With the publication of this workshop edition of Ida, we have the novel exactly as it was published in 1941, and we also have the full record of its creation. Logan Esdale offers informative critical commentary and judiciously selected archival materials to illuminate Stein’s experience of authorship from the novel’s beginning in early summer 1937, through the various drafts and negotiations with her publisher, to the reviews that greeted the book’s publication. Stein’s careful and systematic preservation of all Ida-related materials for her archive at the yale University Library was a conscious decision, and an invitation for us to study the complexity of her GERTRUDE STEIN (1874–1946) was creative process. born in Allegheny, PA, of German-Jewish immigrants. She moved to Paris in 1903 and lived in France for the rest of her life. She published Ida: A Novel in 1941, eight years after she became famous for her best-selling Autobiography of Alice B. Toklas. LoGAN ESDALE is assistant professor of English, Chapman University, where he regularly January Literature teaches courses on Gertrude Stein’s works. He PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-16976-8 $18.00 sc lives in Long Beach, CA. Also available as an eBook. 1 1 320 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 16 b/w illus. United States, Canada and the open market, defi ned as all other countries except the British Commonwealth (excluding Canada, the Republic of Ireland and the Republic of South Africa)

Stanzas in Meditation The Corrected Edition Gertrude Stein Edited by Susannah Hollister and Emily Setina With an Introduction by Joan Retallack In the 1950s, yale University Press published a number of Gertrude Stein’s posthumous works, among them her incomparable Stanzas in Meditation. Since that time, scholars have discovered that Stein’s poem exists in several versions: a manuscript that Stein wrote and two typescripts that her partner Alice B. Toklas prepared. Toklas’s work on the second typescript changed the poem when, enraged upon detecting in it references to a former lover, she not only adjusted the typescript but insisted that Stein make revisions in the original manuscript. This edition of Stanzas in Meditation is the fi rst to confront the compli- “The poem is a hymn to possibility; cated story of its composition and revision. Through meticulous archival a celebration of the fact that work, the editors present a reliable reading text of Stein’s original manu- the world exists, that things can script, as well as an appendix with the textual variants among the poem’s happen. . . . [It] is no doubt the several versions. This record of Stein’s multi-layered revisions enables read- most successful of [Stein’s] attempts ers to engage more fully with the author’s radically experimental poem and to do what can’t be done, to create also to detect the literary impact of Stein’s relationship with Toklas. The a counterfeit of reality more real editors’ preface and poet Joan Retallack’s introduction offer insight into the than reality.”—John Ashbery complexities of reading Stein’s poetry and the innovative modes of reading that her works require and generate. Students and admirers of Stein will SUSANNAH HoLLISTER is ACLS New welcome this illuminating new contribution to Stein’s oeuvre. Faculty Fellow, University of Texas at Austin. January Poetry/Literary Studies She lives in Austin, TX. EMILy SETINA is PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-15309-5 $22.00 sc an Assistant Professor of English at Baylor 1 1 University. She lives in Waco, TX. Also available as an eBook. 384 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 8 b/w illus. in gallery World

60 Scholarly Titles Capturing the Essence Techniques for Bird Artists William T. Cooper In this stunningly beautiful book, bird artist William T. Cooper explores and demonstrates all aspects of drawing and painting birds. Renowned for his gorgeous and accurate wildlife renderings, Cooper here explains in detail how to create a true impression of a bird’s appearance. The author describes his own experiences among birds in the wild, discusses bird anatomy, and lays out the essential principles of realistic painting. He guides both seasoned artists and enthusiastic beginners through all the techniques and processes involved in depicting birds anywhere in the world. “[Cooper] has written (and painted) In the fi rst part of the book, Cooper covers materials, bird anatomy, methods a unique user’s guide to painting the of working from captive birds (in zoos, for example), and methods for work- fl eeting beauty of birds, creatures ing in the fi eld. He places special emphasis on the artist’s understanding of we see every day. . . . The themes the subject and how this knowledge can be transformed into drawings and and beauty of the work and paintings. The second part of the book deals with watercolors, acrylics, and instruction translate to any place oil paints, explaining for each medium the step-by-step processes leading in the world.”—James Prosek, from beginning sketches to fi nished work. author of Trout: An Illustrated History and Trout of the World WILLIAM T. CooPER is a freelance artist specializing in birds. For over forty years he has illustrated wildlife books and exhibited artworks to international acclaim. He lives in Queensland, Australia.

August Art/Nature Paper 978-0-300-17626-1 $42.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 1 7 128 pp. 10 ⁄4 x 7 ⁄8 139 color illus. Not for sale in Australia and New Zealand

Riddle of the Feathered Dragons “Lucid and entertaining, Alan Feduccia’s Riddle of the Feathered Hidden Birds of China Dragons brings together and Alan Feduccia summarizes the issues in contention. This book will be a potential anodyne Examining and interpreting recent spectacular fossil discoveries in China, to received dogma.”—Storrs L. olson, paleontologists have arrived at a prevailing view: there is now incontro- Sc.D., Curator Emeritus, Division vertible evidence that birds represent the last living dinosaur. But is this of Birds, National Museum of conclusion beyond dispute? In this book, evolutionary biologist Alan Natural History, Washington, D.C. Feduccia provides the most comprehensive discussion yet of the avian and associated evidence found in China, then exposes the massive, unfounded speculation that has accompanied these discoveries and been published in the pages of prestigious scientifi c journals. Advocates of the current orthodoxy on bird origins have ignored contrary data, misinterpreted fossils, and used faulty reasoning, the author argues. He considers why and how the debate has become so polemical and makes a plea to refocus the discussion by “breaking away from methodological straitjackets and viewing the world of origins anew.” Drawing on a lifetime of study, he offers his own current understanding of the origin of birds and avian fl ight.

ALAN FEDUCCIA is S. k. Heninger Distinguished Professor Emeritus, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. He is the author of numerous books, including the award-winning The Origin and Evolution of Birds, published by yale University Press. He lives in Chapel Hill, NC.

January Nature/Science Cloth 978-0-300-16435-0 $55.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 384 pp. 7 x 10 242 b/w illus. World

Scholarly Titles 61 Every Twelve Seconds ◆◆ Yale Agrarian Studies Series Industrialized Slaughter and the Politics of Sight Timothy Pachirat This is an account of industrialized killing from a participant’s point of view. The author, political scientist Timothy Pachirat, was employed undercover for five months in a Great Plains slaughterhouse where 2,500 cattle were killed per day—one every twelve seconds. Working in the cooler as a liver hanger, in the chutes as a cattle driver, and on the kill floor as a food-safety quality-control worker, Pachirat experienced firsthand the realities of the work of killing in modern society. He uses those experiences to explore not only the slaughter industry but also how, as a society, we facilitate violent labor and hide away that which is too repugnant to contemplate. Through his vivid narrative and ethnographic approach, Pachirat brings to life massive, routine killing from the perspective of those who take part in it. He shows how surveillance and sequestration operate within the slaughterhouse and in its interactions with the community at large. He also considers how society is organized to distance and hide uncomfortable realities from view. With much to say about issues ranging from the sociology of violence and modern food production to animal rights and welfare, Every Twelve Seconds is an important and disturbing work.

Timothy Pachirat is assistant professor, Department of Politics, the New School University. He lives in Brooklyn, NY.

November Politics/Economics/Sociology Cloth 978-0-300-15267-8 $30.00sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 224 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 10 b/w illus. World

Simplexity ◆◆ An Editions Odile Jacob Book Simplifying Principles for a Complex World Alain Berthoz Translated by Giselle Weiss In this book a noted physiologist and neuroscientist introduces the concept of simplexity, the set of solutions living organisms find that enable them to deal with information and situations, while taking into account past experiences and anticipating future ones. Such solutions are new ways of addressing problems so that actions may be taken more quickly, more elegantly, and more efficiently. In a sense, the history of living organisms may be summed up by their remarkable ability to find solutions that avoid the world’s complexity by imposing on it their own rules and functions. Evolution has resolved the problem of complexity not by simplifying but by finding solutions whose processes—though they can sometimes be complex—allow us to act in the midst of complexity and of uncertainty. Nature can inspire us by making us realize that simplification is never simple and requires instead that we choose, refuse, connect, and imagine, in order to act in the best possible manner. Such solutions are already being applied in design and engineering and are significant in biology, medicine, economics, and the behavioral sciences.

Alain Berthoz is professor of physiology emeritus at the Collège de France, where he heads the Laboratory of the Physiology of Perception and Action. He lives in Paris.

January Biology/Science Cloth 978-0-300-16934-8 $38.00sc 1 1 Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 24 b/w illus. World

62 Scholarly Titles A Genius for Money Business, Art and the Morrisons Caroline Dakers This is the spectacular rags-to-riches story of James Morrison (1789–1857), who began life humbly but through hard work and entrepreneurial brilliance acquired a fortune unequalled in nineteenth-century England. Using the extensive Morrison archive, Caroline Dakers presents the fi rst substantial biography of the richest commoner in England, recounting the details of Morrison’s personal life while also placing him in the victorian age of enterprise that made his success possible. An affectionate husband and father of ten, Morrison made his fi rst fortune in textiles, then a second in international fi nance. He invested in North American railways, was involved in global trade from Canton to valparaiso, created hundreds of jobs, and relished the challenges of “the science of business.” His success enabled him to acquire land, houses, and works of art on a scale to rival the grandest of aristocrats.

CARoLyN DAkERS is professor of cultural history, Central Saint Martins, University of the Arts London. She is the author of The Holland Park Circle: Artists and Victorian Society and Clouds: Biography of a Country House, both published by yale University Press. She lives in London.

January Biography Cloth 978-0-300-11220-7 $40.00 sc 352 pp. 6 x 9 60 b/w + color illus. World

Savonarola The Rise and Fall of a Renaissance Prophet Donald Weinstein Girolamo Savonarola, the fi fteenth-century doom-saying friar, embraced the revolution of the Florentine republic and prophesied that it would become the center of a New Age of Christian renewal and world domi- nation. This new biography, the culmination of many decades of study, presents an original interpretation of Savonarola’s prophetic career and a highly nuanced assessment of his vision and motivations. Weinstein sorts out the multiple strands that connect Savonarola to his time and place, following him from his youthful rejection of a world he regarded as corrupt, to his engagement with that world to save it from itself, to his shattering confession—an admission that he had invented his prophesies and faked his visions. Was his confession sincere? A forgery circulated by his inquisitors? or an attempt to escape bone-breaking torture? Weinstein “Weinstein’s scholarship is offers a highly innovative analysis of the testimony to provide the fi rst truly impeccable and his brilliant satisfying account of Savonarola and his fate as a failed prophet. work is both comprehensive and detailed.”—Stefano Dall’Aglio, DoNALD WEINSTEIN is professor emeritus, University of Arizona. He is the author Fellow at the Medici Archive Project of several books on Italian history and is a world authority on Savonarola and the Italian Renaissance. He lives in Sonoita, Az.

November Biography Cloth 978-0-300-11193-4 $38.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 352 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

Scholarly Titles 63 The Romans and Their World A Short Introduction Brian Campbell This one-volume history of the Roman world begins with the early years of the republic and carries the story nearly a thousand years forward to 476, when Romulus Augustus, the last Western Roman emperor, was deposed. Brian Campbell, respected scholar and teacher, presents a fascinating and wide-ranging introduction to Rome, drawing on an array of ancient sources and covering topics of interest to readers with little prior background in Roman history as well as those already familiar with the great civilization. Campbell explores several themes, including the fall of the republic, the impact of colorful and diverse emperors on imperial politics, the administrative structure of empire, and the Roman army and how warfare affected the Roman world. He also surveys cultural and social life, including religion and the rise of Christianity. Generously enhanced with maps and illustrations, this book is a rich and inspiring account of a mighty civilization and the citizens who made it so.

BRIAN CAMPBELL is professor of Roman history, Queen’s University, Belfast. His previous books include The Emperor and the Roman Army and Warfare and Society in Imperial Rome. He lives in Belfast, Uk.

November History/Classics Cloth 978-0-300-11795-0 $35.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 42 b/w illus., 10 maps, 5 plans World

Beyond the Tower A History of East London John Marriott From Jewish clothing merchants to Bangladeshi curry houses, ancient docks to the 2012 olympics, the area east of the City has always played a crucial role in London’s history. The East End, as it has been known, was the home to Shakespeare’s fi rst theater and to the early stirrings of a mass labor movement; it has also traditionally been seen as a place of darkness and despair, where Jack the Ripper committed his gruesome murders, and cholera and poverty stalked the victorian streets. In this beautifully illustrated history of this iconic district, John Marriott draws on twenty-fi ve years of research into the subject to present an authoritative and endlessly fascinating account. With the aid of copious maps, archive prints and photographs, and the words of East Londoners from seventeenth-century silk weavers to Cockneys during the Blitz, he explores “Enjoyable, informative and enlighten- the relationship between the East End and the rest of London, and chal- ing. . . . John Marriott is an experienced lenges many of the myths that surround the area. and skillful historian.”—Dr.Stephen Inwood, author of A History of London JoHN MARRIoTT is professor in history at the Raphael Samuel History Centre, University of East London, and author of The Culture of Labourism: The East End between the Wars (1991) and The Other Empire: Metropolis, India and Progress in the Colonial Imagination (2003).

October History Cloth 978-0-300-14880-0 $45.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 384 pp. 6 x 9 50 b/w illus. World

64 Scholarly Titles This Seat of Mars War and the British Isles, 1485–1746 Charles Carlton Shakespeare was not exaggerating when he defi ned being a soldier as one of the seven ages of man. over the early modern period, many millions of young men from the four corners of the present United kingdom went to war, often—and most bloodily—against each other. The almost continu- ous fi ghting on land and sea for the two and one-half centuries between Bosworth and Culloden decimated lives, but created the British state and forged the nation as the world’s predominant power. In this innovative and moving book, Charles Carlton explores the glorious and terrible impact of war at the national and individual levels. Chapters alternate, providing a robust military and political narrative interlaced with accounts illuminating the personal experience of war, from recruit- ment to the end of battle in discharge or death. Carlton expertly charts the remarkable military developments over the period, as well as war’s enduring corollaries—camaraderie, courage, fear, and grief—to give a powerful account of the profound effect of war on the British Isles and its peoples.

CHARLES CARLToN is professor emeritus of history at North Carolina State University.

November History/Military History Cloth 978-0-300-13913-6 $40.00 sc 1 1 336 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 24 b/w illus. + 10 maps World

Ralph Tailor’s Summer A Scrivener, His City and the Plague keith Wrightson The plague outbreak of 1636 in Newcastle-upon-Tyne was one of the most devastating in English history. This hugely moving study looks in detail at its impact on the city through the eyes of a man who stayed as others fl ed: the scrivener Ralph Tailor. As a scrivener Tailor was responsible for many of the wills and inventories of his fellow citizens. By listening to and writing down the fi nal wishes of the dying, the young scrivener often became the principal provider of comfort in people’s last hours. Drawing on the rich records left by Tailor during the course of his work along with many other sources, keith Wrightson vividly reconstructs life in the early modern city during a time of crisis and envisions what such a calamitous decimation of the population must have meant for personal, familial, and social relations.

kEITH WRIGHTSoN is the Townsend Professor of History at yale University and the author of Earthly Necessities: Economic Lives in Early Modern Britain. He lives in Guilford, CT.

November History Cloth 978-0-300-17447-2 $40.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 224 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 16 pp. b/w illus. World

Scholarly Titles 65 The Making of the English Gardener Plants, Books and Inspiration, 1550–1660 Margaret Willes In the century between the accession of Elizabeth I and the restoration of Charles II, a horticultural revolution took place in England, making it a leading player in the European horticultural game. Ideas were exchanged across networks of gardeners, botanists, scholars, and courtiers, and the burgeoning vernacular book trade spread this new knowledge still further—reaching even the growing number of gardeners furnishing their more modest plots across the verdant nation and its young colonies in the Americas. Margaret Willes introduces a plethora of garden enthusiasts, from the renowned to the legions of anonymous workers who created and tended the great estates. Packed with illustrations from the herbals, design trea- Also by MArgAret willes: tises, and practical manuals that inspired these men—and occasionally Reading Matters women—Willes’s book enthrallingly charts how England’s garden grew. Five Centuries of Discovering Books Paper 978-0-300-16404-6 $22.00sc MARGARET WILLES, the former Publisher for the National Trust, has written and illustrated numerous books. She lives in London.

August Gardening/History Cloth 978-0-300-16382-7 $45.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 336 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 80 b/w +24 pp. color illus. World

A German Generation “An original and illuminating contribution to the thickly An Experiential History of the Twentieth Century congested fi eld of scholarship on Thomas A. kohut Nazism and popular experience in Germany’s twentieth Germans of the generation born just before the outbreak of World War century.”—Geoff Eley, author of I lived through a tumultuous and dramatic century. This book tells the A Crooked Line: From Cultural story of their lives and, in so doing, offers a new history of twentieth-century History to the History of Society Germany, as experienced and made by ordinary human beings. on the basis of sixty-two oral-history interviews, this book shows how this generation was shaped psychologically by a series of historically engendered losses over the course of the century. In response, this generation turned to the collective to repair the losses it had suffered, most fatefully to the community of the “volk” during the Third Reich, a racial collective to which this generation was passionately committed and which was at the heart of National Socialism and its popular appeal.

THoMAS A. koHUT is the Sue and Edgar Wachenheim III Professor of History at Williams College and author of Wilhelm II and the Germans: A Study in Leadership. He lives in Williamstown, MA.

January History Cloth 978-0-300-17003-0 $38.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 384 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 1 b/w illus. World

66 Scholarly Titles The Rise of Female kings in Europe, “Informative, provocative, and engaging, Monter’s study of 1300–1800 queens who ruled in their own William Monter name illuminates their lives and accomplishments and offers In this lively and pathbreaking book, William Monter sketches Europe’s readers rich and intriguing increasing acceptance of autonomous female rulers between the late Middle fare.”—kathleen Wellman, Ages and the French Revolution. Monter surveys the governmental records Southern Methodist University of Europe’s thirty women monarchs—the famous (Mary Stuart, Elizabeth I, Catherine the Great) as well as the obscure (Charlotte of Cyprus, Isabel Clara Eugenia of the Netherlands)—describing how each of them achieved sovereign authority, wielded it, and (more often than men) abandoned it. Monter argues that Europe’s female kings, who ruled by divine right, experienced no signifi cant political opposition despite their gender.

WILLIAM MoNTER is professor emeritus of history, Northwestern University. He lives in Wilmette, IL.

January History Cloth 978-0-300-17327-7 $38.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 256 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 19 b/w illus. World

Edward III W. Mark ormrod Edward III (1312–1377) was the most successful European ruler of his age. Reigning for over fi fty years, he achieved spectacular military triumphs and overcame grave threats to his authority, from parliamentary revolt to the Black Death. Revered by his subjects as a chivalric dynamo, he initiated the Hundred years’ War and gloriously led his men into battle against the Scots and the French. In this illuminating biography, W. Mark ormrod takes a deeper look at Edward to reveal the man beneath the military muscle. What emerges is Edward’s clear sense of his duty to rebuild the prestige of the Crown, and through military gains and shifting diplomacy, to secure a legacy for posterity. New details of the splendor of Edward’s court, lavish national celebrations, and innovative use of imagery establish the king’s instinctive understanding of the bond between ruler and people. With fresh emphasis ◆◆ the english MonArchs series on how Edward’s rule was affected by his family relationships—including his roles as traumatized son, loving husband, and dutiful father—ormrod gives a valuable new dimension to our understanding of this remarkable warrior king.

W. MARk oRMRoD is a professor in the Department of History, University of york.

January Biography/History Cloth 978-0-300-11910-7 $45.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 644 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 28 b/w illus. World

Scholarly Titles 67 The Music Libel Against the Jews Ruth HaCohen This deeply imaginative and wide-ranging book shows how, since the first centuries of the Christian era, gentiles have associated Jews with noise. Ruth HaCohen focuses her study on a “musical libel”—a variation on the Passion story that recurs in various forms and cultures in which an innocent Christian boy is killed by a Jew in order to silence his “harmonious musicality.” In paying close attention to how and where this libel surfaces, HaCohen covers a wide swath of western cultural history, showing how entrenched aesthetic-theological assumptions have persistently defined European culture and its internal moral and political orientations. Ruth HaCohen combines in her comprehensive analysis the perspectives of musicology, literary criticism, philosophy, psychology, and anthropology, tracing the tensions between Jewish “noise” and idealized Christian “harmony” and their artistic manifestations from the high Middle Ages through Nazi Germany and beyond. She concludes her book with a passionate and moving argument for humanizing contemporary soundspaces.

Ruth HaCohen is Arthur Rubinstein Chair of Musicology at Hebrew University.

October History/Literary Studies Cloth 978-0-300-16778-8 $55.00tx Also available as an eBook. 1 1 512 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 80 b/w + 9 color illus. World

Subverting Exclusion “Examining the tangled convergence between North American racial Transpacific Encounters with Race, Caste, and prejudice and the Japanese Borders, 1885–1928 denigration of outcastes, this Andrea Geiger book is strikingly innovative and intensely thought-provoking. The Japanese immigrants who arrived in the North American West in the Andrea Geiger’s work sets a model late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries included individuals with his- of historical research and analysis torical ties to Japan’s outcaste communities. In the only English-language practiced as an extraordinary—and book on the subject, Andrea Geiger examines the history of these immi- courageous—art.”—Patty Limerick, grants in the United States and Canada and their encounters with two author of The Legacy of Conquest separate cultures of exclusion, including the notion of outcaste status. ◆◆ The Lamar Series in Geiger reveals that the experiences of Japanese immigrants in North Western History America were shaped in part by Japan’s formal status system, mibunsei, decades after it was formally abolished. The immigrants’ understanding of social status as caste-based, however, collided with American and Canadian perceptions of status as primarily race-based. Geiger shows how the lingering influence of Japan’s strict status system affected immigrants’ perceptions and understandings of race in the North American West in the early twentieth century.

Andrea Geiger is assistant professor of history at Simon Fraser University. She lives in Vancouver, BC.

November History Cloth 978-0-300-16963-8 $45.00sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 18 b/w illus. World

68 Scholarly Titles The Stalin Cult ◆◆ The Yale-Hoover Series on A Study in the Alchemy of Power Stalin, Stalinism, and the Cold War Jan Plamper Between the late 1920s and the early 1950s, one of the most persuasive personality cults of all times saturated Soviet public space with images of Stalin. A torrent of portraits, posters, statues, films, plays, songs, and poems galva- nized the Soviet population and inspired leftist activists around the world. In the first book to examine the cultural products and production methods of the Stalin cult, Jan Plamper reconstructs a hidden history linking artists, party patrons, state functionaries, and ultimately Stalin himself in the alchemical project that transformed a pock-marked Georgian into the embodiment of global communism. Departing from interpretations of the Stalin cult as an outgrowth of Russian mysticism or Stalin’s psychopathol- ogy, Plamper establishes the cult’s context within a broader international history of modern personality cults constructed around Napoleon III, Mussolini, Hitler, and Mao. Drawing upon evidence from previously inaccessible Russian archives, Plamper’s lavishly illustrated and accessibly written study will appeal to anyone interested in twentieth-century history, visual studies, the politics of representation, dictator biography, socialist realism, and real socialism.

Jan Plamper is Dilthey Fellow at the Max Planck Institute for Human Development in Berlin.

January History Cloth 978-0-300-16952-2 $55.00sc Also available as an eBook. 352 pp. 7 x 10 62 b/w + 21 color illus. World

Also by Mark D. Steinberg: Petersburg Fin de Siècle The Fall of the Romanovs Mark D. Steinberg Political Dreams and Personal Struggles in a Time of Revolution The final decade of the old order in imperial Russia was a time of both Paper 978-0-300-07067-5 $32.00tx crisis and possibility, an uncertain time that inspired an often desperate Voices of Revolution, 1917 search for meaning. This book explores how journalists and other writers Paper 978-0-300-10169-0 $26.00tx in St. Petersburg described and interpreted the troubled years between the Russian revolutions of 1905 and 1917. Mark Steinberg, distinguished historian of Russia in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, examines the work of writers of all kinds, from anonymous journalists to well-known public intellectuals, from secular liberals to religious conservatives. Though diverse in their perspectives, these urban writers were remarkably consistent in the worries they expressed. They grappled with the impact of technological and material progress on the one hand, and with an ever-deepening anxiety and pes- simism on the other. Steinberg reveals a new, darker perspective on the history of St. Petersburg on the eve of revolution and presents a fresh view of Russia’s experience of modernity.

Mark Steinberg is professor of history at the University of Illinois, Urbana- Champaign, and editor of the journal Slavic Review. He is the author of The Fall of the Romanovs and Voices of Revolution, 1917, both published by Yale University Press, and of Proletarian Imagination: Self, Modernity, and the Sacred in Russia, 1910–1925.

November History Cloth 978-0-300-16504-3 $45.00sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 400 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 7 b/w illlus. World

Scholarly Titles 69 The Conversion of Scandinavia vikings, Merchants, and Missionaries in the Remaking of Northern Europe Anders Winroth In this book a MacArthur Award-winning scholar argues for a radically new interpretation of the conversion of Scandinavia from paganism to Christianity in the early Middle Ages. overturning the received narrative of Europe’s military and religious conquest and colonization of the region, Anders Winroth contends that rather than acting as passive recipients, Scandinavians converted to Christianity because it was in individual chief- tains’ political, economic, and cultural interests to do so. Through a painstaking analysis and historical reconstruction of both archeological and literary sources, and drawing on scholarly work that has been unavailable in English, Winroth opens up new avenues for studying European ascendency and the expansion of Christianity in the medieval period.

ANDERS WINRoTH, professor of history at yale, is the author of The Making of Gratian’s Decretum, for which he was awarded a MacArthur Fellowship in 2003. He lives in New Haven, CT.

January History Cloth 978-0-300-17026-9 $38.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 256 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 24 b/w illus. World

The Spirit of Mary Sarah Jane Boss Said to be “next to Christ, yet closest to us,” the virgin Mary has been and remains a major fi gure in world religion. Mary, who carried the Word of God in her very body, is a potent symbol for Christians: by conforming their souls to her likeness, they invite Christ to live within them spiritu- ally. As such, Mary’s spirit has pervaded, and partly constituted, the spirit of Christianity itself. Contextualizing a selection of writings that illustrate Mary’s role in the Christian tradition, Sarah Jane Boss—a leading authority on Mary—shows how the Marian cult, doctrines, and devotion have developed over the centuries, from widely differing cultural backgrounds and from both Eastern and Western churches. Together with Boss’s enlightening and incisive introductions to the texts, this book is a colorful and engaging introduction to the meaning of Mary. ◆◆ the sPirit oF X

SARAH JANE BoSS is director of the Centre for Marian Studies at Roehampton University, where she is senior lecturer in theology and Catholic studies.

November Religion Paper 978-0-300-16926-3 $15.00 1 1 224 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 World

70 Scholarly Titles MIzUko ITo is Professor in Residence Fandom Unbound and John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur otaku Culture in a Connected Age Foundation Chair in Digital Media and Learning, Department of Anthropology and Edited by Mizuko Ito, Daisuke okabe, and Department of Informatics, University of Izumi Tsuji California, Irvine. DAISUkE okABE is lecturer in psychology, Tokyo City University, In recent years, otaku culture has emerged as one of Japan’s major cultural Japan. IzUMI TSUJI is associate professor of exports and as a genuinely transnational phenomenon. This timely vol- sociology at Chuo University, Japan. ume investigates how this once marginalized popular culture has come to play a major role in Japan’s identity at home and abroad. In the American context, the word otaku is best translated as “geek”—an ardent fan with highly specialized knowledge and interests. But it is associated especially with fans of specifi c Japan-based cultural genres, including anime, manga, and video games. Most important of all, as this collection shows, is the way otaku culture represents a newly participatory fan culture in which fans not only organize around niche interests but produce and distribute their own media content. In this collection of essays, Japanese and American scholars offer richly detailed descriptions of how this once stigmatized Japanese youth culture created its own alternative markets and cultural products such as fan fi ction, comics, costumes, and remixes, becoming a major international force that can challenge the dominance of commercial media. By exploring the rich variety of otaku culture from multiple perspectives, this groundbreaking collection provides fascinating insights into the present and future of cultural production and distribution in the digital age.

January Cultural Studies Cloth 978-0-300-15864-9 $35.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 320 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 55 b/w illus. World

The Trumpet John Wallace and Alexander McGrattan In the fi rst major book devoted to the trumpet in more than two decades, John Wallace and Alexander McGrattan trace the surprising evolution and colorful performance history of one of the world’s oldest instruments. They chart the introduction of the trumpet and its family into art music, and its rise to prominence as a solo instrument, from the Baroque “golden age,” through the advent of valved brass instruments in the nineteenth century, and the trumpet’s renaissance in the jazz age. The authors offer abundant insights into the trumpet’s repertoire, with detailed analyses of works by Haydn, Handel, and Bach, and fresh material on the importance of jazz and infl uential jazz trumpeters for the reemergence of the trumpet as a solo instrument in classical music today. Wallace and McGrattan draw on deep research, lifetimes of experience in performing and teaching the trumpet in its various forms, and numerous ◆◆ yAle MusicAl instruMent series interviews to illuminate the trumpet’s history, music, and players. Copiously illustrated with photographs, facsimiles, and music examples throughout, The Trumpet will enlighten and fascinate all performers and enthusiasts.

Trumpeter JoHN WALLACE is principal of the Royal Scottish Academy of Music and Drama, Glasgow. ALEXANDER McGRATTAN is a freelance trumpeter who teaches natural trumpet and music history at the Royal Scottish Academy of Music and Drama.

January Music Cloth 978-0-300-11230-6 $40.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 352 pp. 7 ⁄2 x 9 ⁄4 45 b/w illus. + musical examples throughout World

Scholarly Titles 71 Democracy, Expertise, and Academic Freedom A First Amendment Jurisprudence for the Modern State Robert C. Post A leading American legal scholar offers a surprising account of the incom- pleteness of prevailing theories of freedom of speech. Robert C. Post shows that the familiar understanding of the First Amendment, which stresses the “marketplace of ideas” and which holds that “everyone is entitled to an opinion,” is inadequate to create and preserve the expert knowledge that is necessary for a modern democracy to thrive. For a modern society reliably to answer such questions as whether nicotine causes cancer, the free and open exchange of ideas must be complemented by standards of scientific competence and practice that are both hierarchical and judgmental. Post develops a theory of First Amendment rights that seeks to explain both the need for the free formation of public opinion and the need for the distribution and creation of expertise. Along the way he offers a new and useful account of constitutional doctrines of academic freedom. These doctrines depend both upon free expression and the necessity of the kinds of professional judgment that universities exercise when they grant or deny tenure, or that professional journals exercise when they accept or reject submissions.

Robert C. Post is Sol & Lillian Goldman Professor of Law and Dean of the Yale Law School.

January Law Cloth 978-0-300-14863-3 $30.00sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 224 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 World

Constitutional Cliffhangers “Brian Kalt has written a truly marvelous book on what appear A Legal Guide for Presidents and Their Enemies to be constitutional esoterica Brian C. Kalt that could, under foreseeable albeit unlikely circumstances, The United States Constitution contains some potentially fatal weaknesses pose genuine problems for the surrounding presidential selection, replacement, or punishment that could American constitutional and lead to constitutional controversies. In this compelling and fascinating book, political order.”—Sanford Levinson, Brian C. Kalt envisions six such controversies, ranging from the criminal University of Texas Law School prosecution of a sitting president, to a two-term president’s attempt to stay in power, to the ousting of an allegedly disabled president. None of these things have ever occurred—but in recent years, many of them almost have. The events Kalt describes are all situations where matters of constitutional interpretation would carry enormous political consequences. Because such events would put so much stress on our structure of government, we need to strive toward clear neutral rules that would resolve these situations smoothly and peacefully, rather than through a might-makes-right process.

Brian C. Kalt is professor of law at Michigan State University.

January Law Cloth 978-0-300-12351-7 $45.00sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 256 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

72 Scholarly Titles Belarus The Last European Dictatorship Andrew Wilson This book is the fi rst in English to explore both Belarus’s complicated road to nationhood and to examine in detail its politics and economics since 1991, the nation’s fi rst year of true independence. Andrew Wilson focuses particular attention on Aliaksandr Lukashenka’s surprising longevity as president, despite human rights abuses and involvement in yet another rigged election in December 2010. Wilson looks at Belarusian history as a series of false starts in the medieval and pre-modern periods, and at the many rival versions of Belarusian identity, culminating with the Soviet Belarusian project and the establishment of Belarus’s current borders during World War II. He also addresses Belarus’s on-off relationship with Russia, its simultaneous attempts to play Also by AnDrew wilson: a game of balance in the no-man’s-land between Russia and the West, and The Ukrainians how, paradoxically, Belarus is at last becoming a true nation under the rule Unexpected Nation; Second Edition of Europe’s “last dictator.” Paper 978-0-300-09309-4 $19.00sc Ukraine’s Orange Revolution ANDREW WILSoN is reader in Ukrainian studies at the School of Slavonic and East Cloth 978-0-300-11290-0 $32.00sc European Studies. He is the author of The Ukrainians, Virtual Politics, and Ukraine’s Orange Revolution, all published by yale University Press.

November History/Current Events Cloth 978-0-300-13435-3 $35.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 256 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 16 b/w illus. World

The End of Race? “The End of Race is an example of distinguished social science obama, 2008, and Racial Politics in America research. It is an essential read Donald R. kinder and Allison Dale-Riddle for scholars, and anybody who cares about the contemporary How did race affect the election that gave America its fi rst African American state of American race president? This book offers some fascinating, and perhaps controversial, relations.”—John Mark Hansen, fi ndings. Donald R. kinder and Allison Dale-Riddle assert that racism University of Chicago, coauthor was in fact an important factor in 2008, and that if not for racism, Barack of Mobilization, Participation, obama would have won in a landslide. on the way to this conclusion, they and Democracy in America make several other important arguments. In an analysis of the nomination battle between obama and Hillary Clinton, they show why racial identity matters more in electoral politics than gender identity. Comparing the 2008 election with that of 1960, they fi nd that religion played much the same role in the earlier campaign that race played in ’08. And they argue that racial resentment—a modern form of racism that has superseded the old-fashioned biological variety—is a potent political force.

DoNALD R. kINDER is Philip E. Converse Collegiate Professor of Political Science, professor of psychology, and research professor in the Center for Political Studies at the University of Michigan. ALLISoN DALE-RIDDLE is a doctoral candidate in political science at the University of Michigan.

January Politics/Current Events Paper 978-0-300-17519-6 $30.00 sc 1 1 256 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 32 b/w illus. World

Scholarly Titles 73 The Political Ideas of Thorstein Veblen “A rich synthesis of Veblen’s neglected views on power, predation, war, Sidney Plotkin and Rick Tilman savagery, ostensible democracy, Thorstein Veblen is best known for his authorship of The Theory of the and the instinct of workmanship, Leisure Class and The Theory of Business Enterprise, which made him a in a terrific intellectual history celebrated figure in the fields of economics and sociology at the turn of the for the higher barbarism of our twentieth century. In this book, Sidney Plotkin and Rick Tilman argue that time.”—James K. Galbraith, in addition to his well-known work in these fields Veblen also made impor- author of The Predator State: How tant—and until now overlooked—statements about politics. Conservatives Abandoned the Free Market and Why Liberals Should Too While Veblen’s writings seldom mention politics, they are saturated with political ideas: about the relationship among war, executive power, and democracy; about the similarities between modern executive positions and monarchy; about the political influence of corporate power; about the symbolism of politics; and about many other issues. By demonstrating the deep relevance of Veblen’s writings to today’s political troubles, The Political Ideas of Thorstein Veblen offers an important reconsideration of a major American thinker.

Sidney Plotkin is professor of political science at Vassar College. Rick Tilman is professor emeritus of public administration at the University of Nevada, Las Vegas. Each has served as president of the International Thorstein Veblen Association.

December Political Science Paper 978-0-300-15999-8 $30.00sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

Losing Small Wars “A superb and very interesting book.”—Professor Anthony King, British Military Failure in Iraq and Afghanistan University of Exeter Frank Ledwidge Partly on the strength of their apparent success in insurgencies such as Malaya and Northern Ireland, the British armed forces have long been perceived as world class, if not world beating. However, their recent performance in Iraq and Afghanistan is widely seen as—at best—disappointing; under British control Basra degenerated into a lawless city riven with inter- necine violence, while tactical mistakes and strategic incompetence in Helmand Province resulted in heavy civilian and military casualties and a climate of violence and insecurity. In both cases the British were eventually and humiliatingly bailed out by the US army. In this thoughtful and compellingly readable book, Frank Ledwidge examines the British involvement in Iraq and Afghanistan, asking how and why it went so wrong. With the aid of copious research, interviews with senior officers, and his own personal experiences, he looks in detail at the failures of strategic thinking and culture that led to defeat in Britain’s latest “small wars.” This is an eye-opening analysis of the causes of military failure, and its enormous costs.

Frank Ledwidge served in Bosnia, Kosovo, and Iraq as a military intelligence officer and in Afghanistan as a civilian justice advisor. He is currently a lecturer for Kings College, London, at the RAF College, Cranwell.

September Military Studies/Current Events Cloth 978-0-300-16671-2 $38.00sc 1 1 304 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

74 Scholarly Titles The Hour of Europe “The Hour of Europe is a splendid book which makes a major contribution to Western Powers and the Breakup of Yugoslavia the scholarship about the Yugoslav Josip Glaurdic´ breakup and the Western response, and shatters persistent illusions By looking through the prism of the West’s involvement in the breakup of about those subjects . . . Glaurdic´’s Yugoslavia, this book presents a new examination of the end of the Cold book is a masterpiece.”—Sabrina War in Europe. Incorporating declassified documents from the CIA, the P. Ramet, Professor of Political administration of George H.W. Bush, and the British Foreign Office; evi- Science, The Norwegian University dence generated by The Hague Tribunal; and more than forty personal of Science & Technology; author interviews with former diplomats and policy makers, Glaurdic´ exposes how of The Three Yugoslavias the realist policies of the Western powers failed to prop up Yugoslavia’s continuing existence as intended, and instead encouraged the Yugoslav Army and the Serbian regime of Slobodan Miloševic´ to pursue violent means. The book also sheds light on the dramatic clash of opinions within the Western alliance regarding how to respond to the crisis. Glaurdic´ traces the origins of this clash in the Western powers’ different preferences regarding the roles of Germany, Eastern Europe, and foreign and security policy in the future of European integration. With subtlety and acute insight, The Hour of Europe provides a fresh understanding of events that continue to influence the shape of the post–Cold War Balkans and the whole of Europe.

Josip Glaurdic´ć received his Ph.D. from Yale and is junior research fellow at Clare College, University of Cambridge. He divides his time between Cambridge, UK, and Münster, Germany.

December History/Current Events Cloth 978-0-300-16629-3 $55.00sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 416 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 4 b/w illus. World

The Peacekeeping Economy Using Economic Relationships to Build a More Peaceful, Prosperous, and Secure World Lloyd J. Dumas The idea that military strength is virtually synonymous with security is deeply entrenched and widely held. But while the threat or use of military force may sometimes be necessary, it cannot keep us as safe as we would be by building relationships that replace hostility with a sense of mutual purpose and mutual gain. Economic relationships, says Lloyd J. Dumas, can offer a far more effective, and far less costly, means of maintaining security. After defining the right kind of economic relationship—one that is balanced and nonexploitative, emphasizes development, and minimizes environmental damage—Dumas then addresses some practical concerns in establishing and maintaining these relationships. He also considers the practical problems of the transition from military-based security arrangements to “economic peacekeeping,” and the effects of demilitarized security on economic development and prosperity.

Lloyd J. Dumas is Professor of Political Economy, Economics and Public Policy at the University of Texas, Dallas. He lives in Carrollton, TX.

September Economics/International Affairs Cloth 978-0-300-16634-7 $45.00sc Also available as an eBook. 1 1 432 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

Scholarly Titles 75 Student Book 1 “By focusing in the first lessons on basic survival pronunciation, May Language Encounters Paper 978-0-300-16162-5 $94.99tx Encounters gives students more confidence to learn Chinese. Chinese Language and Culture 336 pp. 180 color + b/w illus. 1 7 8 ⁄2 x 10 ⁄8 World A wonderful textbook! And the video series provides an authentic Cynthia Y. Ning and John S. Montanaro Student Book 2 and high-quality environment in which to learn Chinese.” November Language —Bei Chen, University of North Texas Paper 978-0-300-16163-2 $94.99tx Welcome to Encounters, a groundbreaking Chinese 384 pp. 180 color + b/w illus. 1 7 language program that features a dramatic series 8 ⁄2 x 10 ⁄8 World “It’s easy for students to understand, comprehend, and to pick filmed entirely in China. The program’s highly Annotated Instructor’s Edition 1 up the language. You pick up the subtleties and authenticity communicative approach immerses learners in the May Language Chinese language and culture through video episodes Paper 978-0-300-16166-3 of the language. Students are inspired by seeing the video and 336 pp. 180 color + b/w illus. that directly correspond to units in the textbook. By 1 7 8 ⁄2 x 10 ⁄8 World seeing Americans speak Chinese. I have seen an improvement combining a compelling story line with a wealth of in my students’ character reading and listening skills after educational materials, Encounters weaves a tapestry Annotated Instructor’s Edition 2 of Chinese language and culture rich in teaching and November Language using Encounters.”—Litan Rath, Westinghouse College Prep Paper 978-0-300-16167-0 learning opportunities. 384 pp. 180 color + b/w illus. High School 7 8 ½ x 10 ⁄8 World Encounters follows a carefully structured and cumu- lative approach. Students progress from listening and Character Writing Workbook 1 “I wouldn’t use use anything else. I love it. It’s hard for American speaking to the more difficult skills of reading and writ- June Language Paper 978-0-300-16170-0 $29.99tx students to learn in the traditional Chinese way. Encounters is ing Chinese characters, building grammar, vocabulary, 1 256 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 11 World and pronunciation skills along the way. more fluid and does not promote rote memorization.”—Jennifer Character Writing Workbook 2 Portillo, The Denver Center for International Studies The Encounters program includes: November Language Paper 978-0-300-16171-7 $29.99tx · Two Full-color Student Books for introductory 1 256 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 11 World “Encounters shows my students how Chinese is used in real Chinese study

Screenplay 1 life context. The cultural segments are great because they let · Annotated Instructor’s Editions with answer keys Cynthia Y. Ning is associate director of the May Language Paper 978-0-300-16605-7 $29.99tx students see different points of view in Chinese.”—Jean Kumura, and suggested class activities Center for Chinese Studies and U.S. director of the 1 160 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 11 World Confucius Institute of the University of Hawai’i at Milken Community High School · Two Character Writing Workbooks linked directly Manoa, where she has taught courses in Chinese Screenplay 2 to the Student Book language and film for more than 25 years. She is November Language the former president and executive director of the Paper 978-0-300-17598-1 $29.99tx “It’s a modern up-to-date, interactive, interesting, fun way to learn · Ten hours of video materials, comprising dramatic Chinese Language Teachers Association. John S. 1 160 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 11 World Chinese. I highly recommend Encounters.”—Li Mann, Fresno episodes, cultural segments, and animations, all Montanaro recently retired as Senior Lecturer integrated with the Student Books in Chinese at Yale University, where he taught for DVD Lab Pack 1 City College more than 30 years. DVD 978-0-300-17565-3 $599.99tx · A total of 200 minutes of audio material, linked World to the Student Books, for listening and speaking DVD Lab Pack 2 practice DVD 978-0-300-17599-8 $599.99tx World · A website, www.encounterschinese.com, providing a year’s free access to all audiovisual material of the Website program upon adoption www.EncountersChinese.com

76 Books for classroom use Student Book 1 “By focusing in the fi rst lessons on basic survival pronunciation, May Language Encounters Paper 978-0-300-16162-5 $94.99tx Encounters gives students more confi dence to learn Chinese. Chinese Language and Culture 336 pp. 180 color + b/w illus. 1 7 8 ⁄2 x 10 ⁄8 World A wonderful textbook! And the video series provides an authentic Cynthia y. Ning and John S. Montanaro Student Book 2 and high-quality environment in which to learn Chinese.” November Language —Bei Chen, University of North Texas Paper 978-0-300-16163-2 $94.99tx Welcome to Encounters, a groundbreaking Chinese 384 pp. 180 color + b/w illus. 1 7 language program that features a dramatic series 8 ⁄2 x 10 ⁄8 World “It’s easy for students to understand, comprehend, and to pick fi lmed entirely in China. The program’s highly Annotated Instructor’s Edition 1 up the language. you pick up the subtleties and authenticity communicative approach immerses learners in the May Language Chinese language and culture through video episodes Paper 978-0-300-16166-3 of the language. Students are inspired by seeing the video and 336 pp. 180 color + b/w illus. that directly correspond to units in the textbook. By 1 7 8 ⁄2 x 10 ⁄8 World seeing Americans speak Chinese. I have seen an improvement combining a compelling story line with a wealth of in my students’ character reading and listening skills after educational materials, Encounters weaves a tapestry Annotated Instructor’s Edition 2 of Chinese language and culture rich in teaching and November Language using Encounters.”—Litan Rath, Westinghouse College Prep Paper 978-0-300-16167-0 learning opportunities. 384 pp. 180 color + b/w illus. High School 7 8 ½ x 10 ⁄8 World Encounters follows a carefully structured and cumu- lative approach. Students progress from listening and Character Writing Workbook 1 “I wouldn’t use use anything else. I love it. It’s hard for American speaking to the more diffi cult skills of reading and writ- June Language Paper 978-0-300-16170-0 $29.99tx students to learn in the traditional Chinese way. Encounters is ing Chinese characters, building grammar, vocabulary, 1 256 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 11 World and pronunciation skills along the way. more fl uid and does not promote rote memorization.”—Jennifer Character Writing Workbook 2 Portillo, The Denver Center for International Studies The Encounters program includes: November Language Paper 978-0-300-16171-7 $29.99tx · Two Full-color Student Books for introductory 1 256 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 11 World “Encounters shows my students how Chinese is used in real Chinese study

Screenplay 1 life context. The cultural segments are great because they let · Annotated Instructor’s Editions with answer keys CyNTHIA y. NING is associate director of the May Language Paper 978-0-300-16605-7 $29.99tx students see different points of view in Chinese.”—Jean kumura, and suggested class activities Center for Chinese Studies and U.S. director of the 1 160 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 11 World Confucius Institute of the University of Hawai’i at Milken Community High School · Two Character Writing Workbooks linked directly Manoa, where she has taught courses in Chinese Screenplay 2 to the Student Book language and fi lm for more than 25 years. She is November Language the former president and executive director of the Paper 978-0-300-17598-1 $29.99tx “It’s a modern up-to-date, interactive, interesting, fun way to learn · Ten hours of video materials, comprising dramatic Chinese Language Teachers Association. JoHN S. 1 160 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 11 World Chinese. I highly recommend Encounters.”—Li Mann, Fresno episodes, cultural segments, and animations, all MoNTANARo recently retired as Senior Lecturer integrated with the Student Books in Chinese at yale University, where he taught for DVD Lab Pack 1 City College more than 30 years. DVD 978-0-300-17565-3 $599.99tx · A total of 200 minutes of audio material, linked World to the Student Books, for listening and speaking DVD Lab Pack 2 practice DVD 978-0-300-17599-8 $599.99tx World · A website, www.encounterschinese.com, providing a year’s free access to all audiovisual material of the Website program upon adoption www.EncountersChinese.com

Books for classroom use 77 Why the Electoral College Is Bad for America George C. Edwards III is Distinguished Second Edition Professor and George and Julia Blucher Jordan George C. Edwards III Chair, Department of Political Science, Texas A&M University. He is also the editor of Thoroughly revised and updated, with an extensive analysis of the 2008 Presidential Studies Quarterly. election, this book remains the best analysis of the Electoral College for both students and general readers. “The best book available on the electoral college. Edwards provides both an excellent review of the workings of the electoral college and an incisive analysis of the failings of the institution.”—Marty Wattenberg, University of California, Irvine “A wonderfully accessible discussion of every aspect of the system by which presidents are elected. . . . Edwards’s book will be of interest to scholars and instructors focusing on the presidency . . . as well as campaigns and elec- tions.”—David A. Dulio, Historian

September Current Events/Political Science Paper 978-0-300-16649-1 $22.00sc 1 1 272 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 1 b/w illus. World

The Meek One: Julia Titus is senior lector in the Department of Slavic Languages and A Fantastic Story Literatures at Yale University. An Annotated Russian Reader Fyodor Dostoevsky Edited by Julia Titus Illustrations by Kristen Robinson This fully annotated paperback learner’s edition of Dostoevsky’s short story The Meek One is intended for intermediate and advanced Russian students. In addition to the Russian text, the book includes an introduction discuss- ing the story’s historical context, literary significance, and critical response; an extensive glossary and a learner’s dictionary; discussion questions; and vocabulary quizzes, exercises, and self-tests. All of these components will also be available online, accompanied by a complete soundtrack.

January Literature Paper 978-0-300-16232-5 $20.00tx 1 192 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 11 6 b/w illus. World

Tu sais quoi?! Annabelle Dolidon is assistant pro- Cours de conversation en français fessor of French at Portland State University. Annabelle Dolidon and Norma López-Burton Norma López-Burton is lecturer at the University of California, Davis. Tu sais quoi?! is a main text for conversational French courses, and it could also be used as a supplement to a second- or third-year French grammar review text. It is a function-based text that helps students practice French for application in real life. It includes current idiomatic expressions and slang, which are not found in most textbooks. It is primarily intended to pre- pare students to function linguistically and culturally in French-speaking countries where they will study abroad, visit, or work. The book will be accompanied by a Web site with grammar and culture links and audio and video files.

January Language Paper 978-0-300-16624-8 $80.00tx 320 pp. 8 x 10 93 b/w + 91 color illus. World

78 Books for classroom use Also by Stephanie Roberson Barnard and Listen. Write. Present. Deborah St James: The Elements for Communicating Science Writing, Speaking, and Communication and Technology Skills for Health Professionals Paper 978-0-300-08862-5 $22.00 Stephanie Roberson Barnard and Deborah St James Also available as an eBook. Even the best ideas have little value if they are not explained clearly, concisely, and convincingly to others. Scientists, engineers, health care professionals, and technology specialists become leaders in their fields not just by way of discovery, but by communication. In this essential book, two seasoned communication consultants offer specific, focused advice to help professionals develop, improve, and polish their interpersonal communication, writing, and presentation skills. The authors explain exactly how to manage multiple projects and interactions, collaborate with colleagues and others, gain support for ideas through presentations and proposals, and much more.

Stephanie Roberson Barnard is a communication consultant, Business Image Consulting. She lives in Wilson, NC. Deborah St James is deputy director, Publications and Scientific Communications, Talecris Center for Science and Education. She lives in Raleigh, NC. The authors have extensive experience in training biomedical, scientific, pharmaceutical, and technology professionals to communicate effectively. They are co-authors of Writing, Speaking, & Communication Skills for Health Professionals, published by Yale University Press.

January Reference Paper 978-0-300-17627-8 $22.00tx 1 1 192 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 World

Israel An Introduction Edited by Barry Rubin This comprehensive book provides a well-rounded introduction to Israel—a definitive account of the nation’s past, its often controversial present, and much more. Edited by a leading historian of the Middle East, Israel is organized around six major themes: land and people, history, society, politics, economics, and culture. The only available volume to offer such a complete account, this book is written for general readers and students who may have little background knowledge of this nation or its rich culture. The contributors to the book, all scholars with extensive firsthand knowledge of Israel, offer accessible, clearly explained material, enhanced with a generous selection of images, maps, charts, tables, graphs, and sidebars. This book provides readers with a solid foundation of knowledge about Israel and provides useful reference lists by topic for those inspired to read further.

Barry Rubin is professor and director of the Global Research in International Affairs Center at the Interdisciplinary Center, Herzliya, Israel. He is also editor of the Middle East Review of International Affairs and author of numerous books on the Middle East.

January History/Current Events Paper 978-0-300-16230-1 $30.00tx Also available as an eBook. 320 pp. 7 x 10 86 b/w illus. World

Books for classroom use 79 Learn to Read Greek Andrew keller and Stephanie Russell Learn to Read Greek is a text and workbook for students beginning the study of Ancient Greek. It is the companion volume to the authors’ Learn to Read Latin, published in 2004. Like its Latin predecessor, it has a grammar- based approach and is intended for students who have a serious interest in learning the language. The text and workbook include carefully chosen vocabularies and extensive vocabulary notes; clear and complete presentations of all necessary morphology and syntax; large numbers of drills and drill sentences; and abundant unabridged sample passages from a variety of Greek authors and texts.

ANDREW kELLER and STEPHANIE RUSSELL both teach classics at the Collegiate School in New york City.

Textbook, Part 1 June Language Paper 978-0-300-11589-5 $45.00tx 384 pp. World Workbook, Part 1 December Language Paper 978-0-300-11591-8 $32.00tx 608 pp. World Textbook/Workbook Set, Part 1 December Language Paper 978-0-300-16771-9 $77.00tx World Textbook, Part 2 December Language Paper 978-0-300-11590-1 $45.00tx 640 pp. World Workbook, Part 2 December Language Paper 978-0-300-11592-5 $32.00tx 704 pp. World Textbook/Workbook Set, Part 2 December Language Paper 978-0-300-16772-6 $77.00tx World

Fundamentos teóricos y practicos This is a comprehensive language text about the evolution of Spanish, de historia de la lengua española from its Latin roots to modern Spanish, that is intended for advanced Eva Núñez Méndez undergraduate and graduate students. It provides an overview of the birth, formation, and development of the Spanish language in a clear and systematic way and includes exercises and illustrative texts. It is user-friendly for instructors, as it provides all the necessary elements (history, exercises, and primary sources) for use as a main text—no supplements are needed.

EvA NÚÑEz MÉNDEz is associate professor at Portland State University in oregon.

January Language Paper 978-0-300-17098-6 $65.00 tx 1 1 384 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 26 b/w illus. World

kunterbunt und kurz geschrieben Kunterbunt und kurz geschrieben is an intermediate-level German An Interactive German Reader for the reader that can be used as either the main text in a conversation Intermediate German Classroom course or a supplementary text in an intermediate grammar review James Pfrehm course. James Pfrehm’s innovative approach includes text and audio podcasts of German short stories that are distinctly different from canonical texts studied in upper-level courses. Some of the features of the book include topical, engaging, and often humorous modern short stories; a grammar activity in each chapter; and video podcasts of short stories created by Pfrehm.

JAMES PFREHM is assistant professor of German at Ithaca College. January Language Paper 978-0-300-16602-6 $30.00 tx Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 18 b/w illus. World

80 Books for classroom use The Problem of Slavery as History “Breathtaking in its erudition, The A Global Approach Problem of Slavery as History speaks Joseph C. Miller forcefully to the canon of slavery scholarship.”—James Brewer Why did slavery—an accepted evil for thousands of years—suddenly Stewart, Macalester College become regarded during the eighteenth century as an abomination so compelling that Western governments took up the cause of abolition in ways ◆◆ David Brion Davis Series that transformed the modern world? Joseph C. Miller turns this classic question on its head by rethinking the very nature of slavery, arguing that it Joseph C. Miller is T. Cary Johnson must be viewed generally as a process rather than as an institution. Tracing Jr. Professor in the Department of History at the University of Virginia and a pre-emi- the global history of slaving over thousands of years, Miller reveals the short- nent historian of world slavery. He lives in comings of Western narratives that define slavery by the same structures Charlottesville, VA. and power relations regardless of places and times, concluding instead that slaving is a process which can be understood fully only as imbedded in changing circumstances.

November History Paper 978-0-300-11315-0 $30.00tx Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

“I Am Not Master of Events” ◆◆ Yale Series in Economic and The Speculation of John Law and Lord Londonderry Financial History in the Mississippi and South Sea Bubbles Larry Neal Larry Neal is emeritus professor of economics at the University of Illinois at Two of the greatest financial fiascos of all time took place at the same time Urbana-Champaign, research associate of and were instigated by two acquaintances: the Mississippi Bubble, on the National Bureau of Economic Research, which John Law at first made a vast fortune and gained sway over French and visiting professor at the London School of Economics. finances; and the South Sea Bubble, launched by Law and Thomas Pitt, Jr., Lord Londonderry, his main partner in England. This book tells the story of these two financial schemes from the letters and accounts of two leading personalities. Larry Neal, a distinguished economic historian, highlights the rationality of each person and also finds that the primitive exchanges of the day, though informal and completely unregulated, actually performed reasonably well.

January History/Economics Cloth 978-0-300-15316-3 $50.00tx Also available as an eBook. 1 1 224 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 10 b/w illus. World

Propaganda State in Crisis ◆◆ The Yale-Hoover Series on Soviet Ideology, Indoctrination, and Terror under Stalin, 1927–1941 Stalin, Stalinism, and the David Brandenberger Cold War

The USSR is often regarded as the world’s first propaganda state. Particularly David Brandenberger is associ- under Stalin, politically charged rhetoric and imagery dominated the press, ate professor of history at the University of the schools, and the cultural forums from literature and cinema to the fine Richmond, Virginia. arts. Yet party propagandists were repeatedly frustrated in their efforts to promote a coherent sense of “Soviet” identity during the interwar years. This book investigates this failure to mobilize society along communist lines by probing the secrets of the party’s ideological establishment and indoctri- national system. An exposé of systemic failure within Stalin’s ideological establishment, Propaganda State in Crisis ultimately rewrites the history of Soviet indoctrination and mass mobilization between 1927 and 1941.

January History Paper 978-0-300-15537-2 $55.00tx Also available as an eBook. 1 1 352 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 24 b/w illus. Not for sale in the Russian Federation

Academic Titles 81 Configuring the Networked Self Julie E. Cohen teaches and writes about Law, Code, and the Play of Everyday Practice intellectual property law and privacy law, with Julie E. Cohen particular focus on copyright and on the intersection of copyright and privacy rights in the The legal and technical rules governing flows of information are out of networked information society. She lives in Bethesda, Maryland. balance, argues Julie E. Cohen in this original analysis of information law and policy. Flows of cultural and technical information are overly restricted, while flows of personal information often are not restricted at all. The author investigates the institutional forces shaping the emerging information society and the contradictions between those forces and the ways that people use information and information technologies in their everyday lives. She then proposes legal principles to ensure that people have ample room for cultural and material participation as well as greater control over the boundary conditions that govern flows of information to, from, and about them.

January Law Paper 978-0-300-12543-6 $55.00tx Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

Abandoned to Ourselves “The most impressive study of Being an Essay on the Emergence and Implications of Rousseau’s social and political Sociology in the Writings of Mr. Jean-Jacques Rousseau... system...an absolutely remarkable Peter Alexander Meyers work that should become essential reading.”—Marie-Hélène Huet, This extraordinary work shows how the centerpiece of the Enlightenment— author of Monstrous Imagination society as the symbol of collective human life and as the fundamental domain of human practice—was primarily composed and animated by its Peter Alexander Meyers is profes- most ambivalent figure: Jean-Jacques Rousseau. Abandoned to Ourselves sor of American studies at the Université Paris traces the emergence and moral significance of dependence itself within III—Sorbonne Nouvelle, and a recurring visi- Rousseau’s encounters with a variety of discourses of order, including tor in the departments of Politics, Philosophy, theology, natural philosophy, and music. As Abandoned to Ourselves History, and Sociology at Princeton University. weaves together historical acuity with theoretical insight, readers will find here elements for a reconstructed sociology inclusive of things and persons and, as a consequence, a new foundation for contemporary political theory.

January Politics/Philosophy Cloth 978-0-300-17205-8 $60.00tx Also available as an eBook. 1 1 512 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 7 b/w illus. World

Technology, Globalization, and Nicholas A. Ashford is a professor of technology and policy at the Massachusetts Sustainable Development Institute of Technology, the director of the Transforming the Industrial State MIT Technology and Law Program, and a Nicholas A. Ashford and Ralph P. Hall faculty associate in the School of Engineering, the Sloan School of Management, and In this book Nicholas A. Ashford and Ralph P. Hall offer a unified, transdis- the Urban Studies Department. R alph P. ciplinary approach for achieving sustainable development in industrialized Hall is an assistant professor in the School nations. They present an insightful analysis of the ways in which industrial of Public and International Affairs in the states are currently unsustainable and how economic and social welfare College of Architecture and Urban Studies at are related to the environment, to public health and safety, and to earning Virginia Tech. capacity and meaningful and rewarding employment. The authors argue for the design of multipurpose solutions to the sustainability challenge that integrate economics, employment, technology, environment, industrial development, national and international law, trade, finance, and public and worker health and safety.

September Economics Cloth 978-0-300-16972-0 $90.00tx Also available as an eBook. 1 736 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 11 65 b/w illus. World

82 Academic Titles Liberty’s Refuge John D. Inazu is associate professor of law The Forgotten Freedom of Assembly at Washington University in St. Louis. John D. Inazu This original and provocative book looks at an important constitutional freedom that today is largely forgotten: the right of assembly. While this right lay at the heart of some of the most important social movements in American history—abolitionism, women’s suffrage, the labor and civil rights movements—courts now prefer to speak about the freedoms of association and speech. But the right of “expressive association” undermines protections for groups whose purposes are demonstrable not by speech or expression but through ways of being. John D. Inazu demonstrates that the forgetting of assembly and the embrace of association lose sight of important dimensions of our constitutional tradition.

January Philosophy/Law Cloth 978-0-300-17315-4 $55.00tx Also available as an eBook. 1 1 256 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

Three Thousand Years of Hebrew Verse Benjamin Harshav is Professor Encounters of Sound and Meaning Emeritus of Comparative Literature and J. & Benjamin Harshav H. Blaustein Professor of Hebrew Language and Literature, Yale University, and Professor This unprecedented book on comparative prosody explores the history Emeritus of Literary Theory, Tel Aviv University. He lives in North Haven, CT. of Hebrew verse during three millennia of changing cultural and linguistic contexts. Benjamin Harshav offers an innovative approach to the free rhythms of biblical poetry and prose, examines the brilliant invention of rhyme by the Paitan—the earliest rhyme in the Mediterranean world—and the discovery of accentual-syllabic meters, which have since dominated English, German, Russian, and Hebrew poetry for centuries, in a Yiddish romance written in 1508. The book explores the constraints and kinds of modern free rhythms as exemplified in Yiddish poetry.

January Poetry Studies/Jewish Studies Cloth 978-0-300-14487-1 $75.00tx Also available as an eBook. 1 1 320 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

The Perilous Life of Symphony Orchestras Robert J. Flanagan is the Konosuke Artistic Triumphs and Economic Challenges Matsushita Professor of International Labor Robert J. Flanagan Economics and Policy Analysis, Emeritus, at the Stanford Graduate School of Business. He This book analyzes the economic challenges facing symphony orchestras lives in California. and contrasts the experience of orchestras in the United States (where there is little direct government support) and abroad (where governments typically provide large direct subsidies). Robert J. Flanagan explains the tension between artistic excellence and financial jeopardy that confronts most symphony orchestras. He analyzes three complementary strategies for addressing orchestras’ economic challenges—raising performance revenues, slowing the growth of performance expenses, and increasing nonperformance income—and demonstrates that none of the three strategies alone is likely to provide economic security for orchestras.

January Economics/Music/Performing Arts Cloth 978-0-300-17193-8 $50.00tx Also available as an eBook. 1 1 224 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 14 b/w illus. World

Academic Titles 83 The Elizabethan Club of Yale University and Its Library Stephen Parks is Curator (retired) of the Centenary Edition Osborn Collection at the Beinecke Library and Stephen Parks Librarian and Chairman of the Incorporators of the Elizabethan Club. Introduction by Alan Bell The Elizabethan Club of Yale University and Its Library was first published in 1986 to celebrate the 75th anniversary of the founding of the Elizabethan Club. This second, greatly enlarged edition is being published in celebration of the Club’s centenary. This edition includes full descriptions of the rare books in the Elizabethan Club’s collection, including the nearly sixty new acquisitions of the past quarter century, and for the first time a listing of manuscripts and objects. Full-color photographs by Richard Cheek elegantly display the Club’s rooms and garden, and nearly all its rare books, manuscripts, and objects are beautifully presented in full-color reproductions.

November History Cloth 978-0-300-17185-3 $75.00tx 1 368 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 12 125 color illus. World

The Papers of Benjamin Franklin ◆◆ The Papers of Volume 40: May 16 through September 15, 1783 Benjamin Franklin Ellen R. Cohn, Editor Jonathan R. Dull, Senior Associate Editor Kate M. Ohno, Associate Editor Alicia K. Anderson, Adrina M. Garbooshian, Michael Sletcher, and Philipp Ziesche, Assistant Editors Alysia M. Cain, Editorial Assistant Volume 40 of The Papers of Benjamin Franklin covers the final phase of peace negotiations that resulted in the signing of the definitive peace treaty on 3 September 1783 in the War of American Independence with Great Britain. Apart from that central diplomatic story, involving fellow peace commissioners John Adams, John Jay, and Henry Laurens, Franklin was involved in a great number of other important activities—political, literary, and scientific. He wrote a satire on American Loyalists, discussed the slave trade with a British abolitionist, and published a French edition of the thirteen American state constitutions. December Reference Cloth 978-0-300-16546-3 $100.00tx 3 5 784 pp. 5 ⁄4 x 8 ⁄8 8 b/w illus. World

Yale French Studies, Volume 120 ◆◆ Yale French Studies Series Francophone Sub-Saharan African Literature in Global Contexts Alain Mabanckou and Dominic Thomas, Special Editors The parameters of Francophone sub-Saharan African literature expanded dramatically during recent years. Twentieth-century African writing was for the most part organized according to the shifting cultural, political, and social circumstances that informed colonial and postcolonial relations. But new transnational constituencies have emerged from immigrant and diasporic networks, and various transnational/transcolonial alignments now offer alternative ways of thinking about Francophone sub-Saharan African literature.

January Language/Literary Studies Paper 978-0-300-11826-1 $30.00tx 248 pp. 6 x 9 World

84 Academic Titles The Euro The Battle for the New Global Currency David Marsh This book takes a look at the tumultuous history of the Euro, its status in global economics and politics, and the pressures that present enormous challenges for the Euro’s future. This new edition has been fully updated to cover the dramatic events of 2010–2011, including Ireland’s and Greece’s debt crises and the continuing tension between France and Germany over the future of the Euro. “Gripping. . . . An indispensable guide to monetary union.”—Economist “An amazingly detailed and thoroughly readable account of the long march to the Euro. This is the stuff of a political thriller: the deal-making behind a currency constructed not just as a fi nancial instrument but also as a way of overcoming centuries of confl ict. Anyone interested in European politics “A compelling political and economics, as well as Europe’s place in the wider world, would enjoy story. . . . [Marsh has] an eye it.”—George Soros for captivating details.”—Ralph Atkins, Financial Times DAvID MARSH is chairman of SCCo International and co-chariman of offi cial Monetary and Financial Institutions Forum. He is a frequent contributor to German and British publications, and he lectures widely on political, economic, and business issues. He lives in London.

August Economics/Globalization Paper 978-0-300-17674-2 $20.00 sc Paper 978-0-300-16400-8 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 352 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 22 b/w illus. World

Facts Are Subversive Political Writing from a Decade Without a Name Timothy Garton Ash This collection of essays by one of Europe’s leading political writers offers dazzling insights into today’s world and America’s troubled place in it. “His powers of observation and analysis and his sense of history in the making, combined with a generous humor and a knack for epigrams and zingers, make his essays both a pleasure and a revelation to read. Taken together they are a magisterial comment on a decade of rising non-Western powers, global warming, the crisis of capitalism, apparent US decline, and the somnambulism of Europe.”—Brian Urquhart, New York Review of Books “The book is invaluable because of its author’s good sense and fore- sight. . . . This book does something more worthwhile: it evokes a time just past—provoking questions where answers do not yet exist.”—Daniel “A gifted and knowledgeable writer. . . . Domby, Financial Times His aim is to . . . address some of the defi ning issues of the era in TIMoTHy GARToN ASH is professor of European studies at oxford University and which we live, and yet show how a senior fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University. He is the author of eight diffi cult it is, ultimately, to defi ne this previous books, including The Magic Lantern, History of the Present, and The File, and is a regular contributor to the New York Review of Books. decade.”—John Gray, New Statesman

August History/Political Science Paper 978-0-300-17755-8 $20.00 Cloth 978-0-300-16117-5 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 464 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 1 b/w illus. For sale in U.S. and Canada only

Paperback Reprints—General Interest 85 Moon A Brief History Bernd Brunner An entertaining, often surprising cultural examination of Earth’s moon, through history, science, and literature, from ancient times to the present. “A nimble, fast-moving survey of the silvery moon’s impact upon us and our world. Brunner looks at the moon’s infl uence upon tides, of course, and also its place in early psychology, the occult, popular culture and as a necessary fi rst step on humanity’s journey to Mars.”—Nick owchar, Los Angeles Times “Astronomers, geologists, rocketeers and space jockeys all have a practical interest in the Moon, but earthbound mortals look up and project all their fears and fantasies on to its pale surface. . . . We know perfectly well that the Moon is a cold, rocky, lifeless little satellite, but where’s the romance in “Brunner ably dispatches recent that? Brunner shows how it has shone silver though our dreams and des- science . . . and takes us on a lively tinies. It is the inspiration for myths and marvels.”—kate Saunders, The tour of lunar folklore and speculative Times (London) fi ction.”—The New Yorker

BERND BRUNNER is a freelance writer. He is the author of other successful works intersecting history, science, and literature, including Bears and The Ocean at Home.

September Science/Natural History Paper 978-0-300-17769-5 $15.00 Cloth 978-0-300-15212-8 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 3 304 pp. 4 ⁄4 x 8 93 b/w illus. World

Exploring Happiness From Aristotle to Brain Science Sissela Bok From the acclaimed author of Lying, a brilliant exploration of happiness set in the context of the world’s great philosophers, leaders, writers, and artists. “Confronted by a welter of confl icting defi nitions, eighteenth-century poet Alexander Pope despaired of establishing a meaning for happiness. Less easily discouraged, Bok acknowledges the contradictions in the diversity of perspectives, yet she converts these contradictions into openings for deeper inquiry.”—Booklist, starred review “Sissela Bok makes sense of happiness for adults: what sort of happiness we can seek, and what lies beyond our grasp. The book illuminates ‘the pursuit of happiness’ in modern economics, psychiatry, and philosophy, but she addresses, in the end, any intelligent reader. Sissela Bok writes so clearly “It is hard to imagine how anyone and directly that the reader is often caught up short, suddenly realizing that else, in fewer than 200 pages of her arguments are always provocations to think more deeply. This is a wise text, could better encompass so book.”—Richard Sennett much Western thinking about a question so important to the way SISSELA Bok is Senior visiting Fellow at the Harvard Center for Population and we live.”—Wall Street Journal Development Studies, and a moral philosopher of international renown. She lives in Cambridge, Massachusetts.

September Philosophy/Psychology Paper 978-0-300-17810-4 $16.00 Cloth 978-0-300-13929-7 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 224 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄2 World

86 Paperback Reprints—General Interest The Anthology of Rap Edited by Adam Bradley and Andrew DuBois Foreword by Henry Louis Gates, Jr. Afterwords by Chuck D and Common

This extraordinary collection of lyrics showcases the poetic depth and diversity of rap. “What you hold in your hands is more than a book. This is a culture. This is hip-hop. . . . This book offers a view of rap in full, from the root to the fruit.”—from the Afterword by Common “An English major’s hip-hop bible, an impossible fusion of street cred and book learning. . . . Reading The Anthology of Rap was the most fun I’ve had with a book in many months: It just kept pouring out new waves of creativity, personality, and intelligence.”—Sam Anderson, New York Magazine “This landmark work chronicles an earth-shattering movement with deep roots.”—The New York Times Book Review “A complete encyclopedia of the history, personalities, beats, rhythm and rhymes of the musical genre from the old school of Grand Master Flash & The Furious Five to hip-hop and kanye West.”—Los Angeles Times “An essential contribution to our living “The Anthology of Rap is among the best books of its literary tradition. . . . This groundbreaking kind ever published.”—Dan Chiasson, The New York anthology masterfully assembles part of a Review of Books new vanguard of American poetry.”—from the Foreword by Henry Louis Gates, Jr. “What could have been an insufferable rap-snob collectible ended up being one of the fi rst truly encyclopedic, essential anthologies on the form. . . . [A] master class in the language of hip-hop. Register today.”—Foster kamer, The Village Voice (Best Books of 2010)

ADAM BRADLEy is associate professor of English at the University of Colorado and the author of Book of Rhymes: The Poetics of Hip-Hop and Ralph Ellison in Progress. He is also co-editor of Ralph Ellison’s unfi nished second novel, Three Days Before the Shooting. ANDREW DUBoIS is associate professor of English at the University of Toronto Scarborough and the author of Ashbery’s Forms of Attention. He is also co-editor of Close Reading: The Reader. September Poetry/Music Paper 978-0-300-14191-7 $25.00 Cloth 978-0-300-14190-0 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 920 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 5 b/w illus. World

Paperback Reprints—General Interest 87 The Battle of Marathon Peter krentz Drawing on early travelers, archaeologists, geologists, reenactors, and soldiers, Peter krentz tells a compelling story that defends Herodotus’ account of how the Athenians won their most famous victory. “Before Marathon was a race it was a battle, one of history’s greatest. Peter krentz tells its true story in a brilliant blend of scholarship and common sense. His reconstruction is painstaking and often magical. From the force of Persian arrows to the weight of Greek armor, krentz makes Marathon fresh and real.”—Barry Strauss, author of The Battle of Salamis “Historians, topographers, reenactors, and general readers alike will all be indebted to cutting-edge military historian Peter krentz’s original, insightful, witty, provocative, and brilliantly illustrated account of one of the world’s most signifi cant battles ever.”—Paul Cartledge, University of Cambridge “Do we need . . . more books [on the importance of Marathon]? PETER kRENTz is W.R. Grey Professor of Classics and History, Davidson College, where he has taught Greek and Roman history since 1979. The answer is emphatically “yes,’ when the [book is] as good as [this].”—Wall Street Journal

◆◆ yAle librAry oF MilitAry history

September History/Military History Paper 978-0-300-17766-4 $17.00 Cloth 978-0-300-12085-1 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 256 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 32 b/w illus. World

The Invisible Harry Gold The Man Who Gave the Soviets the Atom Bomb Allen M. Hornblum Journalist and historian Allen Hornblum paints a surprising portrait of one of the most important and enigmatic spies in U.S. history: the man who delivered the plans for the atom bomb to the Soviets. Through interviews with many individuals who knew Harry Gold and years of research into primary documents, Hornblum has produced a gripping account of how a fundamentally decent and well-intentioned man helped commit the greatest scientifi c theft of the twentieth century. “Hornblum presents us with a balanced portrait, tracing Gold’s hardscrabble young life, his slow entanglement with the Soviet espionage network and the many unhappy years he spent working on Moscow’s behalf. . . . [A] fi nely crafted biography.”—Michael ybarra, Wall Street Journal “A riveting page-turner.”—Ron “A solidly researched, seamlessly plotted, and expertly written account of Radosh, The Weekly Standard one well-intentioned soul’s descent into espionage and treachery.”—Jeffrey Ian Ross

ALLEN M. HoRNBLUM has been executive director of Americans for Democratic Action, chief of staff of the Philadelphia Sheriff’s offi ce, and a college lecturer. His previous books include Sentenced to Science, Acres of Skin, and Confessions of a Second Story Man. He lives in Philadelphia.

September Biography/History Paper 978-0-300-17757-2 $20.00 Cloth 978-0-300-15676-8 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 464 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 38 b/w illus. World

88 Paperback Reprints—General Interest Egypt on the Brink From the Rise of Nasser to the Fall of Mubarak, Revised and Updated Edition Tarek osman Tarek osman’s lively account of Egypt, its recent history, and its myriad internal confl icts and frustrations, was published in November 2010 to immediate acclaim. Within months, the Egyptian people had risen in protest against the regime and President Mubarak was forced to resign. In this fully revised and updated edition, osman tells the extraordinary story of the February 2011 protests, and discusses their implications for Egypt and the rest of the world. “[A] well researched and closely argued book.”—John R. Bradley, Literary Review “Short, readable, clear, and passionately written. A good introduction to “[osman] writes with feeling, Egypt’s story.”—Boston Globe backed up by an impressively broad list of sources as well as “osman writes with a focused and uncluttered style [which will] retain the sharp critical insight and astute interest of even the most general reader.”—Joyce Tyldesley, Financial Times judgment.”—The Economist

Born and raised in Egypt, TAREk oSMAN was educated at the American University in Cairo and Bocconi University in Italy. His writings appear in a number of publications in the United kingdom, Europe, and the Middle East.

September Current Events/History Paper 978-0-300-17726-8 $15.00 Paper 978-0-300-16275-2 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 3 304 pp. 5 x 7 ⁄4 20 b/w illus. World

Churchill’s Bunker The Cabinet War Rooms and the Culture of Secrecy in Wartime London Richard Holmes Distinguished Churchill biographer Richard Holmes provides the fi rst comprehensive history of London’s Cabinet War Rooms, from which Churchill managed to turn a seemingly inevitable defeat at the hands of the Nazis into a victory for the free world. A unique exploration of the calculus of secrecy during the Second World War, Churchill’s Bunker provides an intimate portrait of Churchill and his closest advisors in one of the most fascinating and underexplored venues of twentieth-century history. “[Churchill’s Bunker] not only provides an entertaining history of a place, but, more importantly, illuminates why Churchill was, unexpectedly to many, so remarkably successful in guiding Britain through the greatest war in its “[This] book serves both as a guide long history.”—Raymond Callahan, Journal of Military History to the fascinating Cabinet War “An informative, interesting look at the development and operation of Rooms and also as a fi tting memorial the rooms, along with an examination of the way Churchill ran the war to the men and women who from them. . . . [A] well-written, enjoyable book.”—Nicholas Murray, worked so hard down there over six Military Review grueling years of war.”—Andrew Roberts, The Observer (London)

RICHARD HoLMES is one of Britain’s September History/Military History most distinguished historians. He is professor Paper 978-0-300-17748-0 $18.00 of military and security studies at Cranfi eld Cloth 978-0-300-16040-6 S ’10 University and the Defence Academy of the Also available as an eBook. 1 1 United kingdom, and he was general editor of 256 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄2 40 b/w illus. the Oxford Companion to Military History. For sale in North America only

Paperback Reprints—General Interest 89 Why the Constitution Matters Mark Tushnet In this surprising and highly unconventional work, Harvard law professor Mark Tushnet presents an empowering reassessment of our nation’s most essential document, emphasizing the place of politics in constitutional law. “Mark Tushnet has written a profoundly important and illuminating book in a wonderfully conversational style. Its emphasis on the importance of structures—and, especially, political parties—is an important corrective to the common reduction of the Constitution to a system of ‘fundamental rights.’ It deserves to be read by scholars, students, and citizens alike who wish to learn what difference it might truly make that we conduct our politics under the aegis of the Constitution.”—Sanford Levinson, author of Our Undemocratic Constitution: Where the Constitution Goes Wrong (and How We the People Can Correct It) “An outstanding introduction to the MARk TUSHNET is William Nelson Cromwell Professor of Law at Harvard University. many ways that the Constitution shapes American politics, and politics shapes American constitutional law.” —Jack M. Balkin, knight Professor of Constitutional Law and the First Amendment, yale Law School

◆◆ why X MAtters series

September Law/History Paper 978-0-300-15037-7 $16.00 Cloth 978-0-300-15036-0 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 3 208 pp. 5 ⁄4 x 7 ⁄4 World

Unwarranted Infl uence Dwight D. Eisenhower and the Military-Industrial Complex James Ledbetter A fascinating analysis of one of the most important political and economic ideas of our time: the ties between America’s military and its economy, fi rst defi ned by Dwight D. Eisenhower in his last speech as president. “Few commentators on the 34th president’s mind and methods have more rigorously considered the evolution of Eisenhower’s preoccupations than Ledbetter has.”—Josiah Bunting III, Washington Post “In this bitter war-torn moment, Eisenhower’s warning about the misrule of the military-industrial complex is more urgent than ever. James Ledbetter’s keen, incisive, vividly written essay is timely and important.”—Blanche Wiesen Cook, author, The Declassiﬁ ed Eisenhower and Eleanor Roosevelt “Excellent . . . a balanced, rigorous, and fascinating intellectual JAMES LEDBETTER is editor in charge of Reuters.com. His books include Made history of the speech.”—David Possible By . . . and Starving to Death on $200 Million. Greenberg, Slate

◆◆ icons oF AMericA

September History/Economics Paper 978-0-300-17762-6 $17.00 Cloth 978-0-300-15305-7 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 280 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 1 b/w illus. World

90 Paperback Reprints—General Interest Antony and Cleopatra Adrian Goldsworthy

In this remarkable dual biography of the two great lov- ers of antiquity, acclaimed classical historian Adrian Goldsworthy goes beyond myth and romance to create a nuanced and historically acute portrayal of his subjects, set against the political backdrop of their time. A history of lives lived intensely at a time when the world was changing profoundly, this book takes readers on a journey that crosses cultures and boundaries from ancient Greece and ancient Egypt to the Roman Empire. “Readers who recognize Goldsworthy as Britain’s most prolifi c and perhaps fi nest popular historian of Roman times will fi nd him once again at his best . . . in this thoughtful, deeply satisfying work.”—Publishers Weekly, starred review “[The] distinguished biographer of Julius Caesar . . . reproduces the claustrophobia of a brutal culture dependent on slavery and enslaved to ambition.”—Judith Thurman, New Yorker “[Goldsworthy] set[s] out simply and lucidly . . . [not just] the story of their affair . . . but also a portrait of the polit- “Goldsworthy’s strengths as a military ical and military world in which it took place.”—Sam historian are on full display.”—Times Leith, The Times (London) Literary Supplement Also by ADriAn golDsworthy: “[This] book has considerable advantage over most of the Caesar other ‘Antony and Cleopatra’ histories on the shelves, Life of a Colossus providing a very detailed political and military account Paper 978-0-300-12689-1 $20.00 How Rome Fell of the development of the two most important centers Death of a Superpower of the ancient world.”—The National Interest Paper 978-0-300-16426-8 $20.00

ADRIAN GoLDSWoRTHy is a leading historian of the ancient world. The author of many books, including How Rome Fell, Caesar, The Roman Army at War, and In the Name of Rome, he lectures widely and consults on historical documentaries produced by the History Channel, National Geographic, and the BBC. Goldsworthy is also the recipient of numerous prizes. He lives in Wales. October History/Biography Paper 978-0-300-17745-9 $20.00 Cloth 978-0-300-16534-0 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 480 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 20 color illus. + 14 maps For sale in the U.S., its territories and dependencies, and the Philippine Islands only

Paperback Reprints—General Interest 91 In Ishmael’s House A History of Jews in Muslim Lands Martin Gilbert In this absorbing and eloquent book Martin Gilbert presents a fascinating account of the hope, opportunity, fear, and terror that have characterized the relationship between Jews and Muslims through the 1,400 years of their intertwined history. “A nonstop barrage of compelling facts from a breathtakingly wide collection of archives, to build up an overwhelming portrait of a people’s suffering.”—Dominic Lawson, Sunday Times “Martin Gilbert’s outstanding In Ishmael’s House is essential reading.” —Simon Sebag Montefi ore, Sunday Telegraph “This is a book for those who want on their shelf, ready to hand, the facts on “Gilbert’s book is an illuminating the Jews in Muslim lands, from the days of Mohammad himself, a vivid and a moving account of the history chapter as related here, to the Arab-Israel confl ict of the present day. With of the Jews in Arab lands.”—Avi Sir Martin Gilbert’s excellent maps and clear readable prose, this saga is Shlaim, Financial Times both a reliable source and a pleasure to read.”—Herman Wouk

SIR MARTIN GILBERT is the author of more than eighty books, including the six- volume authorized biography of Winston Churchill.

October History/Politics/Religion Paper 978-0-300-17798-5 $23.00 Cloth 978-0-300-16715-3 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 448 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 30 b/w illus. World, except for Canada

The Book in the Renaissance Andrew Pettegree This groundbreaking study of the fascinating world of books in the fi rst great age of print, from 1450 to 1600, was awarded the Phyllis Goodhart Gordan Prize by the Renaissance Society of America. “In this history of the pioneering publishers who transformed Gutenberg’s new technology into an epoch-making force, Pettegree recounts the fascinating story of how new books found their way into the hands of Renaissance readers. . . . A probing chronicle of crisis and change.”—Booklist (starred review) “An authoritative, innovative and succinct account of one of the most fundamental issues in Renaissance history, the role of the printed book.”—Henry kamen “The great joy of The Book in the Renaissance is that it paints a vivid, often “In an understated, judicious manner, surprising portrait of the West’s fi rst ventures into the publishing indus- [Pettegree] offers a radically new try. . . . This book will make specialists prick up their ears but it also has understanding of printing in the huge appeal for the general reader.”—Jonathon Wright, Catholic Herald years of its birth and youth.”—Robert Pinsky, New York Times Book Review ANDREW PETTEGREE is Head of the School of History at the University of St. Andrews and founding director of the St. Andrews Reformation Studies Institute.

October History/Literary Studies/Books about Books Paper 978-0-300-17821-0 $25.00 Cloth 978-0-300-11009-8 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 440 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 69 b/w illus. World

92 Paperback Reprints—General Interest Adam Smith An Enlightened Life Nicholas Phillipson

This fascinating intellectual biography of Adam Smith dramatically rewrites the economist’s life and offers new insight into his iconic concepts. “An unabashedly intellectual biography . . . [written] in graceful prose. . . . For all that subsequent generations, no less our own, have taken from Smith’s economic contributions, it is indeed enlightening to understand the broader sweep of his vision.”—Nancy F. koehn, New York Times “Lively [and] well-observed. . . . It would take a ‘skilful pencil’ to bring Smith to life, warned one of his friends. In bringing Smith’s ideas to life, Phillipson shows that his pencilwork is skilful indeed.”—The Economist “Remarkable, often brilliant. . . . Phillipson’s exposition of [Smith’s] ‘enlightened life’ can scarcely be bet- tered.”—The Times (London) “[Nicholas Phillipson] tries, very successfully, to pull together the two Smiths, letting us see how the man of feeling became the little god of fi nance . . . making it plain that Smith was more moral-man than market- “A fascinating book. . . . Adam Smith fi nally has the biography that he deserves, and man.”—Adam Gopnik, The New Yorker it could not be more timely.”—Jeffrey Named a Favorite Business Book of 2010 by James Collins, Wall Street Journal

Pressley, Bloomberg BusinessWeek ◆◆ the lewis wAlPole series in Named a Best Book of 2010 by the Atlantic eighteenth-century culture AnD history Named a Critics’ Favorite Book of 2010 by the New Yorker Named a Best Business Book of 2010 by Tyler Cowen, NPR’s “Marketplace”

NICHoLAS PHILLIPSoN is one of the leading scholars of the Scottish Enlightenment. An Honorary Research Fellow in History at the University of Edinburgh, he has held visiting appointments at Princeton, yale, the Folger Library, and the Ludwig-Maximillians-Universität. January Biography Paper 978-0-300-17767-1 $23.00 Cloth 978-0-300-16927-0 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 368 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 4 b/w + 29 color illus. For sale in the United States only (and dependencies and the Philippines)

Paperback Reprints—General Interest 93 When London Was Capital of America Julie Flavell In this fi rst-ever portrait of eighteenth-century London as the capital of America, Julie Flavell re-creates the famous city’s heyday as the center of an empire that encompassed North America and the West Indies. A Wall Street Journal “Summer Reading” Selection “[An] engaging social history, written with a novelist’s eye for character and plot.”—Gaiutra Bahadur, Observer “Julie Flavell has produced not an account of the administration of the American colonies from London but something much more original. . . . She reveals an extraordinary, almost forgotten world, rich with anec- dote.”—Duncan Fallowell, Daily Express

JULIE FLAvELL, the author and editor of many scholarly and popular publications on “Ambitious . . . lively. . . . Beautifully the relationship between colonial America and Britain including Britain and America reimagining a city that was a distant Go to War, is a Fellow of the Royal Historical Society and an independent scholar. Born but integral part of American life, in the United States, she currently lives in Scotland. Flavell’s book is essential reading for anyone interested in the colonial period.”—Andrea Wulf, New York Times Book Review

October History Paper 978-0-300-17813-5 $20.00 Cloth 978-0-300-13739-2 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 320 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 36 b/w illus. World

Defi ance of the Patriots The Boston Tea Party and the Making of America Benjamin L. Carp This evocative and enthralling book presents the broadest account yet of a defi ning event in American history, which forged the American character and continues to shape its politics today. “In this vivid, dramatic and superbly researched book, Benjamin Carp provides fresh insights into important subjects that have long puzzled historians: the collective character of patriot leadership, the marathon meetings of the fi ve thousand Bostonians who deliberated on a course of action, and the men who actually did the heavy work of destroying the tea. Essential reading for anyone who takes the American Revolution seriously.”—Alfred F. young, author of The Shoemaker and the Tea Party: Memory and the American Revolution “Benjamin Carp has written the “[An] impressively researched account.”—T. H. Breen, Times Literary defi nitive book on the Boston Tea Supplement Party, the epic event that catapulted colonists and mother country “Carp is an historian with a talent for people and place.”—Daniel toward a war that changed the Aaronovitch, The Times (London) world.”—John Ferling, author of BENJAMIN L. CARP is associate professor of history at Tufts University. The Ascent of George Washington

October History Paper 978-0-300-17812-8 $20.00 Cloth 978-0-300-11705-9 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 328 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 33 b/w illus. World

94 Paperback Reprints—General Interest A Complicated Man The Life of Bill Clinton as Told by Those Who know Him Michael Takiff

The biography of Bill Clinton as told by 169 of the friends, colleagues, and rivals who know him best. “A valuable document . . . [and] also timely. . . . [A Complicated Man] is fair and balanced. . . . When dealing with someone as inspiring and infuriating as the 42nd president, that is no small feat.”—Christian Science Monitor “This volume is an outstanding accomplishment. The Clinton that emerges is remarkably rich and three- dimensional: a protean and mercurial fi gure as likely to dazzle as he is to disappoint; his own worst enemy and his own best resource; a man of extraordinarily intense emotional need and extraordinarily impressive intellect and commitment. A historic contribution to the biographical record which will stand for generations.”—Rick Perlstein, author of Nixonland: The Rise of a President and the Fracturing of America “This book is perfectly titled. Bill Clinton was and is, indeed, ‘a complicated man,’ one of the three greatest natural politicians among twentieth-century “Photographs enhance this astonishing look presidents, along with FDR and LBJ, but also strangely at a very complicated man indeed. Even fl awed. These testimonies by people who knew him readers who have glutted themselves on well throughout his life and career delve into both other Clinton books will enjoy the intimate the strengths and weaknesses of this fascinating fi g- feel of this one.”—Booklist, starred review ure.”—John Milton Cooper, author of The Warrior and the Priest: Woodrow Wilson and Theodore Roosevelt “Takiff’s excellent oral history . . . helps reveal the many sides of this controversial leader. . . . This lively fi rst-person draft of history will grab and keep the attention of readers fascinated or infuriated by Clinton.”—Library Journal

MICHAEL TAkIFF is an independent scholar and oral historian whose writing has appeared in the New York Times, the New York Post, the Washington Post, the Los Angeles Times, and Salon. He is the author of Brave Men, Gentle Heroes: American Fathers and Sons in World War II and Vietnam. October Biography/History Paper 978-0-300-17768-8 $23.00 Cloth 978-0-300-12130-8 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 528 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 25 b/w illus. World

Paperback Reprints—General Interest 95 vietnam Rising Dragon Bill Hayton Based on vivid eyewitness accounts and pertinent case studies, this much- needed behind-the-scenes survey reveals an emerging Asian power in a period of breathtaking social and economic change. “Hayton has a keen eye for the detail of everyday life as well as larger cultural, economic, social, and political currents. This book leaves one with the feeling of having been in the hands of an expert craftsman, and illuminates some of the major issues confronting contemporary vietnam.”—Carlyle A. Thayer, author of Vietnam People’s Army “Examining nearly every aspect of vietnamese politics and society, from the economy and family life, to religion and the plight of indigenous minorities, Hayton gives a balanced, intelligent account of a country whose history so “Enlightening and differs from our own.”—Justin Wintle, Financial Times persuasive.”—Jonathan Mirsky, New York Review of Books BILL HAyToN is a reporter and producer with BBC News who covered vietnam as the BBC’s correspondent during 2006–7. While there, he also wrote for the Times, the Financial Times, and the Bangkok Post.

October Current Events/Economics Paper 978-0-300-17814-2 $22.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-15203-6 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 272 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 40 pp b/w illus. World

What Ever Happened to Modernism? Gabriel Josipovici A personal, penetrating, and polemical account of what Modernism is, this book explores the literature, fi ne art, and music that it has inspired—and how contemporary literary writing has failed it. “Polemical, witty, passionate, and erudite, What Ever Happened to Modernism? is a most compelling ode to modernism, and a most convincing defense of its relevance for literature and the arts today. It is a remarkable journey through 500 years of literature and delectable from beginning to end. I cannot recommend it enough.”—Miguel de Beistegui “Ingenious, unexpected, astute and insightful. It’s also—because of its passion and intelligence—readable, in a way a modernist would approve of.”—The Independent “A book full of developed insights and rich personal comments. Learned “[Josipovici’s] approach does yet never academic, this book is a pleasure to read.”—Geoffrey Hartman more justice to the complexity of Modernism than any capsule account GABRIEL JoSIPovICI is a prolifi c and eminent novelist, literary theorist, critic, and could provide. And because Mr. scholar. He is currently research professor at the University of Sussex, where he taught Josipovici is himself an accomplished in the School of European Studies for thirty-fi ve years. novelist, he knows how to craft a strong narrative. . . . The story he tells is unexpectedly compelling.”—Eric ormsby, Wall Street Journal

October Literary Studies Also by gAbriel JosiPovici: Paper 978-0-300-17800-5 $18.00 The Book of God Cloth 978-0-300-16577-7 F ’10 A Response to the Bible Also available as an eBook. Paper 978-0-300-04865-0 $32.00tx 1 1 224 pp. 5 ⁄4 x 8 ⁄2 6 b/w illus. World

96 Paperback Reprints—General Interest Fruitlands The Alcott Family and Their Search for Utopia Richard Francis This is the fi rst defi nitive account of Fruitlands, one of history’s most unsuc- cessful—but most signifi cant—utopian experiments. It was established in Massachusetts in 1843 by Bronson Alcott (whose ten-year-old daughter Louisa May, future author of Little Women, was among the members) and an Englishman called Charles Lane, under the watchful gaze of Emerson, Thoreau, and other New England intellectuals. “Excellent. . . . [Francis] is not only an historian but also a novelist with an astute and appreciative eye for mixed character.”—katherine A. Powers, Boston Globe “[Francis’s] sober, thoughtful, probing book . . . manages to provide great insight into the crucible that helped create the remarkable writer and no less “Thorough and occasionally remarkable woman who produced such an important piece of American hilarious. . . . [Mr. Francis] records fi ction.”—Martin Rubin, San Francisco Chronicle Bronson and Abigail’s acts of charity. . . . But he also retells RICHARD FRANCIS has taught at universities on both sides of the Atlantic and has less admiring stories. . . . Along previously written on Ann Lee, founder of the Shakers, and on the Salem witch trials. the way he adumbrates the ways He is also a novelist. in which idealism can slide into megalomania.”—Wall Street Journal

October History Paper 978-0-300-17790-9 $17.00 Cloth 978-0-300-14041-5 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 344 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 20 b/w illus. World

Eleanor of Aquitaine Queen of France, Queen of England Ralph v. Turner Untangling the myths and legends of many centuries, this defi nitive biography gives us the real Eleanor of Aquitaine—wife of two kings, mother of two kings, a tenacious and ambitious twelfth-century queen who carved a unique position for herself in a society hostile to the idea of a woman in power. “Eleanor’s remarkable career is done full justice in this life, which is readable, lively, and convincing. It provides insights into many aspects of the twelfth century as well as a radically new assessment of the queen herself. Many myths are exploded, and a thoroughly realistic picture of a politically ambitious and independent-minded woman emerges.”—Michael Prestwich, University of Durham “Eleanor of Aquitaine: Queen of Chosen as an outstanding Academic Title for 2009 by Choice magazine France, Queen of England is a gripping look at the woman behind RALPH v. TURNER is emeritus professor of history, Florida State University. He lives the myths.”—History Magazine in Tallahassee.

October Biography/History Paper 978-0-300-17820-3 $25.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-11911-4 S ’09 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 416 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 16 b/w illus. World

Paperback Reprints—General Interest 97 American Caesars Lives of the Presidents from Franklin D. Roosevelt to George W. Bush Nigel Hamilton The best-selling author of Monty and JFK: Reckless Youth takes a fresh look at the lives and careers of the twelve leaders of the American empire since World War II, from Franklin D. Roosevelt to George W. Bush. “A delight. . . . History for the beach, politics for the deckchair, and waspish entertainment come rain or shine.”—London Guardian “[In the tradition of Suetonius’ The Twelve Caesars, Hamilton is] opinionated but acutely insightful [about effects of personal traits on the presidency]. Biography fans won’t equivocate: Hamilton’s effrontery in mimicking Suetonius pays off in irreverent, pedestal-toppling prose.”—Booklist “An excellent overview with a “An outstanding book. . . . A commanding study on the nature of personal novel approach to comparing and authority and the presidency.”—Irish Times contrasting presidential policies and personalities over the past A distinguished biographer, NIGEL HAMILToN is senior fellow in the McCormack eight decades.”—Library Journal Graduate School, University of Massachusetts, Boston, and President of Biographers International organization.

November Biography/History Paper 978-0-300-17765-7 $22.00 Cloth 978-0-300-16928-7 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 624 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 35 b/w illus. For sale in the United States only

Music and Sentiment Charles Rosen In a succinct and penetrating work, Charles Rosen reveals how composers from Bach to Berg have used sound to represent and communicate emo- tion in mystifyingly beautiful ways. “Rosen continuously reveals and explains the fantastic, largely unglimpsed, subtlety of music’s expressive vocabulary. . . . This book could be a revelation even to the musically illiterate.”—Jeremy Siepmann, BBC Music Magazine “Rosen is among the most consistently enlightening of writers. . . . In this stimulating, thoroughly recommendable book, including dozens of music examples, Rosen once again enriches our understanding of music.” —Classical Music “Rosen offers a compelling examination of the ‘power’ that the great composers have exerted on our sensibilities.”—New Statesman “This book is defi nitely worth reading, and taking to heart.”—Brian CHARLES RoSEN is an internationally renowned writer and pianist. His numerous Morton, The Tablet books include Beethoven’s Piano Sonatas, published by yale University Press.

November Music Paper 978-0-300-17803-6 $16.00 Cloth 978-0-300-12640-2 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 160 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄2 Music examples throughout World

98 Paperback Reprints—General Interest Joe Louis Hard Times Man Randy Roberts This is the defi nitive biography of boxer Joe Louis, the most famous African American of the mid-twentieth century: his life, the complex cast of characters around him, and his importance to the civil rights movement. “Roberts is a fi ne match with his subject. He supports with powerful evidence his contention that Louis’s impact was enormous and profound.”—Bill L i t t l e fi e l d ,Boston Globe “[This] new biography by Randy Roberts restores Louis to his proper place in the pantheon, both as an athlete and as a cultural icon.”—Allen St. John, Dallas Morning News “Well researched and well written, Roberts’s study will appeal both to boxing “The author of superb studies of fans and scholars of American social and cultural history. Like its subject, the boxers Jack Johnson and Jack this book is a champion.”—Library Journal, starred review Dempsey, Mr. Roberts spins a RANDy RoBERTS is Distinguished Professor of History at Purdue University. His graceful and reliable narrative of previous books include biographies of Jack Dempsey, Jack Johnson, and John Louis’s life. [He] also gets into Wayne (all nominated for Pulitzer Prizes); a history of American sports since 1945; and the ring with the question: Why books on Charles Lindbergh, the Mike Tyson trial, and the vietnam War. He lives in did Joe Louis matter so much to Lafayette, Indiana. so many?”—Wall Street Journal

January Biography/Sports Paper 978-0-300-17763-3 $17.50 Cloth 978-0-300-12222-0 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 328 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 16 b/w illus. World

Paperback Reprints—General Interest 99 Miracles at the Jesus oak Histories of the Supernatural in Reformation Europe Craig Harline In the musty archive of a Belgian abbey, historian Craig Harline happened upon a vast collection of documents written in the seventeenth century by people who claimed to have experienced miracles and wonders. In Miracles at the Jesus Oak, Harline recasts these testimonies into engaging vignettes that open a window onto the believers, unbelievers, and religious movements of Catholic Europe in the Age of Reformation. “In themselves they are delightful stories, [but] the volume is more than simply a collection of delightful tales. . . . Miracles still enthrall.”—Robert Bruce Mullin, Commonweal “Using his engaging storytelling powers, Harline imaginatively “This book impels to serious thought even while entertaining. . . . Many of recreates the scenes surrounding us will take this book into the classroom to good purpose and with great miracles, . . . bringing to life pleasure.”—American Historical Review the fervent faith of the miracles’ recipients. . . . A lively collection CRAIG HARLINE, a professor of history at Brigham young University, is the author of A Bishop’s Tale, The Burdens of Sister Margaret, and Sunday. His research has been sup- of stories.”—Publishers Weekly ported by the National Endowment for the Humanities, the American Philosophical Also by crAig hArline: Society, the American Council of Learned Societies, and other granting agencies. A Bishop’s Tale Mathias Hovius Among His Flock in Seventeenth-Century Flanders Paper 978-0-300-09405-3 $22.50tx The Burdens of Sister Margaret September Religion Inside a Seventeenth-Century Convent; Paper 978-0-300-16702-3 $22.00 sc Abridged Edition Also available as an eBook. Paper 978-0-300-08121-3 $12.95tx 1 1 352 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 World

Sunday A History of the First Day from Babylonia to the Super Bowl Craig Harline Through a fascinating blend of stories and analysis, historian Craig Harline examines Sunday—from its ancient beginnings among the early Christians to brunch and football in America today. “A delicious study of Sunday. . . . Fine popular social history.”—Booklist “A conversational and well-researched cultural history about the fi rst day of the week, . . . stuffed with forgotten history.”—Bob Minzesheimer, USA Today “Harline . . . adopts a brilliant day- “Surprised me, held my attention, taught me things I didn’t know and made in-the-life strategy to explore the me think. . . . The story is fascinating. . . . We touch down at intriguing history of the Christian Sabbath in moments in history and walk around to feel what Sunday was like. . . . I various cultures and times. . . . [An] found myself entirely caught up in each period. The gritty realism of the engaging and wonderfully written account is compelling.”—James Howell, Christian Century popular history.”—Publishers Weekly

Also by crAig hArline: CRAIG HARLINE, a professor of history at Brigham young University, is the author of A Bishop’s Tale A Bishop’s Tale, The Burdens of Sister Margaret, and Sunday. His research has been sup- Mathias Hovius Among His Flock in ported by the National Endowment for the Humanities, the American Philosophical Seventeenth-Century Flanders Society, the American Council of Learned Societies, and other granting agencies. Paper 978-0-300-09405-3 $22.50tx The Burdens of Sister Margaret Inside a Seventeenth-Century Convent; September Religion Abridged Edition Paper 978-0-300-16703-0 $22.00 sc Paper 978-0-300-08121-3 $12.95tx Also available as an eBook. 1 1 480 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

100 Paperback Reprints—Scholarly Titles Too Much Long before the modern era scholars complained of the over- to know abundance of books and developed techniques for selecting, Managing Scholarly sorting, and storing information on a large scale. This intriguing Information before book examines information management in pre-modern con- the Modern Age texts with a special focus on the impact of printing in Europe in Ann Blair the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. “In this lively and learned book, Ann Blair shows us how early modern Europeans managed to survive—and even to surf—what they saw as tidal waves of information. Her insightful compari- sons, careful attention to the survival of traditional methods, and clear vision of the new culture of passionate curiosity that took place in the Renaissance give her work extraordinary range and depth.”—Anthony Grafton, Princeton University

September History ANN M. BLAIR is Henry Charles Lea Professor of History, Harvard Paper 978-0-300-16539-5 $25.00 sc University. She lives in Cambridge, MA. Cloth 978-0-300-11251-1 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 416 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 31 b/w illus. World

Turkey, Islam, A comprehensive panorama of the religious and secular forces Nationalism, that shaped ottoman and Turkish history over two centuries from and Modernity 1789 to 2007. A History “This is a most welcome, lucid, erudite and up-to-date original Carter book which challenges successfully the old stereotyped accounts vaughn Findley of the the two-century-old ottoman and Turkish endeavors at modernization and presents a true picture of Islam and nationalism in this process of transformation. It should become at once an indispensable reading for everybody eager to understand the unknown dimensions of Turkish modernist saga.”—kemal H. karpat, University of Wisconsin-Madison

CARTER vAUGHN FINDLEy is a Humanities Distinguished Professor at ohio State University and an honorary member of the Turkish Academy of August History Sciences. His book The Turks in World History won the 2006 British-kuwait Paper 978-0-300-15261-6 $30.00 tx Friendship Society Prize for Middle Eastern Studies. Cloth 978-0-300-15260-9 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 544 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 40 b/w + 16 color illus. World

Islam, Science, This wide-ranging and masterful work examines the signifi cance and the of scientifi c knowledge and situates the culture of science in rela- Challenge tion to other cultural forces in Muslim societies. of History “Dallal masterfully controls the narrative with his encyclopedic Ahmad Dallal approach to Islamic intellectual history and his full acquaintance with the literature. He is up-to-date on all aspects of Islamic intel- ◆◆ the terry lectual and religious history, and has the superb skill of seeing lectures series many fi elds within that civilization within the shadows of each other.”—George Saliba, Columbia University “It is the fi rst serious treatment of the whole subject, superseding all earlier partial, incompetent and, for the most part, biased (through ignorance) works.”—Dimitri Gutas, yale University, author of Greek Thought, Arabic Culture

January History/Religious History/Philosophy AHMAD DALLAL is provost and professor of history, American University Paper 978-0-300-17771-8 $19.00 tx of Beruit. Cloth 978-0-300-15911-0 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 256 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 2 line World

Paperback Reprints—Scholarly Titles 101 Edward II This defi nitive biography, the fruit of a lifetime’s study, does not Seymour Phillips present Edward II as a heroic or successful king: his deposition after a turbulent reign of nearly twenty years is proof enough that ◆◆ the english it went terribly wrong. But Seymour Phillips’ scrutiny of the mul- MonArchs series titude of available sources shows that a richer picture emerges, in line with the complexity of events and of the man himself. “An absorbing blow-by-blow account of the follies and misfortunes of this dark and depressing interlude in English history.”—Times Literary Supplement “Written with compositional clarity, Phillips’ biography manifestly ranks as defi nitive.”—Gilbert Taylor, Booklist

SEyMoUR PHILLIPS is Emeritus Professor of Medieval History, University College, Dublin, and a Member of the Royal Irish Academy.

January Biography/History Paper 978-0-300-17802-9 $30.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-15657-7 S ’10 1 1 704 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 20 b/w illus. World

The Sacco- This book is the fi rst to reveal the full international scope of vanzetti Affair the Sacco-vanzetti affair, tracing its enduring implications for America on Trial America at home and abroad. Moshik Temkin “This most recent study . . . surpasses all prior analyses of this subject in terms of scope, erudition, and objectivity. Timely given the contemporary attacks America faces abroad for its policies and justice system, this signal study is worthy reading.”—Gilles Renaud, Library Journal, starred review “This exemplary international history reveals for the fi rst time the full scope and multiple meanings of the Sacco- vanzetti affair.”—Richard Wightman Fox, University of Southern California

MoSHIk TEMkIN is an assistant professor at Harvard University’s October History kennedy School of Government. Paper 978-0-300-17785-5 $25.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-12484-2 S ’09 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 344 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 20 b/w illus. World

Hollywood In this pathbreaking book one of America’s most distinguished Westerns and philosophers brilliantly explores the status and authority of law American Myth and the nature of political allegiance through close readings of The Importance three classic Hollywood Westerns: Howard Hawks’s Red River of Howard Hawks and John Ford’s The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance and The Searchers. and John Ford for Political Philosophy “I loved it.”—Clive Sinclair, Times Literary Supplement Robert B. Pippin “A trenchant and illuminating study of three great Westerns and ◆◆ cAstle a convincing case for their importance both to political psychol- lectures series ogy and to our own self-understanding as American citizens.” —C. D. C. Reeve, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill

RoBERT B. PIPPIN is the Evelyn Stefansson Nef Distinguished January Film Service Professor in the John U. Nef Committee on Social Thought, the Paper 978-0-300-17206-5 $23.00 sc Department of Philosophy, and the College at the University of Chicago. Cloth 978-0-300-14577-9 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 208 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 52 b/w + 14 color illus. World

102 Paperback Reprints—Scholarly Titles Ralph Ellison This major reassessment of the literary legacy of one of the in Progress twentieth century’s most revered writers explores the mysteries From Invisible Man surrounding his unfi nished second novel. to Three Days Before “[Bradley] argues that the work Ellison did in the second half of the Shooting . . . his life reveals even more about the writer’s artistic agenda and Adam Bradley ambition than Invisible Man does—and allows us to read that classic work with fresh eyes.”—Jennifer Howard, Chronicle of Higher Education “Whether . . . Ellison’s second novel is the 21st century’s fi rst candidate for the ‘Great American Novel,’ as Bradley asserts, will be hotly debated. There is plenty in Ralph Ellison in Progress to facilitate that debate.”—Steven C. Tracy, The Review of English Studies

ADAM BRADLEy is associate professor of English at the University of January Literary Studies/Biography Colorado, Boulder. He is coeditor of The Anthology of Rap (published by Paper 978-0-300-17119-8 $20.00 sc yale University Press), coeditor of Ralph Ellison’s unfi nished second novel, Cloth 978-0-300-14713-1 S ’10 Three Days Before the Shooting . . . , and the author of Book of Rhymes: The Also available as an eBook. Poetics of Hip Hop. He lives in Colorado. 1 1 256 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 World

Dazzled and This fascinating book—the winner of the 2011 Warwick Prize for Deceived Writing—tells the unique and fascinating story of mimicry and Mimicry and camoufl age in science, art, warfare, and the natural world. Camoufl age “A delight . . . I unhesitatingly recommend the book to both scien- Peter Forbes tists and nonscientists.”—Steven vogel, American Scientist “Astounding. . . . Forbes presents an authoritative account of research into mimicry, and brings it bang up to date with today’s molecular studies. Cultural spin-offs of camoufl age abound, and everything from Picasso’s cubism to quixotic military attempts to disguise battleships and soldiers are covered.”—New Scientist

PETER FoRBES is a Royal Literary Fund Fellow at Queen Mary University of London.

January Nature Paper 978-0-300-17896-8 $17.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-12539-9 F ’09 304 pp. 6 x 9 16 pp. illus. World

How Intelligence A scientist at the forefront of revolutionary work in neuroscience Happens offers a fi rsthand account of his search for the biological basis of John Duncan human intelligence. “John Duncan, one of the world’s leading cognitive neuroscientists . . . makes a convincing case that [the brain’s frontal and parietal lobes] constitute a special circuit that is crucial for both [British psychologist Charles] Spearman’s ‘g’ and for intelligent behavior more generally.”—Christopher F. Chabris, Wall Street Journal “A comprehensive account of the brain mechanisms of cognition, not only historical but also quite readable and offering a unique perspective and hypotheses.”—Earl k. Miller, Picower Professor of Neuroscience, MIT

JoHN DUNCAN is assistant director of the MRC Cognition and January Science/Psychology/Neuroscience Brain Sciences Unit in Cambridge, honorary professor of cognitive Paper 978-0-300-17772-5 $18.00 sc neuroscience at the Universities of Cambridge and Bangor, visiting pro- Cloth 978-0-300-15411-5 F ’10 fessor at the University of oxford, and fellow of the Royal Society and the Also available as an eBook. British Academy. 1 1 256 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 10 b/w illus. World

Paperback Reprints—Scholarly Titles 103 Turbulence This timely book investigates the experiences of employees at Boeing and the State Boeing Commercial Airplanes during ten years of dramatic of American Workers organizational change. The Boeing case offers vital lessons for and Managers employees in other fi rms, the leaders of globally competitive com- Edward S. panies, and those interested in public policies that might protect Greenberg, Leon the well-being of American workers and fi rms. Grunberg, Sarah Moore, and “Turbulence should be required reading for anyone at a major Patricia B. Sikora American corporation, especially in top management.”—The New York Times

EDWARD S. GREENBERG is a member of the faculty in the Institute of Behavioral Science, University of Colorado, Boulder, and professor of political science. LEoN GRUNBERG is professor and chairperson, Department of Comparative Sociology, University of Puget Sound. SARAH MooRE is associate dean of faculty and professor of psychology, University of Puget September Economics/Management Sound. PATRICIA B. SIkoRA is owner/principal, Sikora Associates, LLC, Paper 978-0-300-17756-5 $27.50 sc in Superior, Co. Cloth 978-0-300-15461-0 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 256 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 31 b/w illus. World

The Trouble with After the vast destruction wrought by Hurricane katrina, New City Planning orleans faced a rare chance to rebuild, with an unprecedented What New orleans opportunity to plan what gets built. As the city’s director of plan- Can Teach Us ning from 1992 until 2000, kristina Ford is uniquely placed to kristina Ford use these opportunities as a springboard for an eye-opening discussion of the intransigent problems and promising possibilities facing city planners across the nation and beyond. “In what should be regarded as one of the best urban planning texts to come off the presses in the past decade, Ford traces the origins, evolution, and practices of city planning, outlines its troubles, and offers a cogent remedy for its plight.”—Books and Culture

kRISTINA FoRD is visiting Professor of Public Policy Leadership at the University of Mississippi. In 2010–2011 she was the chief of staff to New orleans’ deputy mayor, who is responsible for all efforts to rebuild the city August Urban Studies and to plan for its continuing development. Paper 978-0-300-17742-8 $25.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-12735-5 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 8 b/w illus. World

Pivotal Decade In this fascinating new history, Judith Stein argues that in order to How the United understand our current economic crisis we need to look back to States Traded the 1970s and the end of the age of the factory—the era of postwar Factories for Finance liberalism, created by the New Deal, whose practices, high wages, in the Seventies and regulated capital produced both robust economic growth Judith Stein and greater income equality. “In sum, this book offers a persuasive, often provocative reading of the political and economic dynamics of the 1970s. In doing so, it historicizes policies that in many ways set the stage for the ‘great recession’ of the twenty-fi rst century. All in all, that is an extraordinary achievement.”—Joseph McCartin, The Journal of American History

JUDITH STEIN is professor of history at the City College and Graduate Center of the City University of New york. She is the author of The World of September Economics/History/American Studies Marcus Garvey and Running Steel, Running America. Paper 978-0-300-17150-1 $25.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-11818-6 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 384 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 10 b/w illus. World

104 Paperback Reprints—Scholarly Titles virtual Justice This fascinating book illustrates the real legal dilemmas posed The New Laws of by virtual worlds. online Worlds “Greg Lastowka shows how blurry the line can be between private Greg Lastowka and public, between a customer base and a polity. He makes a compelling and impassioned case for why what happens in online worlds matters to us all—and how what is unfolding there now is determining how free we will be.”—Jonathan zittrain, author of The Future of the Internet—And How to Stop It “As the virtual goods economy explodes, Lastowka’s well-reasoned and well-written arguments will acquire ever more importance. Courts and governments have much to decide, and—if they are wise—they will look here for much guidance.”—Edward Castronova, author of Synthetic Worlds: The Business and Culture of Online Games November Law Paper 978-0-300-17774-9 $22.00 tx GREG LASToWkA is a professor of law at Rutgers University. Cloth 978-0-300-14120-7 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 240 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 9 b/w illus. World

Winning In this timely book, Rob Frieden points out the many ways the the Silicon United States has fallen behind other countries in telecommuni- Sweepstakes cations and broadband, showing how these failures can intrude Can the United States on the ability of the United States to compete in the global Compete in Global information marketplace. Telecommunications? “In a time of dramatic change in telecommunications and infor- Rob Frieden mation, this book provides a practical guide to the most important stakeholders, issues, problems and options now and in the near future. The questions discussed so clearly here will impact everyone.”—Christopher Sterling, The George Washington University “I recommend this book to anyone who wants to know what’s really gone wrong in U.S. communications policy in the fi rst decade of the twenty-fi rst century, and how to go about fi xing it.”—Christopher Marsden, University of Essex January Economics/Law Paper 978-0-300-17753-4 $25.00 tx RoB FRIEDEN is Pioneers Chair and Professor of Telecommunications Cloth 978-0-300-15213-5 S ’10 and Law at Pennsylvania State University. Also available as an eBook. 1 1 432 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

Acting White Stuart Buck argues that desegregation, while benefi cial overall, The Ironic Legacy had the unexpected side effect of causing some black children of Desegregation to view doing schoolwork as “acting white.” He suggests solutions Stuart Buck for making racial identifi cation a positive force in the classroom. “The best race book of the year.”—John McWhorter, New Republic blog “Acting White asks why African American students still lag so far behind their peers in academic achievement and offers a thoughtful and provocative answer to this crucial question.”—Stephan Thernstrom, Harvard University

An honors graduate of Harvard Law School, STUART BUCk is a Ph.D. student in education policy at the University of Arkansas. His work has appeared in the Harvard Law Review, the Administrative Law Review, and September Current Events/Sociology several other scholarly journals. Paper 978-0-300-17120-4 $18.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-12391-3 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 272 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 9 b/w illus. World

Paperback Reprints—Scholarly Titles 105 Cuban Fiestas A luminous history of Cuba’s most dynamic and defi ning rituals Roberto and the ever-improvisational character of Cuban culture. González Echevarría “A jewel of a book, written by a Renaissance man. At once learned and passionate, Cuban Fiestas is a meditation on art and its engagement with time and place, those two vectors that intersect in our minds and hearts and determine who we are.”—Carlos Eire, author of Waiting for Snow in Havana “Roberto González Echevarría is the leading critic of Hispanic literature—American and Iberian—now living. His synthesis of contemporary critical modes with the classical and romantic traditions of interpretation is original and infl uential. As a mediator between Spanish language and English language literatures, he is beyond comparison.”—Harold Bloom

January Cultural History RoBERTo GoNzÁLEz ECHEvARRÍA is Sterling Professor of Hispanic Paper 978-0-300-17788-6 $20.00 sc and Comparative Literature at yale. He is author of The Pride of Havana: A Cloth 978-0-300-16706-1 F ’10 History of Cuban Baseball, as well as major studies of Cervantes, Carpentier, Also available as an eBook. 1 1 García Márquez, and Sarduy. 376 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 4 b/w + 17 color illus. World

The Havana An acclaimed poet and critic presents an affectionate examina- Habit tion of Cuba in America’s cultural imagination. Gustavo “This short, breezy, and often amusing examination of American Pérez Firmat perceptions of Cuba is both timely and informative. . . . Pérez Firmat has handled this topic with a light, humorous touch without diminishing its more serious aspects.”—Jay Freeman, Booklist “Mr. Pérez Firmat catalogs the ways in which Cuba has infl uenced American tastes and infi ltrated American culture . . . to suggest the pride of place Havana once had in the American imagination.”—Eric Felten, Wall Street Journal “A tale of two closely tied cultures, The Havana Habit is told with both élan and humor.”—oscar Hijuelos, author of The Mambo Kings Play Songs of Love January History/Cultural Studies Paper 978-0-300-17789-3 $17.00 sc A poet, fi ction writer, memoirist, and scholar, GUSTAvo PÉREz FIRMAT Cloth 978-0-300-14132-0 F ’10 is the David Feinson Professor of Humanities at Columbia University. Also available as an eBook. 1 1 256 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 19 b/w illus. World

For the Fierce debates about academic freedom in American higher edu- Common Good cation have become more frequent in recent years. The authors Principles of of this discerning book explore the origins and guiding principles American Academic of academic freedom, correct misperceptions about its scope, and Freedom pave the way for more fruitful debates based on a common under- Matthew W. Finkin standing of its purpose. and Robert C. Post “[This book] is right on target. And you just have to love a book . . . that declares that while faculty must ‘respect students as persons,’ they are under no obligation to respect the ‘ideas held by students.’ Way to go!”—Stanley Fish, New York Times

MATTHEW W. FINkIN is Albert J. Harno and Edward W. Cleary Chair in Law, the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, College of Law. He lives in Champaign. RoBERT C. PoST is Dean and Sol & Lillian Goldman Professor of Law, yale Law School. He lives in New Haven, CT. September Law Paper 978-0-300-17752-7 $20.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-14354-6 S ’09 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 272 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 World

106 Paperback Reprints—Scholarly Titles Love and the Legal developments during Spain’s Golden Age not only trans- Law in Cervantes formed the country into a modern state, they also irrevocably Roberto changed Western literature. This fascinating book explores González Echevarría Cervantes’s work to show how the author drew on new legal records to investigate human deviance and desire and as inspiration for modern representations of love. “The most important recent work of Cervantes criticism.” —Miami Herald “An informative study on the love/law confl ict in Cervantes. . . . Wide-reaching, providing basic information about Cervantes’s texts for non-Hispanists and more detailed observations for Cervanistas. . . . Enlightening and stimulating.”—Shannon M. Polchow, Comparative Literature Studies

January Literary Studies/Law RoBERTo GoNzÁLEz ECHEvARRÍA is Sterling Professor of Hispanic Paper 978-0-300-17784-8 $25.00 tx and Comparative Literature at yale University. Cloth 978-0-300-10992-4 F ’05 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 320 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

“Apologia Pro This paperback edition of John Henry Newman’s celebrated vita Sua” and Apologia includes a powerfully revisionist introduction in which Six Sermons historian Frank M. Turner challenges previous interpretations of John Henry Newman’s conversion to Roman Catholicism and of the Apologia Cardinal Newman itself. The book also features six of Newman’s important and illu- Edited, Annotated, minating Anglican sermons. and with an “Frank Turner provides a genuinely new and exciting reading of Introduction by Newman’s much-read Apologia, juxtaposing the historical condi- Frank M. Turner tions of nineteenth-century England with Newman’s version of them.”—George Levine, Rutgers University

FRANk M. TURNER (1944–2010) was John Hay Whitney Professor of History at yale University. He was the author of John Henry Newman: The Challenge to Evangelical Relgion.

January Religion/History Paper 978-0-300-17786-2 $30.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-11507-9 S ’08 1 1 528 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 World

Women, Work, An original and groundbreaking exploration of women’s power and Politics in the home, in the workplace, and in politics from a political The Political economy perspective. Economy of Gender “A pathbreaking study of gender inequality in different societies Inequality through the lens of political economy, Women, Work, and Politics Torben Iversen and offers an original interpretation of contemporary cross-national Frances Rosenbluth variations in female political representation. A fascinating ◆◆ the institution and powerful argument.”—Miriam A. Golden, University of For sociAl AnD California at Los Angeles Policy stuDies “A major, potentially seminal work.”—James Druckman, Northwestern University

ToRBEN IvERSEN is Harold Hitchings Burbank Professor of Political Economy at Harvard University. FRANCES RoSENBLUTH is Damon August Economics/Women’s Studies Wells Professor of International Politics at yale University. Paper 978-0-300-17134-1 $25.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-15310-1 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 224 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 26 b/w illus. World

Paperback Reprints—Academic Titles 107 The Settlers This inside look at Israel’s most momentous internal confl ict And the Struggle shows why the settlements in the occupied territories were never over the Meaning an extension of mainstream zionism but rather its opposite. of zionism “Anyone who has been concerned or angered by the debate Gadi Taub over the future of liberal zionism . . . should hurry to read The Settlers.”—Adam kirsch, Tablet Magazine “An excellent account of how a small messianic group with its fervent belief in redemption and the end of days became an important political factor. It is a history with possibly disastrous consequences and this book could not be more timely.”—Walter Laqueur

GADI TAUB is assistant professor, Department of Communications and the School of Public Policy, Hebrew University of Jerusalem.

September Current Events/History Paper 978-0-300-17764-0 $25.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-14101-6 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 240 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄4 World

Notes from Integrating the history of science, environmental history, and the Ground science studies, Notes from the Ground examines the cultural Science, Soil, conditions that brought agriculture and science together in and Society in early America. the American “A tightly argued, engaging, and important analysis.”—Technology Countryside and Culture Benjamin R. Cohen “An impressive monograph that deserves a wide readership.” ◆◆ yAle AgrAriAn —Virginia Magazine of History and Biography stuDies series BENJAMIN R. CoHEN is an assistant professor at Lafayette College.

September Agricultural Studies/History of Science Paper 978-0-300-17770-1 $27.50 tx Cloth 978-0-300-13923-5 F ’09 Also available as an eBook. 1 1 288 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 29 b/w illus. World

Defying the An anthropologist and a legal scholar deploy the dramatic history odds of one California tribe in a defi nitive study of tribal sovereignty The Tule River in the United States up through the current Indian gaming era. Tribe’s Struggle “Defying the Odds will fascinate any reader who wishes better to for Sovereignty in understand the tortured relationship between culture and law in Three Centuries the history of Indian sovereignty.”—James F. Brooks, School for Gelya Frank and Advanced Research, Santa Fe Carole Goldberg “The book is magnifi cent in its subjects, approaches, meth- ◆◆ the lAMAr odologies, and analyses.”—Clifford Trafzer, University of series in California Riverside western history GELyA FRANk is Professor of occupational Science & occupational Therapy and Anthropology at the University of Southern California and August History/American Indian Studies/Law Director of the Tule River Tribal History Project. CARoLE GoLDBERG Paper 978-0-300-17889-0 $40.00 sc is the Jonathan D. varat Distinguished Professor of Law at the University of Cloth 978-0-300-12016-5 S ’10 California, Los Angeles, and Director of the Joint Degree Program in Law Also available as an eBook. and American Indian Studies. 1 1 432 pp. 6 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄4 40 b/w illus. + 15 maps World

108 Paperback Reprints—Academic Titles 157

Art and Architecture

Art and Architecture—General Interest 109 Recently published Alexander McQueen Savage Beauty Andrew Bolton With contributions by Susannah Frankel and Tim Blanks Photography by Sølve Sundsbø

“I never conformed to any sort of fashion ideal. My idea was always to show reality, even though I started at Savile Row and ended up at Givenchy in Paris; to depict the times I live in.”—Alexander McQueen, Harper’s Bazaar, September 2008

Arguably the most infl uential, imaginative, and provocative designer of his generation, Alexander McQueen © Sølve Sundsbø/Art + Commerce both challenged and expanded fashion conventions to eXhibition scheDule: express ideas about race, class, sexuality, religion, and The Metropolitan Museum of Art the environment. Alexander McQueen: Savage Beauty 0 5/ 0 4/11– 07/31/11 examines the full breadth of the designer’s career, from Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/ the start of his fl edgling label to the triumphs of his own Distributed by Yale University Press world-renowned London house. It features his most iconic and radical designs, revealing how McQueen ANDREW BoLToN is Curator at The adapted and combined the fundamentals of Savile Row Costume Institute at The Metropolitan tailoring, the specialized techniques of haute couture, Museum of Art. SUSANNAH FRANkEL and technological innovation to achieve his distinctive is fashion editor of The Independent news- aesthetic. It also focuses on the highly sophisticated paper. TIM BLANkS is contributing narrative structures underpinning his collections and editor of Style.com. extravagant runway presentations, with their echoes of avant-garde installation and performance art. Published to coincide with an exhibition at The Metropolitan Museum of Art organized by The Costume Institute, this stunning book includes a preface by Andrew Bolton; an introduction by Susannah Frankel; an interview by Tim Blanks with Sarah Burton, creative director of the house of Alexander McQueen; illuminating quotes from the designer himself; provocative and captivating new photography by renowned photographer Sølve Sundsbø; and a lenticular cover by Gary James McQueen. Alexander McQueen: Savage Beauty celebrates the astounding creativity and originality of a designer who relentlessly questioned and confronted the requisites of fashion. May Fashion Cloth 978-0-300-16978-2 $45.00 3 1 240 pp. 9 ⁄4 x 13 ⁄4 293 color illus. World

110 Art and Architecture—General Interest THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART knoll Textiles, 1945–2010 Edited by Earl Martin With essays by Paul Makovsky, Bobbye Tigerman, Angela völker, and Susan Ward

The fi rst comprehensive study of Knoll’s innovative textile designs and the company’s role within the history of interior design

In 1940, Hans knoll founded a company in New york that soon earned a reputation for its progressive line of furniture. Florence Schust joined the fi rm and helped establish its interior design division, the knoll Planning Unit. In 1947, the year after their marriage, Hans and Florence knoll added a third division, knoll Textiles, which brought textile production in line with a modern sensibility that used color and texture as primary design elements. In the early years, the company hired leading proponents of modern design as well as young, untried designers to create textile patterns. The division thrived in the late 1940s through 1960s and, in the following decade, adopted a more international outlook as design eXhibition scheDule: direction shifted to Europe. In the late 1970s and 1980s, The Bard Graduate Center, New York knoll tapped fashion designers and architects to bolster 05/18/11–07/31/11 its brand. The pioneering use of new materials and Published for the Bard Graduate Center: a commitment to innovative design have remained Decorative Arts, Design History, Material knoll’s hallmarks to the present day. Culture With essays by experts, biographies of about eighty designers, and images of textiles, drawings, furniture, and ephemera, Knoll Textiles, 1945–2010 is the fi rst comprehensive study devoted to a leading contributor to modern textile design. Highlighting the individuals and ideas that helped shape knoll Textiles over the years, this book brings the knoll brand and the role of textiles in the history of design to the forefront of public attention.

EARL MARTIN is associate curator at the Bard Graduate Center, New york. PAUL MAkovSky is editorial director of Metropolis magazine. BoBByE TIGERMAN is assistant curator of decorative arts at the Los Angeles County Museum of Art. ANGELA vÖLkER is emeritus curator of textiles at the MAk, vienna. SUSAN WARD is an August Decorative Arts/Design independent scholar. Cloth 978-0-300-17069-6 $75.00 1 1 400 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 10 ⁄2 300 color + 100 b/w illus. World

BARD GRADUATE CENTER Art and Architecture—General Interest 111 The Life and Death of Buildings on Photography and Time Joel Smith

A visually striking meditation on buildings and photographs as embodiments of social memory

Buildings inhabit and symbolize time, giving form to history and making public space an index of the past. Photographs are made of time; they are liter- ally projections of past states of their subjects. This visually striking meditation on architecture in photography, indirectly marking the tenth anniversary of September 11, explores the intersection between these two ways of embodying the past, by contemplating photographs of buildings as simultaneously the agents, vehicles, and cargo of social memory. The Life and Death of Buildings features images by such eXhibition scheDule: Princeton University Art Museum renowned photographers as Edouard-Denis Baldus, 07/23/11–11/ 0 6/11 Bernd and Hilla Becher, Laura Gilpin, Lewis W. Hine, and William Henry Fox Talbot alongside those by ama- Distributed for the Princeton University Art Museum teurs, architects, propagandists, and even insurance adjusters. Rather than examine these photographers’ aims in isolation, the author considers how their images refl ect and infl ect the passage of time. Much as a building’s shifting function and circumstances substantially alter its signifi cance, a photograph studied in the context of its subsequent history grows layers of meaning to which its maker had no access.

JoEL SMITH is curator of photography at the Princeton University Art Museum. His previous publications include Edward Steichen: The Early Years.

July Photography/Architecture PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-17435-9 $40.00 1 1 104 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄2 80 color illus. World

112 Art and Architecture—General Interest PRINCETON UNIVERSITY ART MUSEUM Dubuffet as Architect Daniel Abadie

The fi rst book to examine the monumental architectural works of the pioneering artist Jean Dubuffet

As the champion of “Art Brut,” the artist Jean Dubuffet (1901–1985) is remembered foremost as a painter. yet his creative instinct extended far beyond the parameters of paint. Later in his life, in 1965, his interest in architecture was sparked by a commission for two large- scale paintings for the University of Nanterre in Paris. Although he ultimately abandoned that project, he became intrigued by the idea of producing large works in a more enduring format, capable of withstanding the elements. He experimented with different media in search of a solution, producing works in ceramic, concrete, and eventually plastic resin. eXhibition scheDule: The large size and relief surface of his 1967 Mur Bleu Henie Onstad Foundation, Oslo (Blue Wall) catapulted his painting into the third 03/10/11–05/29/11 Skissernas Museum, Lund dimension in a big way. Many commissions followed, 06/30/11–09/01/11 and today Dubuffet’s massive architectural forms grace Musée d’Ixelles, Brussels several cities across the globe. The artist did not intend 10/20/11–01/22/12 for these structures to be mere supports for his paint- Distributed for Editions Hazan, Paris ings; he meant for them to give his work architectural space. His efforts in this area earned him the medal of the American Institute of Architects in 1982. These stunningly inventive and playful works stand as a testament to Dubuffet’s desire to expand his practice through new materials and techniques—and even into new dimensions. Dubuffet as Architect is the fi rst published account of this little-known aspect of this artist’s work.

DANIEL ABADIE’s former positions have included curator at the French Musée National d’Art Moderne and director of the Musée du Jeu de Paume in Paris.

August Architecture/Art PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-17661-2 $40.00 1 192 pp. 9 ⁄4 x 11 160 color illus. World

Art and Architecture—General Interest 113 Treasures of vacheron Constantin A Legacy of Watchmaking since 1755 Julien Marchenoir This sumptuous book brings to life the rich past and the landmark creations of one of the world’s great watchmakers. Founded in the Swiss city of Geneva in 1755 by the gifted craftsman and businessman Jean-Marc vacheron, vacheron Constantin is the oldest watch manufacturer in the world with an uninterrupted history. Its phenomenal rise to an international reputation of the highest standing in turn throws light on the global success of the great Swiss watchmaking tradition. The book traces the principal milestones in the company’s history: its founding during the Age of Enlightenment; the successive generations of the vacheron family; the association in 1819 with François Constantin, who opened up the North American market to the company; the transfor- mational relationship with the inventor Georges-Auguste Leschot; and the eXhibition scheDule: company’s subsequent international recognition and expansion. Through National Museum of Singapore an array of glorious illustrations, it presents vacheron Constantin’s his- 06/23/11–08/14/11 torical collections, while highlighting the creations of the craftsmen Distributed for Editions Hazan, Paris who contribute to the technical excellence of its timepieces—the master- watchmakers—and the artisans who transform them into genuine objets d’art—the master engravers, guillocheurs, jewelers and enamelers.

JULIEN MARCHENoIR is Head of Marketing and Communication at vacheron Constantin.

August Decorative Arts Cloth 978-0-300-17856-2 $60.00 1 204 pp. 9 ⁄2 x 11 200 color illus. World

The Art of Worship Paintings, Prayers, and Readings for Meditation Nicholas Holtam With a foreword by Richard Chartres In this beautifully illustrated book, the Reverend Nicholas Holtam–vicar of London’s internationally renowned church St. Martin-in-the-Fields–presents his favorite paintings from the National Gallery, London, alongside religious commentary, Bible quotes, prayers, and poetry. The selected illustrations encourage the reader to think about how art can sometimes be a surprising doorway into our own spirituality. Holtam’s often highly personal observations inspire private prayer, meditation, and contemplation. Many works in the National Gallery feature Christian subjects, but Reverend Holtam has chosen paintings from a wide range of artists. His more surprising picture choices include Edgar Degas’s Miss La La at the Published by National Gallery Cirque Fernando, vincent van Gogh’s Long Grass with Butterfl ies, and Company/Distributed by Yale J. M. W. Turner’s The Fighting Temeraire. University Press NICHoLAS HoLTAM has been vicar of St. Martin-in-the-Fields and the National Gallery London’s parish priest since 1995. RICHARD CHARTRES is the Bishop of London.

September Art/Religion Paper over Board 978-1-85709-531-9 $25.00 120 pp. 6 x 7 3⁄4 47 color illus. World

114 Art and Architecture—General Interest Windows on the War Soviet TASS Posters at Home and Abroad, 1941–1945 Edited by Peter kort zegers and Douglas W. Druick With essays by konstantin Akinsha, Robert Bird, Jill Bugajski, Adam Jolles, and Peter kort zegers

A fascinating look at the aesthetic means and political ends of the graphically bold posters of the Soviet Union’s TASS News Agency during WWII

Windows on the War is a groundbreaking publication— the fi rst in English to focus on posters designed by the Soviet Union’s TASS News Agency to bolster support for the Soviet war effort. TASS posters were created by a large collective of Soviet writers, printers, and artists, including such notables as Mikhail Cheremnykh, Nikolai Denisovskii, the kukryniksy, and Pavel Sokolov- Skalia. often six feet tall and always striking and bold, these stenciled posters were printed and placed daily in windows for the public to see. They were also sent abroad to serve as international cultural “ambassadors,” rallying Allied and neutral nations to the Soviet cause. Drawn from the Art Institute of Chicago’s collection, as eXhibition scheDule: well as other private and public holdings, these TASS The Art Institute of Chicago posters have not been seen since World War II. 07/31/11–10/23/11 An international team of scholars presents the TASS Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago posters both as unique historical objects and as artworks that reveal how preeminent artists of the day used unconventional technical and visual means to contribute to the war effort, marking a major chapter in the history of design and propaganda. Generously illustrated, the book presents photographs, documentary materials, and memorabilia in meaningful juxtapositions with images of the TASS posters. Also included are documents illuminating the expression of Russian cultural life in the United States during the war, opening a fascinating window onto the war along the Eastern Front.

PETER koRT zEGERS is the Rothman Family Research Curator, Department of Prints and Drawings, and DoUGLAS W. DRUICk is Chair and Searle Curator of Medieval to Modern European Painting August Art/History/Graphic Design and Sculpture, and Chair and Prince Trust Curator of Prints and Cloth 978-0-300-17023-8 $65.00 3 3 400 pp. 9 ⁄4 x 12 ⁄4 Drawings, both at the Art Institute of Chicago. 300 color + 140 b/w illus. World

THE ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO Art and Architecture—General Interest 115 Prints and the Pursuit of knowledge in Early Modern Europe Edited by Susan Dackerman With essays by Susan Dackerman, Lorraine Daston, katharine Park, Suzanne karr Schmidt, and Claudia Swan An unusual collaboration among distinguished art historians and historians of science, this book demonstrates how printmakers of the Northern Renaissance, far from merely illustrating the ideas of others, contributed to scientifi c investigations of their time. Hans Holbein, for instance, worked with cosmographers and instrument makers on some of the earliest sundial manuals published; Albrecht Dürer produced the fi rst printed maps of the constellations, which astronomers copied for over a century; and Hendrick Goltzius’s depiction of the muscle-bound Hercules served as a study aid for students of anatomy. Prints and the Pursuit of Knowledge in Early Modern Europe features eXhibition scheDule: Harvard Art Museums fascinating reproductions of woodcuts, engravings, and etchings; maps, 09/06/11–12/10/11 globe gores, and globes; multilayered anatomical “fl ap” prints; and paper Mary and Leigh Block Museum of Art, scientifi c instruments used for observation and measurement. Among Northwestern University the “do-it-yourself” paper instruments were sundials and astrolabes, and 01/17/12–04/08/12 the book incorporates a facsimile of globe gores for the reader to cut out and assemble. Distributed for Harvard Art Museums

SUSAN DACkERMAN is Carl A. Weyerhaeuser Curator of Prints, Harvard Art Museums.

September Art/History of Science Paper 978-0-300-17107-5 $60.00 1 440 pp. 9 x 11 ⁄2 276 color illus. World

Johan zoffany RA Society observed Edited by Martin Postle The 18th-century painter Johan zoffany (1733–1810) was an astute observer of the many social circles in which he functioned as an artist over the course of his long career. This catalogue investigates his sharp wit, shrewd political appraisal, and perceptive social commentary (including subtle allusions to illicit relationships)—all achieved while presenting his subjects as delightful and sophisticated members of polite society. A skilled networker, zoffany established himself at the court of George III and Queen Charlotte soon after his arrival in England from his native Johan Zoffany, Queen Charlotte with her Germany. At the same time, he befriended the leading actor David Garrick two eldest sons, ca. 1765, oil on canvas, 1 1 and through him became the foremost portrayer of Georgian theater. 44 ⁄8 x 50 ⁄2 in (112.2 x 128.3 cm). His brilliant effects and deft style were well suited to theatricality of all The Royal Collection, Her Majesty Queen sorts, enabling him to secure patronage in England and on the continent. Elizabeth II. Following a prolonged visit to Italy he travelled to India, where he quickly eXhibition scheDule: became a popular and established member within the circle of Warren Yale Center for British Art Hastings, the governor-general. zoffany’s Indian paintings are among 10/27/11–02/12/12 his most spectacular and allowed him to return to England enriched Royal Academy and warmly welcomed. This volume provides a sparkling overview of his 03/10/12–06/10/12 fi n e s t w o r k s . Published for the Yale Center for British MARTIN PoSTLE is assistant director for academic activities at the Paul Mellon Art and the Royal Academy Centre for Studies in British Art. He was formerly a curator at Tate Britain.

October Art Cloth 978-0-300-17604-9 $75.00 1 1 320 pp. 9 ⁄2 x 11 ⁄2 225 color + 5 b/w illus. World

116 Art and Architecture—General Interest 100 Shoes The Costume Institute / The Metropolitan Museum of Art Edited by Harold koda With an introduction by Sarah Jessica Parker

An exclusive look at one hundred fabulous shoes from the renowned Costume Institute at The Metropolitan Museum of Art

In a brilliant follow-up to 100 Dresses, published in 2010, the Costume Institute of the Metropolitan Museum once again opens the vaults of its heralded permanent collection to introduce readers to the rich diversity of shoes within its holdings. A hundred pairs of shoes, from the 16th to the 21st century, paint a vivid picture Published in association with The Metropolitan of how styles have changed—sometimes radically— Museum of Art over the years. They also reveal how some trends have Also AvAilAble: reappeared throughout the ages. For instance, platform 100 Dresses The Costume Institute / The Metropolitan Museum shoes were worn by fashionable venetian women from of Art the 15th to the 17th century and by Manchu Chinese PB-Flexibound 978-0-300-16655-2 $24.95 women in the 1800s. In the late 1930s, Salvatore Ferragamo introduced a modern version of the platform shoe, and updated versions appeared in the 1970s and 1990s. Beautifully designed and produced, 100 Shoes presents examples of fashionable footwear in a range of styles, from fl ats to stilettos and everything in between. Among them are shoes designed by Manolo Blahnik,

Christian Louboutin, Roger vivier, and vivienne Westwood. Images of the shoes are accompanied by informative text and enhanced by works of art, contemporary photos, and portraits of designers. Sure to spark the imaginations of anyone interested in fashion and design, 100 Shoes details how women have used these essential fashion accessories to elevate their style, stature, and status throughout the centuries. An introduction by fashion-forward actress Sarah Jessica Parker adds to the accessibility and appeal of this delightful volume.

HARoLD koDA is curator in charge at the Costume Institute at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. Actress SARAH JESSICA PARkER is known for her unique sense of fashion and her love of shoes. October Fashion PB-Flexibound 978-0-300-17240-9 $24.95 232 pp. 10 x 7 194 color + 16 b/w illus. World

THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART Art and Architecture—General Interest 117 Picasso’s Drawings, 1890–1921 Reinventing Tradition Susan Grace Galassi and Marilyn McCully

A fresh perspective on the importance of Picasso’s drawing practice and how he used his materials and graphic techniques to reinterpret past traditions and invigorate his art

Pablo Picasso (1881–1973) is acknowledged as one of the greatest draftsmen of the 20th century. Picasso’s Drawings, 1890–1921 follows the dazzling development of his drawing practice from the precocious academic exercises of his youth to his renewal of classicism in his virtuoso output of the early 1920s. A selection of more than seventy works on paper, with extended entries, highlights his stylistic experiments and techniques during this roughly thirty-year period, which begins and ends in a classical mode and encompasses his most radical innovations. eXhibition scheDule: An essay by Susan Grace Galassi provides a detailed The Frick Collection, New York study of Picasso’s drawing practice and explores his 10/04/11–01/08/12 interest in the old Masters, and an essay by Marilyn National Gallery of Art, Washington McCully considers the early critical responses to 02/05/12– 05/06/12 Picasso’s drawings. These discussions of Picasso’s style, Published in associaton with The Frick sources, and techniques demonstrate how drawing Collection served as an essential means of invention and discovery for the artist. This book brings to the fore Picasso’s engagement with artists of the past and the ways in which he perpetuated, competed with, and ultimately reinvented the practices of his artistic mentors on his own terms. Through emulation, allusion, dissec- tion, and outright hijacking, Picasso continued the grand tradition of drawing in a revitalized form. This study reveals the extent to which the artist relied on drawing as a means of synthesizing past and present, tradition and innovation, to give his own art a bold and vigorous expression.

SUSAN GRACE GALASSI is senior curator at The Frick Collection, New york. MARILyN McCULLy is an independent scholar who October Art specializes in the work of Picasso. Cloth 978-0-300-17073-3 $60.00 224 pp. 9 x 11 200 color illus. World

118 Art and Architecture—General Interest Ron Mueck David Hurlston With essays by Lisa Baldissera, Nicholas Chambers, James Fox, kelly Gellatly, Ted Gott, Susanna Greeves, Philip Long, Angela Ndalianis, Justin Paton, Craig Raine, and Angus Trumble

The fi rst-ever comprehensive look at internationally known artist Ron Mueck’s hyperrealist fi gurative sculpture

Ron Mueck (b. 1958) is known for his extraordinarily lifelike sculptures of people in fragile, naked states: a postpartum woman, a crouching, cornered man, and, perhaps most famously, the body of his dead father. Mueck plays dramatically with scale; a newborn baby, with traces of afterbirth and blood, looms impressively over viewers, measuring sixteen feet from crown to foot, while a spooning half-clothed couple would fi t easily on a coffee table. In each case, the amount of detail—individual pores and dimples, hairs and blem- ishes—is uncanny. The fi gures are disconcerting and yet impossible to resist. Mueck’s obsessive attention to detail and craft has its beginnings in his early days as a model maker and puppeteer for fi lms like Jim Henson’s Published in association with the National Labyrinth. It was in 1997, when noted dealer Charles Gallery of Victoria Saatchi discovered Mueck’s work and included his sculpture Dead Dad in the groundbreaking Sensation show, that Mueck began to attract international attention. Today, the artist’s sculptures are some of the most widely acclaimed, prominent, and identifi able works of contemporary art. Produced in close collaboration with the artist, this beautifully illustrated book is the fi rst to provide a comprehensive look at Mueck’s work to date. The book offers detailed insight into the artist’s ideas and methods and features a catalogue raisonné. Essays by leading scholars highlight the depth of his practice and further affi rm Mueck’s importance.

DAvID HURLSToN is Curator of Australian Art at the National Gallery of victoria.

October Art PB-Flexibound 978-0-300-17683-4 $30.00 3 3 192 pp. 6 ⁄4 x 8 ⁄4 75 color + 2 b/w illus. World, except for Australia and New Zealand

Art and Architecture—General Interest 119 Infi nite Jest Caricature and Satire from Leonardo to Levine Constance C. McPhee and Nadine M. orenstein

An entertaining and informative book—the fi rst to feature signifi cant caricatures and satirical works dating from 1500 to the present, selected from the vast collection in the Metropolitan Museum

From Leonardo’s drawings of grotesque heads to contemporary prints lampooning American politicians, the Metropolitan Museum has a vast and largely unknown collection of caricatures and satirical works. This handsome volume offers 160 examples dating from about 1500 to the present—many of them previously unpublished—that refl ect the age-old tradition of employing exaggeration and humor to convey personal, social, or political meaning. eXhibition scheDule: Stressing the continuity of certain artistic approaches, The Metropolitan Museum of Art 09/13/11–04/04/12 Inﬁ nite Jest examines the development of the genre across a broad expanse of centuries and cultures. The Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/ basic visual components of caricature are discussed and Distributed by Yale University Press illustrated, as are signifi cant themes such as physical types, people as animals or objects, social satire (food, fashion, and foreigners), and politics (British, French, and American). Artists as well known as Pieter Bruegel the Elder, Gian Lorenzo Bernini, William Hogarth, Francisco de Goya, Thomas Rowlandson, Eugène Delacroix, Honoré Daumier, and David Levine contribute their distinctive talents to this fascinating and very amusing compilation.

CoNSTANCE C. McPHEE is associate curator and NADINE M. oRENSTEIN is curator, both in the Department of Drawings and Prints at The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

October Art Cloth 978-0-300-17581-3 $45.00 224 pp. 9 x 10 212 color illus. World

120 Art and Architecture—General Interest THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART Duncan Phyfe Master Cabinetmaker in New york Peter M. kenny and Michael k. Brown, with Frances F. Bretter and Matthew A. Thurlow

A beautifully illustrated reassessment of the work of Duncan Phyfe, America’s best-known cabinetmaker

Duncan Phyfe (1768–1854), known during his lifetime as the “United States Rage,” to this day remains America’s best-known cabinetmaker. Establishing his reputation as a purveyor of luxury by designing high- quality furniture for New york’s moneyed elite, Phyfe would come to count among his clients some of the nation’s wealthiest and most storied families. This richly illustrated volume covers the full chronological sweep of the craftsman’s distinguished career, from his earliest furniture—which bore the infl uence of his 18th-century predecessors George Hepplewhite and Thomas Sheraton—to the elaborately embellished Grecian pieces that were entirely his own. More than D.Phyfe & Son. Couch, 1841 3 1 7 sixty works by Phyfe and his workshop are highlighted, 35 ⁄8 x 73 ⁄4 x 22 ⁄8 in. including rarely seen pieces from private collections Collection of Richard Hampton Jenrette and several newly discovered documented works. eXhibition scheDule: Additionally, essays by leading scholars bring to light The Metropolitan Museum of Art new information on Phyfe’s life, his workshop produc- 12/20/11– 05/06/12 tion, and his roster of illustrious patrons. What unfolds Museum of Fine Arts, Houston is the story of Phyfe’s remarkable transformation from a 06/20/12–09/11/12 young immigrant craftsman to an accomplished master Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/ cabinetmaker and an American icon. Distributed by Yale University Press

PETER M. kENNy is Ruth Bigelow Wriston Curator of American Decorative Arts and Administrator, The American Wing, The Metropolitan Museum of Art. MICHAEL k. BRoWN is curator, Bayou Bend Collection, Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. FRANCES F. BRETTER, an independent scholar, was formerly research associate, The American Wing, The Metropolitan Museum of Art. MATTHEW A. THURLoW, formerly research associate, The American Wing, The Metropolitan Museum of Art, is on the staff of the Winterthur Museum.

October Decorative Arts/Art Cloth 978-0-300-15511-2 $65.00 1 352 pp. 9 ⁄2 x 12 350 color illus. World

THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART Art and Architecture—General Interest 121 Facing Beauty Painted Women and Cosmetic Art Aileen Ribeiro

This wide-ranging survey, spanning four centuries, illuminates shifting perceptions of female beauty through works of art and the evolution of cosmetics

Throughout the history of the Western world, countless attempts have been made to defi ne beauty in art and life, especially with regard to women’s bodies and faces. Facing Beauty examines concepts of female beauty in terms of the ideal and the real, investigating paradigms of beauty as represented in art and literature and how beauty has been enhanced by cosmetics and hairstyles. This thought-provoking book discusses the shifting perceptions of female beauty, concentrating on the period from about 1540 to 1940. It begins with the Renaissance, when a renewed emphasis on the individual was refl ected in the celebration of beauty in the portraits of the day. The fl uid, sensual lines of the Baroque period initiated a shift toward a more “natural” look, giving way in the 18th century to a more stylized and artifi cial face, a mask of ideal beauty. By the late 19th century, commercial beauty preparations had become more readily available, leading to new technological developments within the beauty industry in the early 20th century. Beauty salons and the wider availability of cosmetics revolutionized the way women saw themselves. Ravishing images of some of the most beautiful women in history, both real and ideal, accompanied by illustrations from costume books, fashion plates, advertisements, caricatures, and cosmetics, bring the evolving story of beauty to life on these pages.

AILEEN RIBEIRo is Professor Emeritus in the history of art at the Courtauld Institute of Art, London.

October Art/Fashion Cloth 978-0-300-12486-6 $45.00 256 pp. 9 x 11 100 color + 50 b/w illus. World

122 Art and Architecture—General Interest Daphne Guinness valerie Steele and Daphne Guinness

A spectacular showcase of the inimitable style and haute couture collection of fashion icon Daphne Guinness

“She is one of the—if not the—most stylish women living,” says designer and fi lm director Tom Ford, speaking of Daphne Guinness, the subject and co-author of this extraordinary book. From her platinum-and-black striped hair to her towering 10-inch heels, her to-die- for couture collection and amazing diamond jewelry, Daphne Guinness embodies the rarifi ed, personal style of a true fashion icon. A designer, editor, model, muse, and stylist, Ms. Guinness is renowned for the way she uses fashion to transform herself. As her friend, the art historian John Richardson puts it: “She is the object of her own creativity. Her persona is her own masterpiece.” eXhibition scheDule: karl Lagerfeld of Chanel, valentino, Azzedine Alaia, The Fashion Institute of Technology and the late Alexander McQueen are among the many 09/01/11– 01/31/12 great fashion designers whose spectacular garments Published in association with The Fashion form part of Daphne Guinness’s personal collection Institute of Technology, New York of haute couture. But Ms. Guinness is far more than a great couture client, she is also an inspiration to designers because of her fearless personal style. In an extended interview with the curator and fashion historian valerie Steele, Daphne Guinness explains the origins and characteristics of her style. She also discusses her friend- ships and collaborations with other creative fashion personalities from the late Isabella Blow to the photographer Steven klein and the jeweler Shaun Leane. Sumptuously illustrated with both high-fashion photographs and paparazzi shots, the book is a spectacular showcase for the world of Daphne Guinness.

vALERIE STEELE is director and chief curator of The Museum at FIT, New york. DAPHNE GUINNESS is prominent in the fashion world as a fashion icon, journalist and collector of haute couture.

October Fashion Cloth 978-0-300-17663-6 $45.00 192 pp. 9 x 11 100 color illus. World

Art and Architecture—General Interest 123 Samurai Armor from the Ann and Gabriel Barbier-Mueller Museum Essays by L. John Anderson, Sachiko Hori, Morihiro ogawa, Thom Richardson, John Stevenson, and Stephen Turnbull

This exclusive overview of one of the world’s largest and most important collections of samurai armor offers an exciting glimpse into the world of the samurai warrior

This extraordinary publication presents, for the fi rst time, the samurai armor collection of the Ann and Gabriel Barbier-Mueller Museum in Dallas. The Barbier-Mueller has selectively amassed these pieces of armor over the past twenty-fi ve years, ultimately forming one of the largest and most important collections of its kind in the world. It is composed of nearly three hundred objects, several of which are considered masterpieces, including suits of armor, helmets, masks, horse armor, and weaponry. The objects date from the 12th to the 19th century, with a particularly strong focus on Edo-period armor. eXhibition scheDule: Musée du quai Branly, Paris offering an exciting look into the world of the samu- 11/ 0 8/11– 01/2 9/12 rai warrior, the book begins with an introduction by Published in association with the Ann and Morihiro ogawa. Essays by prominent scholars in the Gabriel Barbier-Mueller Museum fi eld highlight topics such as the phenomenon of the warrior in Japan, the development of the samurai hel- met, castle architecture, women in samurai culture, and Japanese horse armor. The book’s fi nal section consists of an extensive catalogue of objects, concentrating on 120 signifi cant works in the collection. Lavishly illustrated in full color, each object is accompanied by an entry written by a scholar of Japanese armor.

L. JoHN ANDERSoN is an independent scholar and collector of samurai armor. SACHIko HoRI is vice president of Sotheby’s Japanese Works of Art department in New york. MoRIHIRo oGAWA is special consultant for Japanese arms and armor in the Department of Arms and Armor at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. THoM RICHARDSoN is keeper of armour and oriental collections at the Royal Armouries in Leeds. JoHN STEvENSoN is lecturer on Japanese art and history at the University of Washington. STEPHEN TURNBULL is visiting lecturer in South East Asian religious studies at the University of Leeds. October Art/Decorative Arts/History Cloth 978-0-300-17636-0 $65.00 320 pp. 10 x 12 300 color illus. World

124 Art and Architecture—General Interest Wonder of the Age Master Painters of India, 1100–1900 John Guy and Jorrit Britschgi

Dispelling the long-held view of the anonymity of Indian artists, this fascinating publication identifi es over forty painters of masterpieces spanning eight centuries

Traditionally, Indian paintings have been classifi ed according to regional styles or dynastic periods, with an emphasis on subject matter and narrative content. This fascinating publication counters the long-held view of the anonymity of Indian art, emphasizing the combined tools of connoisseurship and inscription evidence to reveal the identities of individual artists and their oeuvres through an analysis of style. Enchanting color illustrations highlight over one hundred works spanning eight centuries. eXhibition scheDule: The introduction outlines the origins of early Indian Museum Rietberg Zürich, Switzerland 05/01/11–08/21/11 painting in the fi rst millennium, which set the scene The Metropolitan Museum of Art for the development of the art of the book. The chapters 09/28/11–01/08/12 that follow examine manuscript painting as it devel- Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/ oped from palm leaf to paper; the Sultanate and North Distributed by Yale University Press Indian Hindu tradition; the Mughal school under the patronage of emperors Akbar, Jahangir, and Shah Jahan; the renaissance of the Hindu courts from 1650 to 1730; the later styles of the Punjab Hill and Rajasthani courts; Company School painting; and the coming of photography. Each chapter features a summary of the period and biographical essays of specifi c artists followed by a selection of their works. The eminent artists chosen are among the greatest in the history of Indian painting. Each could lay claim to the honorifi c bestowed by emperors on their favorite painters: Nadirai-i-zaman, “the wonder of the age.”

JoHN GUy is curator of South and Southeast Asian Art, Department of Asian Art, The Metropolitan Museum of Art. JoRRIT BRITSCHGI is curator of Indian Painting, Museum Rietberg zürich.

October Art Cloth 978-0-300-17582-0 $45.00 1 1 224 pp. 9 ⁄4 x 10 ⁄2 143 color illus. World

THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART Art and Architecture—General Interest 125 El Anatsui Introduction by Alisa LaGamma Conversation with El Anatsui by Chika okeke-Agulu The Ghanaian-born sculptor El Anatsui (b. 1944) is one of the most signifi cant artistic innovators of our time, merging personal, local, and global concerns in his visual creations. By weaving together discarded aluminum tops from Nigerian liquor bottles, Anatsui creates large-scale sculptures called gawu (“metal” or “fashioned cloth” in Anatsui’s native language) that demonstrate a fascinating interplay of color, shape, and fl uidity. El Anatsui (Ghanaian, born 1944), Intermittent Signals, 2009. Found aluminum In an illustrated essay, Alisa LaGamma provides a brief history of El and copper wire, 11 x 35 ft. The Broad Art Anatsui’s career and an analysis of his practice. The catalogue also includes Foundation, Santa Monica (Courtesy of the a never-before-published conversation between noted artist and curator artist and Jack Shainman Gallery, NY) Chika okeke-Agulu and Anatsui, as they discuss the themes of history, economy, sustainability, and identity explored within Anatsui’s work. eXhibition scheDule: Dramatic photographs of the installations at the Clark provide a unique Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute look at these immersive sculptures, including Intermittent Signals (2009) 06/12/11–10/16/11 and Delta (2010), in the contemplative spaces of Stone Hill Center. Distributed for the Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute ALISA LAGAMMA is curator in the Department of the Arts of Africa, oceania, and the Americas at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. CHIkA okEkE-AGULU is Assistant Professor in the Art and Archaeology Department at Princeton University.

August Art Paper 978-0-300-17575-2 $14.95 1 48 pp. 9 ⁄4 x 9 32 color illus. World

The Image of Christ Gabriele Finaldi With an introduction by Neil MacGregor and contributions by Susanna Avery-Quash, Xavier Bray, Erika Langmuir, Neil MacGregor, and Alexander Sturgis Rather than presenting a life of Christ in art, this beautiful book explores the challenges facing artists when representing Jesus—God who became a man. It traces how the image of Christ that we recognize today evolved over two millennia, from the earliest metaphorical symbols of the Shepherd, the Lamb, and the vine to the emergence of a “true likeness.” The book elegantly describes how artists have conveyed the paradox of Christ’s dual nature—human and divine, weak and powerful—in portrayals of his infancy, and it also shows how images of his suffering convey a Published by National Gallery cosmic, as well as personal, signifi cance. The moments of Christ’s life Company/Distributed by Yale become, through art, archetypes of all human experience: Christ nursed University Press by the virgin expresses the feelings of love every mother has for her child; Christ mocked is innocence beset by violence. A reissue of a successful book (fi rst published in 2000), The Image of Christ is an essential volume for anyone seeking a deeper understanding of European art, in which Christian subjects have featured so prominently.

GABRIELE FINALDI is deputy director of the Prado Museum, Madrid, and a former curator at the National Gallery, London. NEIL MAcGREGoR is director of the British Museum and former director of the National Gallery, London.

October Art/Religion Paper 978-1-85709-292-9 $25.00 3 3 224 pp. 9 ⁄4 x 9 ⁄4 182 color illus. World

126 Art and Architecture—General Interest Bertrand Goldberg Architecture of Invention Edited by zoë Ryan With essays by Alison Fisher, zoë Ryan, Elizabeth Smith, and Sarah Whiting

A groundbreaking exploration of the life, work, and legacy of visionary architect Bertrand Goldberg

Bertrand Goldberg (1913–1997) was a visionary Chicago architect whose designs for housing, urban planning, and industrial design made a distinctive mark in the modern era. This handsome publication, the fi rst to focus in-depth on the entirety of Goldberg’s life and work, traces his development from his early Bauhaus training to his notable architectural achievements. Featuring previously unpublished material, it also includes Goldberg’s plans for unrealized projects as well as his collaborations with other prominent modern architects, such as Ludwig Mies van der Rohe and Buckminster Fuller. Bertrand Goldberg Associates, Marina City, Chicago, 1959–1967. Goldberg’s interest in the social dimension of architecture was refl ected in many of his cutting-edge designs. eXhibition scheDule: In 1959, he conceived the plan for his most iconic The Art Insitute of Chicago 09/07/11–02/12/12 structure, the sixty-story Marina City residential tow- ers, in the heart of downtown Chicago. He created a Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago number of hospitals that offered a new paradigm for how patients and staff interacted within the space. Goldberg’s progressive designs also extended to schools, prefabricated structures, and furniture.

ALISoN FISHER is the Harold and Margot Schiff Assistant Curator of Architecture and zoË RyAN is acting chair of the Department of Architecture and Design and Neville Bryan Curator of Design, both at the Art Institute of Chicago. ELIzABETH SMITH is executive director of curatorial affairs at the Art Gallery of ontario. SARAH WHITING is dean of the Rice University School of Architecture.

October Architecture Cloth 978-0-300-16704-7 $60.00 1 192 pp. 8 x 11 ⁄2 140 color + 75 b/w illus. World

THE ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO Art and Architecture—General Interest 127 Degas’s Dancers at the Barre Point and Counterpoint Eliza Rathbone and Elizabeth Steele Edgar Degas (1834–1917) was fascinated with ballet dancers, whom he depicted with great frequency in many media throughout his career. Degas’s Dancers at the Barre (The Phillips Collection) is one of the crowning achievements of the artist’s career and the cornerstone of this insightful publication. Bringing together carefully chosen drawings, pastels, prints, paintings, and mixed media, which relate to the Phillips’s masterpiece, the authors build on recent scholarship about Degas’s approach to work, his technique, and the subject matter. This book also features fascinating results from recent conservation of the work, the fi rst campaign since the painting was acquired in 1944, which brought to light important new facts about its sources, dating, and complicated history. Hilaire-Germain-Edgar Degas, Dancers at the Barre, c. 1900. Oil on canvas 1 1 ELIzA RATHBoNE is chief curator, The Phillips Collection. ELIzABETH 51 ⁄4 x 38 ⁄2 in. Acquired 1944, The Phillips Collection, Washington, D.C. STEELE is head of conservation, The Phillips Collection. eXhibition scheDule: The Phillips Collection 10/01/11– 01/08/12 Distributed for The Phillips Collection

October Art Cloth 978-0-300-17632-2 $45.00 1 1 144 pp. 9 ⁄2 x 10 ⁄2 50 color + 20 b/w illus. World

The Snowy Day and the Art of Ezra Jack keats Claudia J. Nahson With an essay by Maurice Berger In 1962, Ezra Jack keats’s picture book The Snowy Day introduced readers to young Peter, the fi rst African American protagonist in a full-color children’s book, who traipsed alone through the snowy, wondrous sidewalks of New york City. The book was a runaway success, capturing the Caldecott Medal and selling more than two million copies. In The Snowy Day and subsequent books, keats’s awareness of the city, its daily hum, and the role of its children are deeply felt and delicately rendered in words and bright collages and paintings. He made a prominent place for characters and places that had not been represented in children’s books, saying about Peter, “My book would have him there simply because he should have been there all along.” eXhibition scheDule: The Jewish Museum, New York Coinciding with The Snowy Day’s 50th anniversary, the current publica- 09/09/11–01/29/12 tion features more than 75 illustrations alongside essays by Claudia Nahson The Eric Carle Museum of Picture and Maurice Berger, who discuss keats’s Jewish background, his advocacy Book Art of civil rights, his inventive art, and his wide-ranging infl uence. 06/26/12–10/14/12 Contemporary Jewish Museum, CLAUDIA J. NAHSoN is curator at The Jewish Museum, New york. She is the author of The Art of William Steig. MAURICE BERGER is senior research scholar at the San Francisco Center for Art, Design, and visual Culture, University of Maryland, Baltimore County, 11/15/12–02/24/13 and senior fellow at the vera List Center for Art and Politics of The New School. Published in association with The October Art Jewish Museum, New York Cloth 978-0-300-17022-1 $27.50 104 pp. 7 x 10 80 color + 3 b/w illus. World

128 Art and Architecture—General Interest Leonardo da vinci Painter at the Court of Milan Luke Syson With an essay by Larry keith and contributions by Antonio Mazzotta, Minna Moore Ede, Scott Nethersole, Arturo Galansino, and Per Rumberg

A new examination of Leonardo’s career that illuminates his time as court painter to the Duke of Milan, an experience that fundamentally changed his outlook and his legacy

The reputation of Leonardo da vinci (1452–1519) as an inventor and scientist, and his complex personality, have sometimes almost overshadowed the importance of his aims and techniques as a painter. This exquisite book focuses on a crucial period in the 1480s and 90s when, as a salaried court artist to Duke Ludovico Sforza in the city-state of Milan—freed from the pressures of making a living in the commercially minded Florentine republic—Leonardo produced some of the most celebrated and infl uential works of his career. The Last Supper, his two versions of The Virgin of the Rocks, and The Lady with an Ermine (a beautiful portrait of eXhibition scheDule: Cecilia Gallerani, Ludovico’s mistress) were paintings National Gallery, London 11/ 07/11– 0 2/ 0 5/12 that set a new standard for his Milanese contemporaries. Leonardo’s style was magnifi ed, through collaboration Published by National Gallery Company/ and imitation, to become the visual language of the Distributed by Yale University Press regime, and by the time he returned to Florence in 1500, his status had been utterly transformed. This new examination of Leonardo’s painting career and his lasting impact on Italian Renaissance style features works from U.S., British, and European collections. Collectively, they represent the diverse range of his artistic output, from drawings in chalk, ink, and metalpoint to full-scale oil paintings. Together with the authors’ meticulous research and detailed analysis, they demonstrate Leonardo’s consummate skill and extraordinary ambition as a painter.

LUkE SySoN is curator of Italian paintings before 1500 and head of research at the National Gallery, London. His previous books include Renaissance Siena and Pisanello. LARRy kEITH is director of conservation, The National Gallery, London. November Art Cloth 978-1-85709-491-6 $65.00 1 3 304 pp. 9 ⁄2 x 12 ⁄4 190 color illus. World

NATIONAL GALLERY, LONDON Art and Architecture—General Interest 129 Chanel A vocabulary of Style Jérôme Gautier

A luxurious book that showcases the spirit and essence of Chanel’s iconic style through the medium of fashion photography

LEFT • WILLY RIZZO 1960 ABOVE • PAOLO ROVERSI 1994 67 Gabrielle Bonheur “Coco” Chanel (1883–1971) was undoubtedly the most infl uential fashion designer of the 20th century. Her clothes and accessories have remained perennially chic, and her legendary fashion house continues to exert a powerful sway over today’s designers. Jérôme Gautier tells the story of Chanel’s iconic style through hundreds of images, many taken by the leading lights of fashion photography, including Richard Avedon, Patrick Demarchelier, Jean-Paul Goude, David LaChapelle, Horst P. Horst, Steven Meisel, Sarah Moon, Man Ray, and Ellen von Unwerth. This innovative volume pairs classic and contemporary photographs, placing fashion plates from Chanel’s time alongside those by the house’s designer-in-chief, karl Lagerfeld. For instance, Cecil Beaton’s portrait of Chanel appears alongside Lagerfeld’s image of Cate Blanchett emulating her, and a classic plate by Henry Clarke fl anks an arresting shot by Juergen Teller.

Chanel_FOR_YALE.QXD:Chanel 14/3/11 12:55 Page 144 Through these dazzling photographs, Chanel: A Vocabulary of Style identifi es key elements that have defi ned Chanel’s style for generations, such as jersey and tweed, formerly considered menswear fabrics, and the little black dress, which transformed a hue previously reserved for mourning into a statement of elegance. Pearls were her staple, and she often embellished outfi ts with her signature camellia. Twelve chapters compare the original forms of these enduring trademarks with their later expressions over the years and to the present day, letting the vocabulary of Chanel’s style speak for itself.

LEFT • GIOVANNI GASTEL 1991 ABOVE • LACHLAN BAILEY 2007 JÉRÔME GAUTIER is a journalist and fashion historian. A passionate November Fashion/Photography collector of fashion magazines, he lives and works in Paris. Hardcover with Slipcase 145 978-0-300-17566-0 $100.00 1 5 288 pp. 9 ⁄2 x 12 ⁄8 230 color + b/w illus. For sale in the U.S. and Canada only

130 Art and Architecture—General Interest Chanel A vocabulary of Style Jérôme Gautier

A luxurious book that showcases the spirit and essence of Chanel’s iconic style through the medium of fashion photography

Art and Architecture—General Interest 131 Snapshot Painter/Photographers from Bonnard to vuillard Edited by Elizabeth W. Easton With contributions by Clément Chéroux, Michel Frizot, Todd Gustavson, Françoise Heilbrun, Ellen W. Lee, Anne McCauley, Saskia ooms, katia Poletti, Eliza Rathbone, and Hans Rooseboom

A fascinating look at how snapshots by seven Post-Impressionist artists infl uenced their work and the history of photography

The advent of the kodak camera in 1888 made photography accessible to amateurs as well as to professionals. Artists were not immune to its allure, and many began experimenting with the camera as a means of capturing images as studies for fi nal works and of observing the world and the people in it. Snapshot Pierre Bonnard, Ker-Xavier Roussel and Edouard investigates seven Post-Impressionist painters and print- Vuillard, Venice, 1899. Modern print from original 3 makers: Pierre Bonnard, George Hendrik Breitner, negative, negative: 1 ⁄8 x 2 in. (3.5 x 5 cm). Musée Maurice Denis, Henri Evenepoel, Henri Rivière, d’Orsay, Paris. Gift of the children of Charles Terrasse (PHO 1987–27-6) Félix vallotton, and Edouard vuillard. Although celebrated for their works on canvas and paper, these eXhibition scheDule: artists also made many personal and informal snap- The Van Gogh Museum shots. Depicting interiors, city streets, nudes, and 10/14/11–01/08/12 The Phillips Collection portraits, these photographs were kept private and never 02/04/12– 05/06/12 exhibited. As a result, most have never been published. The Indianapolis Museum of Art 06/08/12– 09/02/12 Juxtaposing personal photographs with the related paintings and prints by these Post-Impressionist artists, Published in association with the Phillips Snapshot offers a new perspective on early photography Collection, the Van Gogh Museum, and the Indianapolis Museum of Art and on the synthesis of painting and photography at the end of the 19th century.

ELIzABETH W. EASToN is the cofounder and director of the Center for Curatorial Leadership. CLÉMENT CHÉRoUX is a photographic historian and curator of the photographic collection at the Centre Pompidou in Paris. MICHEL FRIzoT is professor of the history of photography at the Ecole du Louvre, Paris. ToDD GUSTAvSoN is curator of technology at the George Eastman House in Rochester, Ny. FRANÇoISE HEILBRUN is the head curator of photography at the Musée d’orsay. ELLEN W. LEE is chief curator at the Indianapolis Museum of Art. ANNE McCAULEy is David Hunter McAlpin Professor of the History of Photography and Modern Art at Princeton University. SASkIA ooMS works at Netwerk, a center for contemporary Art in Belgium. kATIA PoLETTI is conservator at the Fondation Félix vallotton. ELIzA RATHBoNE is chief curator of the Phillips Collection in Washington, D.C. HANS RooSEBooM is curator of photography at the Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam. November Photography/Art Cloth 978-0-300-17236-2 $50.00 1 1 248 pp. 9 ⁄2 x 11 ⁄2 285 color illus. World

132 Art and Architecture—General Interest The Three Graces Snapshots of Twentieth-Century Women Michal Raz-Russo

Featuring an amazing treasure trove of unpublished images, this intriguing and entertaining book looks at how women explored their identity through popular photography in the 20th century

Snapshots preserve more than individual likeness and memory. Photographs of celebrations, vacations, and gatherings of family and friends are collected with the aim of constructing and preserving a personal identity for future generations. What happens, however, when a snapshot is subsequently discarded or displaced and becomes merely an “anonymous” image? This and many other questions are discussed in this fascinating selection of anonymous images depicting three women. Presumably all taken by nonprofessionals, these snapshots were acquired over time by a private collector interested in their eclectic yet familiar details, who named the grouping after the iconic Greco-Roman motif. eXhibition scheDule: In traditional western iconography, the Three Graces The Art Institute of Chicago personify beauty, charm, and grace in both nature 10/29/11–01/22/12 and humanity. In the 150 snapshots assembled Published in association with the Art Institute of here, the remarkable consistency of confi dence and Chicago poise projected by the trios of women—in varied settings, in various states of dress/undress, and over a period of more than fi fty years—reveals the formal and behavioral conventions that evolved as photography’s popularity skyrocketed among amateurs. To this end, the iconography of The Three Graces provides a framework for understanding the generational differences and cultural infl uences that shaped women’s self-presentation in front of the camera in the fi rst half of the 20th century.

MICHAL RAz-RUSSo is curatorial assistant for exhibitions in the November Photography Department of Photography at the Art Institute of Chicago. Paper over Board 978-0-300-17734-3 $26.50 1 160 pp. 6 x 8 ⁄4 142 color illus. World

THE ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO Art and Architecture—General Interest 133 vermeer’s Women Secrets and Silence Marjorie E. Wieseman, Wayne E. Franits, and H. Perry Chapman

A visually stunning and seductive book that celebrates the mysterious and enigmatic world created by Vermeer in some of the best-loved and most characteristic works from late in his career.

Focusing on the extraordinary Lacemaker from the Musée du Louvre, this beautiful book investigates the subtle and enigmatic paintings by Johannes vermeer that celebrate the intimacy of the Dutch household. Moments frozen in paint that reveal young women sewing, reading or play- ing musical instruments, captured in vermeer’s uniquely luminous style, recreate a silent and often mysterious domestic realm, closed to the outside world, and inhabited almost exclusively by women and children. Three internationally recognized experts in the fi eld explain why women engaged in mundane domestic tasks, or in pleasurable pastimes such as music making, writing eXhibition scheDule: letters, or adjusting their toilette, comprise some of the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge 10/05/11–01/15/12 most popular Dutch paintings of the seventeenth century. Men are rarely featured in these images; when they are, it Published in association with the Fitzwilliam is usually in a subsidiary role or as conspicuous intruders Museum, Cambridge into a quiet domestic world. Among the most intriguing of these compositions are those that consciously avoid any MARJoRIE E. WIESEMAN is Curator of Dutch engagement with the viewer. Rather than acknowledging Paintings 1600–1800 at the National Gallery, our presence, fi gures avert their gazes or turn their backs London. WAyNE E. FRANITS is professor and upon us; they stare moodily into space or focus intently chair of the Department of Fine Arts, Syracuse on the activities at hand. In viewing these paintings, we University. H. PERRy CHAPMAN is professor of art history at the University of Delaware. have the impression that we have stumbled upon a private world kept hidden from casual regard. The ravishingly beautiful paintings of vermeer are perhaps the most poetic evocations of this secretive world, but other 17th-century Dutch painters sought to imbue simple domestic scenes with an air of silent mystery, and the book features also works by some of the most important masters of 17th-century Dutch genre painting, among them Gerard ter Borch, Gerrit Dou, Pieter November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17899-9 $35.00 de Hooch, Nicolaes Maes, and Jan Steen. 1 224 pp. 7 ⁄2 x 10 60 color illus. World

134 Art and Architecture—General Interest In the Picture Self-Portraits, 1958–2011 Lee Friedlander With an afterword by Richard Benson

A magnifi cent review of Lee Friedlander’s life and career, shown through his self-portraiture

Lee Friedlander (b. 1934) has been tackling the challenge of self-portraiture throughout his prolifi c career. What began as an unorthodox investigation of the genre has become a masterful engagement spanning fi ve decades. In this extraordinary compilation, which includes hundreds of previously unpublished pictures, we follow the famous photographer through the years as his personal and creative lives unfold and intertwine. Produced to the highest production standards and featuring over 400 duotone images—from his fi rst Published in association with the Yale University Art Gallery self-portraits, taken with cable release in hand, to recent images of the photographer with his family and extended network of friends—In the Picture explores Friedlander’s various guises throughout a rich and colorful life.

LEE FRIEDLANDER is a photographer based in New york City. RICHARD BENSoN is a photographer and former dean of the yale University School of Art.

November Photography Paper over Board 978-0-300-17729-9 $75.00 1 1 468 pp. 9 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄2 450 duotone illus. World

YALE UNIVERSITY ART GALLERY Art and Architecture—General Interest 135 Stieglitz and His Artists Matisse to o’keeffe Edited by Lisa Mintz Messinger Essays and entries by Magdalena Dabrowski, Cristel Hollevoet-Force, Lisa Mintz Messinger, Cora Michael, Jessica Murphy, Sabine Rewald, Samantha Rippner, and Thayer Tolles

“It’s not money or painting between us. But something above both.”—Stieglitz to artist Stanton Macdonald-Wright (1918)

A master photographer, Alfred Stieglitz was also a visionary promoter and avid collector of modern American and European art from the fi rst half of the 20th century. This publication is the fi rst fully illustrated catalogue of works in the unparalleled Alfred Stieglitz Collection, Unidentifi ed photographer. Artists at Mount 3 1 which was given to the Metropolitan Museum after Kisco, 1912. Black-and-white print, 4 ⁄4 x 6 ⁄4 in. Stieglitz’s death. (12 x 16 cm). Property of Walkowitz family. Abraham Walkowitz Papers, Archives of American Art, operating a succession of infl uential New york galleries Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. From left to right: Paul Haviland, Abraham Walkowitz, Katharine between 1905 and 1946, Stieglitz exhibited many of the N. Rhoades, Mrs. Alfred Stieglitz, Agnes Ernst most important artists of the era, including Constantin (Mrs. Eugene Meyer), Alfred Stieglitz, J. B. Kerfoot, Brancusi, Charles Demuth, Arthur Dove, Marsden John Marin Hartley, vasily kandinsky, John Marin, Henri Matisse, eXhibition scheDule: Georgia o’keeffe, Pablo Picasso, and Gino Severini. The Metropolitan Museum of Art He assembled a vast collection of exceptional breadth 10/13/11–01/02/12 and depth that has since become the cornerstone of the Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/ Metropolitan Museum’s holdings of modern art, con- Distributed by Yale University Press taining such masterworks as Brancusi’s Sleeping Muse, Demuth’s I Saw the Figure 5 in Gold, Hartley’s Portrait of a German Ofﬁ cer, kandinsky’s Improvisation 27 (Garden of Love II), o’keeffe’s Black Iris and Picasso’s Woman Ironing and Standing Female Nude. More than four hundred paintings, sculptures, drawings, and prints are presented in this catalogue, many of them published here for the fi rst time. Informative essays, augmented by archival photographs and letters, new scholarship, and technical analysis, bring this fascinating period to life by focusing on the relationships these artists developed with Stieglitz and with one another.

LISA MINTz MESSINGER is associate curator in the Department of Nineteenth-Century, Modern, and Contemporary Art at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17588-2 $65.00 352 pp. 9 x 10 760 color illus. World

136 Art and Architecture—General Interest THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART Sol LeWitt Structures, 1965–2005 Edited by Nicholas Baume With essays by Nicholas Baume, Rachel Haidu, Anna Lovatt, Joe Madura, and kirsten Swenson Foreword by Susan k. Freedman

A fascinating look at LeWitt’s deceptively simple geometric sculptures, which epitomize the artist’s aim “to recreate art” by starting “from square one”

Sol LeWitt (1928–2007), renowned for his role in establishing Conceptualism and Minimalism as dominant art movements in the postwar era, is perhaps best known for his masterful and brilliantly colored wall drawings. Throughout his career, however, LeWitt also created many remarkable three-dimensional works suitable for display in outdoor settings. In this handsome publication, which accompanies the fi rst major career survey of LeWitt’s “structures,” the artist’s modular works are traced from their simplest mani- festation in a single large-scale cube through multiple

variations, with examples from the 1960s through the Sol LeWitt, Splotch #15 (2005). Acrylic on fi berglass, 1990s. Works from the 1980s onward explore the three- 12 ft. x 8 ft. 4 in. x 6 ft. 8 in. View from “Sol LeWitt dimensional possibilities of diverse geometric forms, on the Roof: Splotches, Whirls, and Twirls” (April 26– October 30, 2005), The Iris and B. Gerald Cantor such as stars, and the introduction of new materials, Roof Garden. Image © The Metropolitan Museum including concrete block and fi berglass, stimulating of Art experimentation with non-geometric, irregular forms eXhibition scheDule: on an increasing scale. City Hall Park, New York The book includes an essay by Nicholas Baume and Joe 05/24/11–12/02/11 Madura that provides a historical and critical context Distributed for the Public Art Fund, New York for the structures. Additional essays by Rachel Haidu, City Anna Lovatt, and kirsten Swenson provide fresh art- historical commentary, ranging from the problematic of site for LeWitt’s initial structures to the integral relationship between his drawings and three-dimensional works. Stunning color plates record the works on display in New york’s City Hall Park, supplemented by archival and historical documentation.

NICHoLAS BAUME is director and chief curator, Public Art Fund.

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17861-6 $50.00 226 pp. 10 x 12 150 color illus. World

Art and Architecture—General Interest 137 Chinese Art in an Age of Revolution Fu Baoshi (1904–1965) Edited by Anita Chung With contributions by Julia F. Andrews, Tamaki Maeda, kuiyi Shen, and Aida yuen Wong one of the preeminent fi gures in 20th-century Chinese art, Fu Baoshi (1904–1965) revolutionized the tradition of Chinese ink painting, opening the door to innovations by subsequent generations. As both an art historian and a painter, he directed his work toward protecting cultural heritage in times of war and revolution. From traditional-style landscape and fi gure painting to political artwork manifesting state ideology during the Mao era, Fu’s work demonstrates his search for a unique artistic language that speaks for the self and the nation. Using native tradition as an essential element, Fu’s artistic modernity defi ned Chinese art as a discipline distinct from Western and international socialist art of the time. Heavenly Lake and Flying Waterfall, 1961. Hanging scroll, ink and color on paper, Chinese Art in an Age of Revolution is the fi rst comprehensive retrospective 105.6 x 60 cm. Nanjing Museum of Fu’s work to be published in the West. The book includes more than 100 artworks that demonstrate his stylistic transformation across several eXhibition scheDule: decades. Insightful essays offer the latest scholarship on Fu’s life and art, Cleveland Museum of Art Japan’s impact on modern Chinese art, and art and politics in China’s tur- 10/16/11–01/08/12 bulent 20th century. The Metropolitan Museum of Art 01/30/12– 04/29/12 ANITA CHUNG is curator of Chinese art at the Cleveland Museum of Art. Published in association with the Cleveland Museum of Art November Art PB-Flexibound 978-0-300-16974-4 $50.00 256 pp. 9 x 11 115 color + 30 b/w illus. World

The Shahnama of Shah Tahmasp The Persian Book of kings Introduction by Sheila R. Canby one of the most voluminous epics of world literature, the Shahnama (or “Book of kings”) narrates the history of the ancient kings of Iran, from their mythical beginnings to the Arab conquest in 651 A.D. Although illustrated copies of the poem were commissioned by numerous Iranian kings, the Shahnama of Shah Tahmasp (r. 1524–1576) is arguably the most important and beautifully illustrated version ever produced. It was created by two generations of the most renowned early-16th-century artists at the royal atelier in Tabriz, the fi rst capital of the Safavid dynasty. Characterized by calligraphy, painting, and illuminations of exquisite quality and artistic originality, the volume is considered one of the highest achievements in the arts of the book. After its creation, the Shahnama of Shah Tahmasp traveled through sev- Attributed to Abd al-Aziz, The Shah’s eral royal collections until it was broken up and dispersed in the 20th Wise Men Approve Zal’s Marriage: From the Shahnama (Book of Kings) of Shah century. Now, for the fi rst time, all 258 illuminated pages of this famous Tahmasp, ca. 1525–30. The Metropolitan volume are reproduced in color and close to their original size in this Museum of Art. Gift of Arthur A. Houghton Jr., sumptuous publication. 190 (1970.301.13)

SHEILA R. CANBy is the Patti Cadby Birch Curator in Charge of the Department of Published by The Metropolitan Islamic Art at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. Museum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press

November Art Hardcover with Slipcase 978-0-300-17586-8 $200.00 sc 1 1 300 pp. 12 ⁄2 x 17 ⁄4 300 color illus. World

138 Art and Architecture—General Interest Neither East nor West Masterpieces from the Department of Islamic Art in The Metropolitan Museum of Art Maryam Ekhtiar, Priscilla Soucek, Sheila R. Canby, and Navina Najat Haidar Introduction by Sheila R. Canby

An in-depth and comprehensive study of art from the Islamic world based on the preeminent collection in the Metropolitan Museum

This lavish and informative book explores the great diversity and range of Islamic culture through one of the fi nest collections in the world. Published to coincide with the historic reopening of the galleries of the Metropolitan Museum’s Islamic Art Department, it presents nearly three hundred masterworks created in the rich tradition of the Islamic faith and culture. The Metropolitan’s renowned holdings range chronologically from the origins of Islam in the 7th century through the 19th century, and geographically from as far west as Spain to as far east as Southeast Asia. A wide variety of media is also represented: miniature paintings and illuminated manuscripts, ceramics, textiles, carpets, glass, and metalwork. While some of the Chapter 8, Shah Jahan Album, India (ca. 1645). Ink, highlighted objects were originally intended solely for colors, and gold on paper. Purchase, Rogers Fund use during worship, others—created as domestic and and The Kevorkian Foundation Gift, 1955 luxury objects—refl ect the mutual infl uence of artistic Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/ practice in the sacred and secular realms. Many dis- Distributed by Yale University Press play the rich traditions of calligraphy, arabesque, and geometric patterning that distinguish the arts of the Islamic world. With seven informative essays and almost three hundred illustrated catalogue entries—supplemented by a history of the collection, a glossary, a bibliography, and an index—this comprehensive overview engages both the general reader and the specialist.

SHEILA R. CANBy is the Patti Cadby Birch Curator in Charge of the Department of Islamic Art at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. MARyAM EkHTIAR is senior research associate, NAvINA NAJAT HAIDAR is associate curator and administrator, and PRISCILLA SoUCEk is senior consultant, all in the Department of Islamic Art, November Art The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New york. Cloth 978-0-300-17585-1 $65.00 400 pp. 9 x 11 450 color illus. World

THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART Art and Architecture—General Interest 139 Storytelling in Japanese Painting Masako Watanabe

Exquisite and rarely-seen paintings illustrating classic Japanese stories animate this engaging and accessible publication

Nearly as old as humanity itself is the impulse to tell and illustrate stories. In Japan, the narrative drive has been expressed both in sweeping literary sagas (such as

the celebrated Tale of Genji) and in long, detailed, stun- Ukita Ikkei (1795–1859), Tale of a Strange Marriage, ningly beautiful handscrolls. Storytelling in Japanese Edo Period (1615–1868); Handscroll; ink and color Painting presents seventeen classic Japanese stories— on paper; 11 ¾ in. x 25 ft. 6 in. (29.8 x 777.2 cm); 5 7.15 6 . 7 tales romantic and horrifying, epic and meditative—as told through 30 remarkable scrolls, ranging from the eXhibition scheDule: 13th to 19th centuries. Among them are the supernat- The Metropolitan Museum of Art ural Great Woven Cap; the story of the valiant Peach 11/19/11–05/06/12 Boy and his battle against the ogres; the 11th-century Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/ psychological novel The Tale of Genji; and the politi- Distributed by Yale University Press cal allegory Tale of a Strange Marriage. Each scroll is accompanied by a brief relation of the tale being illustrated, while the book’s introduction discusses the history and tradition of storytelling in Japanese art. A series of multiple gatefolds allows many of these scrolls to be appreciated in detail, while preserving the sweep and grandeur of these complex, colorful, evocative works of visual and narrative wonder.

MASAko WATANABE is senior research associate in the department of Asian art at The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

December Art PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-17590-5 $25.00 128 pp. 9 x 8 40 color illus. World

140 Art and Architecture—General Interest THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART The Renaissance Portrait From Donatello to Bellini Edited by keith Christiansen and Stefan Weppelmann With essays by Patricia Lee Rubin, Beverly Louise Brown, Peter Humfrey, and Rudolf Preimesberger Contributions by Andrea Bayer, Francesco Caglioti, Eleonara Luciano, and Stephen k. Scher

Accompanying a major international exhibition, this catalogue features outstanding portraits in a variety of media, and provides a comprehensive study of Italy’s great age of portraiture

In the words of the historian Jacob Burkhardt, 15th- century Italy was “the place where the notion of the individual was born.” In keeping with this notion, early Renaissance Italy also hosted the fi rst great age of portraiture in Europe. Artists working in Florence, venice, and the courts of Italy created magnifi cent portrayals of the people around them—heads of state and church, patrons, scholars, poets, artists—concentrating for the fi rst time on producing recognizable likenesses and expressions of personality. eXhibition scheDule: Written by a team of international scholars, The Bode Museum, Berlin Renaissance Portrait provides new research and insight 0 8/2 5/11–11/2 0/11 into the early history of portraiture. Unlike most surveys The Metropolitan Museum of Art of Renaissance art, it introduces and studies in detail 12/21/11–03/18/12 the three major Italian art centers of the 15th century, Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/ exploring how the rapid development of portraiture was Distributed by Yale University Press closely linked to Renaissance society and politics, ideals of the individual, and concepts of beauty. Close to 190 works, in media ranging from painting and manuscript illumination to marble sculpture and bronze med- als, created by artists that include Donatello, Filippo Lippi, Botticelli, verrocchio, Ghirlandaio, Pisanello, Mantegna, Giovanni Bellini, and Antonello da Messina, are illustrated and extensively discussed.

kEITH CHRISTIANSEN is John Pope-Hennessy Chairman of European Paintings at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. STEFAN WEPPELMANN is curator of early Italian and Spanish painting at the Gemäldegalerie in Berlin.

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17591-2 $65.00 440 pp. 9 x 11 275 color illus. World

THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART Art and Architecture—General Interest 141 Contested visions in the Spanish Colonial World Edited by Ilona katzew

An absorbing discussion of the myriad depictions of the indigenous people of Mexico and Peru in colonial times

Contested Visions offers a comparative view of the two principal viceroyalties of Spanish America: Mexico and Peru. Spanning developments from the 15th to the 19th century, this ambitious book looks at the many ways and contexts in which indigenous peoples were represented in art of the early modern period—by colonial artists, European artists, and themselves. More than two hundred works of art, including paintings, sculptures, illustrated books, maps, codices, manuscripts, and other materials such as textiles, keros, and feather works, are reproduced in full-color illustrations, demonstrating the rich variety of these artistic approaches. A collection of essays by an international team of distinguished scholars in the fi eld uncovers the different meanings and purposes behind these depictions of Our Lady of Cocharcas under the Baldaquin, 18th native populations of the Americas. These experts century, private collection. explore the role of the visual arts in negotiating a sense eXhibition scheDule: of place in late pre-Columbian and colonial Latin Los Angeles County Museum of Art America. They address a range of important topics, 11/ 0 6/11– 01/2 9/12 such as the construct of the Indian as a good Christian; how Amerindians drew on their pre-Columbian past Distributed for the Los Angeles County Museum of Art to stake out a place within the Spanish body politic; their participation in festive rites; and their role as artists. Lavishly illustrated, this ambitious book provides a compelling and original framework by which to understand the intersection of vision and power in the Spanish colonial world.

ILoNA kATzEW is curator and Co-Department Head of Latin American art at the Los Angeles County Museum of Art.

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17664-3 $70.00 320 pp. 10 x 12 220 color illus. World

142 Art and Architecture—General Interest Heroic Africans Legendary Leaders, Iconic Sculptures Alisa LaGamma

Challenging conventional understanding of key masterpieces of African sculpture, this important book acknowledges the eminent fi gures who inspired the works and the cultural values that informed them

over the centuries, artists across sub-Saharan Africa have memorialized eminent fi gures in their societies using an astonishingly diverse repertoire of naturalistic and abstract sculptural idioms. The arrival of Europeans as traders, then as colonizers, led to the isolation of many of these sculptures from their original sites, as well as from the contexts in which they were conceived; thus, today, they are seen primarily as timeless representations of generic archetypes. This extensively illustrated publication reexamines major landmarks of African art in terms of the individuals who inspired them and the cultural values that informed them, providing insight into the hidden meaning and inspiration behind these eXhibition scheDule: The Metropolitan Museum of Art great artistic achievements. 09/20/11–01/29/12 Heroic Africans considers the landmark sculptural Rietberg Museum, Zürich February 2012–April 2012 traditions of the kingdom of Benin and the Ife civilization in Nigeria; the Akan peoples of Ghana; the Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/ Bangwa, kom, and related chiefdoms of the Cameroon Distributed by Yale University Press Grassfi elds; the Chokwe of Angola and zambia; and the Luluwa, Hemba, and kuba of the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC). Some 106 masterpieces created between the 12th and the early 20th century— complemented by maps, drawings, and excavation and documentary photographs—reveal the religious and aesthetic conventions that defi ned distinct regional genres of representation.

ALISA LAGAMMA is Curator in the Department of the Arts of Africa, oceania, and the Americas at The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17584-4 $60.00 1 1 320 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 11 ⁄2 200 color + 80 b/w illus. World

THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART Art and Architecture—General Interest 143 Fiber Futures Japan’s Textile Pioneers Joe Earle and Hiroko Watanabe Japan is a world leader in fi ber arts, with practitioners whose deep understanding of inherited materials and techniques has given them freedom to move beyond traditional utility to create innovative and beautiful works of art. Fiber Futures features some twenty-fi ve artists, from seasoned veterans to relative newcomers. It examines such topics as the relationship between traditional and contemporary practice; the role of creators with a “fi ne-art” orientation in appropriating, and sometimes helping to preserve, traditional craft technologies; the challenges and opportunities for handcraft technologies in an age of mass production; and issues of Japanese “authenticity” versus globalism. This handsome book shows how the medium has advanced and diversifi ed dramatically over the past decade and focuses on sculptural and installation Machiko Agano (b. 1953), Untitled, 2011. works. The remarkable pieces are made of materials ranging from ethereal Five pieces, inkjet-printed mirror sheet. silk gauze through banana-bark and handmade paper to fi ne steel thread, eXhibition scheDule: synthetics, and glass fi ber, using methods that are sometimes deeply tra- Tama Art University Museum ditional, but sometimes employ the latest weaving and dyeing technology. June 2011 Japan Society Gallery JoE EARLE is vice-President and Director, Japan Society Gallery. HIRoko WATANABE is Professor Emerita of Tama Art University and President of International 09/16/11–12/18/11 Textile Network Japan. Distributed for Japan Society

October Art/Decorative Arts PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-17576-9 $35.00 1 1 126 pp. 9 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄2 50 color illus. World

New Formations Czech Avant-Garde Art and Modern Glass from the Roy and Mary Cullen Collection karel Srp and Lenka Bydžovská With Jan Mergl and Alison de Lima Greene Houston collectors Mary and Roy Cullen visited Czechoslovakia just after the velvet Revolution in 1989 and became captivated by Czech art. They began collecting 20th-century modernist and avant-garde works in a variety of media, including paintings, photography, collages, drawings, artists’ books, and glass. This generously illustrated catalogue is the fi rst to detail their extensive collection. An interview with the Cullens traces the evolution of their collection, and noted Czech scholars karel Srp and Lenka Bydžovská delve into their in- depth holdings of landmark journals and artists’ books, which include works eXhibition scheDule: by prominent artists such as Toyen, Josef Šíma, karel Teige, and Jindrich The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston Štyrský. The publication presents original texts by artists and writers of the 11/13/11–02/05/12 period, many of which have been translated into English for the fi rst time. Another focus of the book is the tradition of Czech glass art and its technical Distributed for the Museum of Fine Arts, and artistic innovations, described in detail by glass expert Jan Mergl. New Houston Formations brings these various facets of Czech artistic output together to demonstrate the rich contributions of Czech artists in the 20th century.

kAREL SRP is a curator at the City Gallery Prague. LENkA ByDŽovSkÁ is a researcher at the Institute of Art History of the Czech Academy of Sciences, Prague.

November Decorative Arts/Design Cloth 978-0-300-16996-6 $75.00 5 320 pp. 9 ⁄8 x 12 364 color illus. World

144 Art and Architecture—General Interest Imprinting the Divine Byzantine and Russian Icons from The Menil Collection Annemarie Weyl Carr, Bertrand Davezac, and Clare Elliott The Menil houses one of the most important collections of Byzantine and Russian icons in the United States—a collection that spans over one thousand years, from the 7th to the 18th century. Understanding the power of this art form, seldom recognized outside of Russia and Greece, Dominique de Menil assembled the collection in the 1980s. Imprinting the Divine presents sixty of these exquisite works in full color, many of which have never been published, accompanied by essays that explore the history and artistry of these precious images. Christian orthodoxy developed in the Near East during the Byzantine Empire and eventually spread to the surrounding regions of Greece, Russia, eXhibition scheDule: Serbia, and Bulgaria. Along with the practices of the faith came the tradi- The Menil Collection tion of icons, which varied stylistically by region. Most often painted on 10/21/11–03/04/12 wooden panels, these icons are more than just depictions of holy people; they are, in effect, holy images that transcend time and place. These works Distributed for the Menil Collection had to be recognizable and true to their subjects, but they also blended familiar elements to generate new messages.

ANNEMARIE WEyL CARR is a university distinguished professor emerita of art history at Southern Methodist University. BERTRAND DAvEzAC is a scholar of early medieval art and a former curator at The Menil Collection. CLARE ELLIoTT is assistant curator at The Menil Collection. November Art Cloth 978-0-300-16968-3 $50.00 3 160 pp. 8 ⁄4 x 11 85 color illus. World

A Modern World American Design from the yale University Art Gallery, 1920–1950 John Stuart Gordon With an introduction by Sandy Isenstadt and contributions by keely orgeman, Emily M. orr, Pan Wendt, Justin Woo, and Diane C. Wright The yale University Art Gallery is home to an amazing collection of American decorative arts. A Modern World provides a comprehensive look at the Gallery’s holdings of modernist design made in America or for the Kem Weber, designer, LC-52-A Lounge American market. The catalogue features a mix of high-style decorative Chair, 1935. Chromium-plated steel, birch 1 1 arts, industrial design, and everyday objects, including furniture by Paul T. plywood, and velour, 29 ⁄2 x 25 x 39 ⁄2 in. (74.9 x 63.5 x 100.3 cm). Yale University Frankl, handwrought sterling silver, Ruth Reeves textiles, mass-produced Art Gallery. Purchased with the Friends Revere housewares, and costume jewelry. The authors consider modern- of American Arts Acquisition and John P. ism broadly, establishing a context for the objects within larger international Axelrod, B.A. 1968, Funds, 2007.40.1 developments in painting, sculpture, decorative arts, and architecture. Published in association with the Yale Entries are arranged in a series of chronological, thematic groups, offer- University Art Gallery ing new and compelling juxtapositions. Each group is introduced by an essay that presents the social, ideological, and aesthetic themes that unify the objects.

JoHN STUART GoRDoN is Benjamin Attmore Hewitt Assistant Curator of American Decorative Arts at the yale University Art Gallery.

December Art/Design/Decorative Arts Cloth 978-0-300-15301-9 $75.00 432 pp. 9 x 12 329 color + 19 b/w illus. World

Art and Architecture—General Interest 145 Sherrie Levine: MAyHEM Johanna Burton With contributions by Thomas Crow, David Joselit, Maria H. Loh, Howard Singerman, Carrie Springer, Elisabeth Sussman, and Adam D. Weinberg

This wonderful and much-anticipated survey presents an overview of Levine’s photographs, works on paper, paintings, and sculptures from the 1970s to the present

Although the American artist and conceptual photographer Sherrie Levine (b. 1947) has been the subject of much critical discourse for the past thirty years, she has not been the subject of a comprehensive survey–until now. This handsome volume, created in close collaboration with the artist, contains 100 color images that cover the full range of Levine’s practice, from classic photographic works and sculptures to lesser-known drawings, paintings, and objects. A selection of writings by the artist and several essays by distinguished art historians augment the artworks.

While much of Levine’s art has a historical basis— Sherrie Levine, La Fortune (After Man Ray), 1990. drawing on existing imagery from both high and low Felt, mahogany, and resin. 33 x 110 x 60 in. culture—her early and continued engagement with dig- (83.8 x 279.4 x 152.4 cm) overall. © Sherrie Levine ital technology places her fi rmly within a contemporary eXhibition scheDule: context, in which the borrowing, reframing, and repro- Whitney Museum of American Art duction of imagery have become second nature. This 11/10/11– m i d - F e b r u a r y 2 012 book acknowledges the central role Levine has played Distributed for the Whitney Museum of in the history of appropriation, and also draws attention American Art to her practice of using repetition, serial images, and the pairing of objects, thereby highlighting conceptual threads that run through her work. Above all, however, the publication focuses on the materiality of Levine’s art, emphasizing its powerfully seductive nature.

JoHANNA BURToN is director of the graduate program, Center for Curatorial Studies, Bard College.

December Art Cloth over Board 978-0-300-17596-7 $60.00 3 3 272 pp. 9 ⁄8 x 11 ⁄4 150 color illus. World

146 Art and Architecture—General Interest WHITNEY MUSEUM OF AMERICAN ART The Radical Camera New york’s Photo League, 1936–1951 Mason klein and Catherine Evans

An in-depth look at the infl uential Photo League, whose blend of aesthetics and social activism advanced modern photography

Artists in the Photo League, active from 1936 to 1951, were known for capturing sharply revealing, compelling moments from everyday life. Their focus centered on New york City and its vibrant streets—a newsboy at work, a brass band on a bustling corner, a crowded beach at Coney Island. Though beautiful, the images harbor strong social commentary on issues of class, child labor, and opportunity. The Radical Camera explores the fascinating blend of aesthetics and social activism at the heart of the Photo League, tracing the group’s left- leaning roots and idealism to the worker-photography movement in Europe. Infl uenced by mentors Lewis Hine, Berenice Abbott, and Paul Strand, artists in the Photo League worked within a unique complex com- eXhibition scheDule: prising a school, a darkroom, a gallery, and a salon, in The Jewish Museum which photography was discussed as both a means for 11/ 0 6/11– 0 3/2 5/12 social change and an art form. The infl uence of the Columbus Museum of Art Photo League artists on modern photography was enor- 04/20/12– 08/26/12 mous, ushering in the New york School. Contemporary Jewish Museum 10/11/12– 01/21/13 Presenting 150 works of the members of the Photo Norton Museum of Art, Palm Beach League alongside complementary essays that offer 01/12/13–04/14/13 new interpretations of the League’s work, ideas, and Published in association with The Jewish pedagogy, this beautifully illustrated book features art- Museum, New York ists including Margaret Bourke-White, Sid Grossman, Morris Engel, Lisette Model, Ruth orkin, Walter Rosenblum, Aaron Siskind, W. Eugene Smith, and Weegee, among many others.

MASoN kLEIN is curator at The Jewish Museum, New york. He is the author of Modigliani: Beyond the Myth and Alias Man Ray. CATHERINE EvANS is the William and Sarah Ross Soter Curator of Photography at the Columbus Museum of Art. December Photography Cloth 978-0-300-14687-5 $50.00 3 224 pp. 9 ⁄8 x 11 150 duotone + 76 b/w illus. World

THE JEWISH MUSEUM Art and Architecture—General Interest 147 The Age of American Impressionism Edited by Judith A. Barter With contributions by Judith A. Barter, Sarah E. kelly, Denise Mahoney, and Ellen E. Roberts Although renowned for its holdings of works by French Impressionists, the Art Institute of Chicago also houses a wealth of superb examples by American proponents of this distinctive style. The collection includes works by such notable artists as Cecilia Beaux, George Bellows, Mary Cassatt, William Merritt Chase, Childe Hassam, Winslow Homer, George Inness, Maurice Prendergast, John Singer Sargent, John Twachtman, and James McNeill Whistler, as well as by lesser-known artists who worked within the Impressionist vein. This beautiful volume features around ninety objects—paintings, watercolors, pastels, and prints—several of which have never been published, and others that have recently been restored to their original glory. In addition to Distributed for the Art Institute of tracing the development of Impressionism in America, this engaging book Chicago also tells the story of Sara Tyson Hallowell, a collector and art agent whose efforts to promote Impressionism through exhibitions in Chicago in the 1880s helped establish the emergent style in the United States.

JUDITH A. BARTER is chair and Field-McCormick Curator of American Art; SARAH E. kELLy is the Henry and Gilda Buchbinder Family Associate Curator of American Art; DENISE MAHoNEy is collection manager and research assistant in the Department of American Art; and ELLEN E. RoBERTS is associate curator of American art, all at the Art Institute of Chicago.

December Art Cloth 978-0-300-17574-5 $50.00 1 160 pp. 9 ⁄2 x 12 110 color illus. World

Light years Conceptual Art and the Photograph, 1964–1977 Edited by Matthew S. Witkovsky Essays by Mark Godfrey, Robin kelsey, Anne Rorimer, Giuliano Sergio, Joshua Shannon, and Matthew S. Witkovsky Photography played a critical role in conceptual art of the 1960s and 1970s, as artists turned to photography as both medium and subject matter. Light Years offers the fi rst major survey of the key artists of this period who used photography to new and inventive ends. Whereas some employed photographic images to create slide projections, photographic canvases, and artists’ books, others integrated them into sculptural assemblages and multimedia installations. This book highlights the work of acclaimed international artists such as vito Acconci, John Baldessari, Mel Bochner, Sol LeWitt, Bruce Nauman, Giuseppe Penone, and Ed Ruscha. Matthew Witkovsky’s essay provides the larger context for photography Dan Graham (American, born 1942), Binocular Zoom (Parallax or Distance within conceptual art, a theme that is further elaborated in texts by Mark between the Eyes), 1969–70. Godfrey, Anne Rorimer, and Joshua Shannon. An essay by Robin kelsey Gelatin silver print and text on focuses on the pioneering work of John Baldessari in which he explored the board, 57.5 x 101.8 x 2.5 (frame), element of chance, and an essay by Giuliano Sergio illuminates the lesser- Private collection. known work of Arte Povera, an Italian movement that sought to dismantle established conventions in both the making and presentation of art. eXhibition scheDule: The Art Institute of Chicago MATTHEW S. WITkovSky is chair and curator of photography at The Art Institute 12/11/11–03/11/12 of Chicago. Distributed for the Art Institute of January Art/Photography Chicago Cloth 978-0-300-15971-4 $60.00 1 288 pp. 9 ⁄2 x 12 75 color + 125 b/w illus. World

148 Art and Architecture—General Interest American vanguards Graham, Davis, Gorky, de kooning, and Their Circle, 1927–1942 William C. Agee, Irving Sandler, and karen Wilkin

A new examination of the art and infl uence of artist John Graham and his circle, whose works and ideas contributed to the advancement of American modernism in the interwar period

The enigmatic and charismatic John Graham (1886– 1961) was an important infl uence on his fellow New york artists in the 1920s through 1940s. Graham and his circle, which included Stuart Davis, Arshile Gorky, and Willem de kooning, helped redefi ne ideas of what painting and sculpture could be. They, along with others in Graham’s orbit, such as Jackson Pollock and David Smith, played a critical role in developing and defi ning American modernism. American Vanguards showcases about eighty-seven works of art from this vital period that demonstrate the interconnections, common sources, and shared stimuli among the mem- eXhibition scheDule: bers of Graham’s circle. Neuberger Museum of Art 01/29/12– 04/28/12 Three essays by notable scholars investigate the Amon Carter Museum complex relationships among Graham and his New 06/09/12–08/19/12 Addison Gallery of American Art york artist-colleagues during this formative period. 09/21/12–12/31/12 William C. Agee positions Graham and his circle San Jose Museum of Art within the movement of New Classicism, which drew 02/01/13– 06/02/13 upon classical and Renaissance examples in an attempt Published in association with the Addison to overcome the devastation of World War I. Irving Gallery of American Art Sandler focuses on the social, political, and intellectual dynamics among Davis, Gorky, Graham, and de kooning in the mid-1930s. karen Wilkin discusses the circumstances that brought these artists together, their common commitment to modernism, and the fascinating artistic cross-fertilization evident in their work. This critical reconsideration sheds new light on the New york School, Abstract Expressionism, and the vitality of American modernism between the two world wars.

WILLIAM C. AGEE is Evelyn kranes kossak Professor of Art History at Hunter College. IRvING SANDLER and kAREN WILkIN are dis- December Art tinguished independent curators, scholars, and critics. Cloth 978-0-300-12167-4 $65.00 256 pp. 9 x 11 123 color + 11 b/w illus. World

ADDISON GALLERY OF AMERICAN ART Art and Architecture—General Interest 149 Elegant Perfection Masterpieces of Courtly and Religious Art from the Tokyo National Museum Tokyo National Museum staff With contributions by Melissa McCormick As the oldest and largest museum in Japan, the Tokyo National Museum houses a vast collection of culturally important artworks. Elegant Perfection highlights twenty-six masterpieces from this esteemed collection, and together these objects tell the story of the country’s artistic development from the prehistoric Jo-mon era through the 19th century. Essays by experts at the Tokyo National Museum offer insights into how Buddhist art evolved in Japan, and how the aesthetics valued by Japanese courtly society, initially infl uenced by Chinese Tang culture, gradually became more distinctly Japanese. Melissa McCormick contributes an essay that demonstrates the connections between the realms of courtly and religious art in Japan. Seated Dainichi Nyorai. Important Cultural Property. Heian period, 11th century. The featured works include exquisite examples of painting, sculpture, Lacquered wood. Tokyo National Museum. calligraphy, metalwork, ceramics, and lacquerware. Among them are an 11th-century inscribed poetry compilation, lacquered musical instruments, eXhibition scheDule: Edo-period ceramics produced for tea ceremonies, and Buddhist sculpture, The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston painting, and ritual objects. This publication offers a rare opportunity to 02/17/12–05/06/12 discover the history and signifi cance of these treasured works of art. Distributed for the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston MELISSA McCoRMICk is professor of Japanese art and culture at Harvard University.

January Art Hardcover with Slipcase 978-0-300-17593-6 $45.00 1 1 144 pp. 7 ⁄8 x 9 ⁄2 35 color illus. World

Recently published in paper Matisse Radical Invention, 1913–1917 Stephanie D’Alessandro and John Elderfi eld The works that Henri Matisse (1869–1954) executed between late 1913 and 1917 are among his most demanding, experimental, and enigmatic. often sharply composed, heavily reworked, and dominated by the colors black and gray, these compositions are rigorously abstracted and purged of nearly all descriptive detail. This handsome book represents the fi rst sustained examination of Matisse’s output from this important period, revealing fascinating information about his working method, experimental techniques, and compositional choices uncovered through extensive new historical, technical, and scientifi c research. It features in-depth studies of individual works such as Bathers by a River and The Moroccans, which Published in association with the Art Matisse himself counted as among the most pivotal of his career, and facili- Institute of Chicago tates a greater understanding of the artist’s innovative process and radical stylistic evolution.

STEPHANIE D’ALESSANDRo is the Gary C. and Frances Comer Curator of Modern Art at the Art Institute of Chicago. JoHN ELDERFIELD is the Chief Curator Emeritus of Painting and Sculpture at the Museum of Modern Art.

May Art Paper 978-0-300-17724-4 $50.00 Cloth 978-0-300-15527-3 S ’10 $65.00 3 3 368 pp. 9 ⁄4 x 12 ⁄4 515 color + 138 b/w illus. World

150 Art and Architecture—General Interest Recently published Eye to Eye European Portraits, 1450–1850 Richard Rand and kathleen M. Morris With an essay by David Ekserdjian Portraiture is an enduring genre that has captivated artists and viewers for hundreds of years. From the late 15th through the early 19th century, artists continued to fi nd new ways of approaching the portrait by exploring a range of styles, strategies, and themes. In this beautiful book, noted scholars discuss these various approaches and explain how they apply to specifi c examples, focusing on thirty superb portraits drawn from a distinguished private collection. Although many of these portraits are by renowned artists such as Lucas Cranach the Elder, Jacques-Louis David, Jean-Baptiste Greuze, Hans Distributed for the Sterling and Francine Memling, and Anthony van Dyck, others testify to the talents of lesser- Clark Art Institute known artists who are equally deserving of attention. Moreover, several of the featured paintings are previously unpublished, including works by Giovanni Battista Moroni, Parmigianino, Jusepe de Ribera, and Peter Paul Rubens.

RICHARD RAND is the Robert and Martha Berman Lipp Senior Curator, and kATHLEEN M. MoRRIS is the Sylvia and Leonard Marx Director of Collections and Exhibitions at the Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute.

February Art Cloth 978-0-300-17564-6 $60.00 sc 1 160 pp. 9 ⁄2 x 11 78 color illus. World

Empire to Nation Art, History and the visualization of Maritime Britain, 1768–1829 Geoff Quilley Empire to Nation offers a new consideration of the image of the sea in British visual culture during a critical period for both the rise of the visual arts in Britain and the expansion of the nation’s imperial power. It argues that maritime imagery was central to cultivating a sense of nationhood in relation to rapidly expanding geographical knowledge and burgeoning imperial ambition. At the same time, the growth of the maritime empire presented new opportunities for artistic enterprise. Taking as its starting point the year 1768, which marks the foundation of the Royal Academy and the launch of Captain Cook’s fi rst circumnavigation, it asserts that this was not just an interesting coincidence but symptomatic Published for the Paul Mellon Centre of the relationship between art and empire. This relationship was offi - for Studies in British Art cially sanctioned in the establishment of the Naval Gallery at Greenwich Hospital and the installation there of J. M. W. Turner’s great Battle of Trafalgar in 1829, the year that closes this study. Between these two poles, the book traces a changing historical discourse that informed visual representation of maritime subjects

GEoFF QUILLEy is senior lecturer in art history at the University of Sussex. He was formerly curator of fi ne art at the National Maritime Museum, Greenwich, London.

August Art Cloth 978-0-300-17568-4 $80.00 sc 1 304 pp. 7 ⁄2 x 10 40 color + 100 b/w illus. World

Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles 151 vauxhall Gardens A History David E. Coke and Alan Borg From their early beginnings in the Restoration until the fi nal closure in Queen victoria’s reign, vauxhall Gardens developed from a rural tavern and place of assignation into a dream-world fi lled with visual arts and music, and fi nally into a commercial site of mass entertainment. By the 18th century, vauxhall was crucial to the cultural and fashionable life of the country, patronized by all levels of society, from royal dukes to penurious servants. In the fi rst book on the subject for over fi fty years, Alan Borg and David E. Coke reveal the teeming life, the spectacular art and the ever-present music of vauxhall in fascinating detail. Borg and Coke’s historical exposition of the entire history of the gardens makes a major contribution to the study of London entertainments, art, music, sculpture, class and ideology. It reveals how vauxhall linked high and popular culture in ways that look Published for the Paul Mellon Centre forward to the manner in which both art and entertainment have evolved for Studies in British Art in modern times.

DAvID E. CokE was formerly the Curator of Gainsborough’s House Trust, Sudbury, Suffolk, and Director of Pallant House Gallery Trust, Chichester. ALAN BoRG is a former Director of two of Britain’s national museums, the victoria and Albert Museum and the Imperial War Museum. He lives in London.

August History/Art Cloth 978-0-300-17382-6 $95.00 sc 400 pp. 9 x 11 80 color + 200 b/w illus. World

Forests, Rocks, Torrents Norwegian and Swiss Landscape Paintings Christopher Riopelle With contributions by Sarah Herring Forests, Rocks, Torrents brings together an array of Norway and Switzerland’s most talented 19th-century artists, who shared an interest in capturing their native dramatic alpine landscapes. This richly illustrated book also examines the differences that climate, character, and political regimes have imposed on artistic practices. Distinct social and political situations in Norway and Switzerland yielded fundamental differences in the two countries’ painting traditions. As Norway endured a long struggle for freedom, Switzerland remained proudly independent. While Norway was poor, isolated, and dependent eXhibition scheDule: for survival on its natural resources, the Swiss enjoyed prosperity, a cos- The National Gallery, London mopolitan society, and prestige as an early center of industry. The authors 06/22/11–09/18/11 examine how this was manifested in the landscape paintings of such promi- Published by National Gallery nent artists as Johan Christian Dahl, Thomas Fearnley, Peder Balke, and Company/Distributed by Yale Alexandra Calame. The book also supplies a helpful chronology and brief University Press artist biographies.

CHRISToPHER RIoPELLE is curator of post-1800 Paintings, National Gallery, London. SARAH HERRING is Isaiah Berlin Assistant Curator of Post-1800 Painting, National Gallery, London.

August Art Paper 978-1-85709-523-4 $18.00 sc 1 1 96 pp. 8 ⁄4 x 8 ⁄4 100 color illus. World

152 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles Frans Hals Style and Substance Walter Liedtke Portraits and genre scenes by the great Dutch painter Frans Hals (1582/83– 1666) are celebrated for their immediacy and dazzling brushwork. His dramatic compositions and bold technique brought his subjects to life in an unprecedented way. This book focuses upon eleven major works by Hals from the Metropolitan Museum’s collection, supplemented by two Hals paintings from private collections and a selection of other Dutch paintings and prints. The pictures included here span forty years of Hals’s career, from the early Merrymakers at Shrovetide of about 1616 to engaging portraits he painted in Haarlem during his later years. The author discusses the formation of Hals’s style, emphasizing his stay in Antwerp in 1616 and his knowledge of Flemish masters and of contemporary critical thinking. For the fi rst time, Frans Hals (1582/83–1666), Merrymakers Hals’s work is considered in the context of broader European trends, in at Shrovetide, ca. 1616–17. Oil on canvas. Bequest of Benjamin Altman, particular the Early Baroque movement that fl ourished in Antwerp during 1913, 14.40.605 the 1600s. eXhibition scheDule: WALTER LIEDTkE is curator of European paintings at The Metropolitan Museum The Metropolitan Museum of Art of Art. He is the author of Vermeer and the Delft School as well as many other books on 07/26/11–10/10/11 Dutch and Flemish art. Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press August Art Paper 978-0-300-16982-9 $14.95 sc 1 48 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 11 50 color illus. World

Drawings by Rembrandt, His Students, and Circle from the Maida and George Abrams Collection Peter Sutton With William W. Robinson George and Maida Abrams amassed perhaps the fi nest private collection of Dutch old Master drawings in the world. This catalogue presents a selection of these superb works, and explores the role of drawing in the creative process in Rembrandt’s studio and wider circle. The artists featured include Ferdinand Bol, Govert Flinck, Samuel van Hoogstraten, Jan Lievens, and Nicolas Maes: the key fi gures in Rembrandt’s circle, who at times were deeply infl uenced by his remarkable style and on other occasions explored different approaches. Their works range from fi gure studies to landscapes, from narrative and biblical scenes eXhibition scheDule: to lively genre scenes. At the heart of the catalogue are ten exceptional Bruce Museum, Greenwich, CT drawings by Rembrandt, including two highly fi nished landscape drawings 09/24/11–01/08/12 and a variety of fi gure studies. The accompanying text is written by two leading scholars of Dutch art, both of whom have worked closely with the Published in association with the Bruce Abrams collection. Museum, Greenwich, CT

PETER C. SUTToN is Executive Director of the Bruce Museum, Greenwich, CT. WILLIAM W. RoBINSoN is Maida and George Abrams Curator of Drawings at the Fogg Art Museum, Harvard University.

September Art Cloth 978-0-300-17606-3 $65.00 sc 208 pp. 9 x 12 175 color illus. World

Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles 153 Art for the Nation The Eastlakes and the victorian Art World Susanna Avery-Quash and Julie Sheldon As prominent members of the victorian cultural and artistic world, Sir Charles and Lady Elizabeth Eastlake, along with their nephew Charles Locke Eastlake, enjoyed the friendship and support of infl uential fi gures including Prince Albert, Sir Thomas Lawrence, J. M. W. Turner, and Sir Robert Peel. This fascinating original biography brings the unique personality of each of the Eastlakes into sharp focus while also exploring their important contributions during the early days of the National Gallery. Charles Eastlake, an artist and connoisseur, was chosen to be not only the President of the Royal Academy from 1850, but also the National Gallery’s fi rst Director in 1855. With his capable wife, a literary critic and art historian in her own right, he traveled throughout Europe acquiring signifi cant paintings for the Gallery and implementing important changes to their dis- eXhibition scheDule: play and description. Nephew Charles, an architect and popularizer of the National Gallery, London Arts and Crafts style, was keeper at the National Gallery from 1878 to 1898. 07/27/11–10/30/11 Art for the Nation tells the remarkable story of the Eastlake family’s devotion Published by National Gallery to art and to the National Gallery during its crucial formative years. Company/Distributed by Yale University Press SUSANNA AvERy-QUASH is Research Curator in the History of Collecting at the National Gallery, London. JULIE SHELDoN is Reader in Art History at Liverpool John Moores University.

September Art/Biography Cloth 978-1-85709-507-4 $45.00 sc 304 pp. 6 x 9 28 color + 14 b/w illus. World

The New Painting of the 1860s Between the Pre-Raphaelites and the Aesthetic Movement Allen Staley This handsome volume is the fi rst authoritative survey of one of the most intriguing periods of British art—the radically innovative decade of the 1860s. The book explores new developments in English painting of this period, focusing on the early work of Edward Burne-Jones, Frederic Leighton, Albert Moore, Edward Poynter, Simeon Solomon, and James McNeill Whistler, as well as on paintings by Frederick Sandys and the older G. F. Watts, and by Dante Gabriel Rossetti and his Pre-Raphaelite colleagues Holman Hunt and John Everett Millais. Allen Staley argues that engagement in the decorative arts, particularly by Burne-Jones, Moore, and Poynter at the outset of their careers, led to Published for the Paul Mellon Centre a transcending of traditional expectations of painting, making abstract for Studies in British Art formal qualities, or beauty for beauty’s sake, the main goal. Rather than being about what it depicts, the painting itself becomes its own subject. The New Painting of the 1860s examines the interplay among the artists and the shared ambitions underlying their works, giving impetus to what would soon come to be known as the Aesthetic Movement.

ALLEN STALEy is professor emeritus of art history, Columbia University.

September Art Cloth 978-0-300-17567-7 $85.00 sc 1 1 400 pp. 9 ⁄2 x 11 ⁄4 200 color + 150 b/w illus. World

154 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles Building After Auschwitz Jewish Architecture and the Memory of the Holocaust Gavriel D. Rosenfeld Since the end of World War II, Jewish architects have risen to unprecedented international prominence. Whether as modernists, postmodernists, or deconstructivists, architects such as Peter Eisenman, Frank Gehry, Louis I. kahn, Daniel Libeskind, Richard Meier, Moshe Safdie, Robert A.M. Stern, and Stanley Tigerman have made pivotal contributions to postwar architecture. They have also decisively shaped Jewish architectural history, as many of their designs are infl uenced by Jewish themes, ideas, and imagery. Building After Auschwitz is the fi rst major study to examine the origins of this “new Jewish architecture.” Historian Gavriel D. Rosenfeld describes this cultural development as the result of important shifts in Jewish memory and identity since the “The fi rst and only attempt I know Holocaust, and cites the rise of postmodernism, multiculturalism, and to explore both the idea of Jewish Holocaust consciousness as a catalyst. In showing how Jewish architects architecture and its contemporary responded to the Nazi genocide in their work, Rosenfeld’s study sheds new practice, informed by questions light on the evolution of Holocaust memory. of Holocaust memory, Jewish identity, and the various schools GAvRIEL D. RoSENFELD is associate professor of history at Fairfi eld University. and movements of post-World His books include Munich and Memory: Architecture, Monuments, and the Legacy of the Third Reich and The World Hitler Never Made: Alternate History and the Memory War II architecture. . . . It makes of Nazism. a huge contribution to the fi elds of Jewish cultural studies and architectural history.”—James E. young, author of At Memory’s Edge: October Architecture/Jewish Studies Cloth 978-0-300-16914-0 $50.00 sc After-images of the Holocaust in 1 440 pp. 7 ⁄2 x 10 25 color + 150 b/w illus. World Contemporary Art and Architecture

Aalto and America Edited by Stanford Anderson, Gail Fenske, and David Fixler The internationally renowned Finnish architect and designer Alvar Aalto (1898–1976) created several landmarks of modern design in the United States. The fi rst, the Finland Pavilion at the New york World’s Fair in 1939, introduced his pioneering style to the country and established his reputation among his American peers. Subsequent designs produced in the United States marked major turning points in his evolving position as an architect. His commissioned project for the Massachusetts Institute of Technology’s Baker House dormitory (completed 1949) features an undu- lating facade of red brick, a material that references the building’s Boston surroundings. Aalto’s fan-shaped plan for the Mount Angel Abbey Library (completed 1970) in St. Benedict, oregon, his consummate exploration of the library type, capitalizes on the local terrain and the use of natural light. STANFoRD ANDERSoN is professor and Aalto’s designs had a lasting impact on American modernism, but his experi- former head of the Department of Architecture ences in America also profoundly infl uenced his own stylistic development. at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. GAIL FENSkE is professor of architecture at Aalto and America is a detailed survey of this benefi cial relationship, with Roger Williams University. DAvID FIXLER contributions by fi fteen international experts who explore these key designs is an architect with EyP in Boston. in relation to larger themes in international politics, architectural culture, housing research, and modern criticism and design.

October Architecture/Design Cloth 978-0-300-17600-1 $75.00 sc 1 320 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 10 150 color + 100 b/w illus. World

Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles 155 Inigo Jones The Architect of kings vaughan Hart Inigo Jones (1573–1652) is widely acknowledged to have been England’s most important architect. As court designer to the Stuart kings James I and Charles I, he is credited with introducing the classical language of architecture to the country. He famously traveled to Italy and studied fi rsthand the buildings of the Italian masters, particularly admiring those by Andrea Palladio. Much less well-known is the profound infl uence of native British arts and crafts on Jones’s architecture. Likewise, his hostility to the more opulent forms of Italian architecture he saw on his travels has largely gone unnoted. This book examines both of these overlooked issues. vaughan Hart identifi es well-established links between the classical column and the crown prior to Jones, in early Stuart masques, processions, heraldry, paintings, Published for the Paul Mellon Centre and poems. He goes on to discuss Jones’s preference for a “masculine and for Studies in British Art unaffected” architecture, demonstrating that this plain style was consistent with the Puritan artistic sensitivities of Stuart England. For the fi rst time, the work of Inigo Jones is understood in its national religious and political context.

vAUGHAN HART is professor of architecture in the Department of Architecture and Civil Engineering, Bath University.

September Architecture Cloth 978-0-300-14149-8 $70.00 sc 1 336 pp. 7 ⁄2 x 10 100 color + 130 b/w illus. World

Earthly visions Theology and the Challenges of Art T. J. Gorringe This stimulating book argues that great art can function as a “secular par- able”—that is, like the parables of Jesus, art can lead viewers to refl ect on the reality and presence of God in the world. T. J. Gorringe examines represen- tative secular paintings of the most signifi cant types (mythological themes, genre painting, portraiture, landscape, still life, abstract art), showing how each type can point toward God, whether by envisaging an alternative future, creating aesthetic delight, or teaching us to see things differently. His provocative study challenges the notion that art since the 15th century has become increasingly secularized. Gorringe gives careful consideration to each work’s historical background and artistic context, as well as to art historical and critical appraisals. With an ecumenical approach, he then provides an insightful argument for how each piece can be read theologically. Although readers may sometimes dis- agree with his theological stance or his interpretation of specifi c works, his engaging commentary provokes refl ection and challenges deeper question- ing and awareness.

T. J. GoRRINGE is St. Luke’s Professor of Theological Studies at the University of Exeter.

October Religion/Art Cloth 978-0-300-16280-6 $45.00 sc 3 1 264 pp. 6 ⁄4 x 9 ⁄2 44 color + 27 b/w illus. World

156 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles Expressions of Innocence and Eloquence Selections from the Jane katcher Collection of Americana, volume II Edited by Jane katcher, David A. Schorsch, and Ruth Wolfe This handsome book, the second volume of selections from the Jane katcher Collection, presents a superlative group of American folk and decorative arts created primarily in New England, New york, and Pennsylvania in the 18th and 19th centuries. It contains more than one hundred recent acquisitions, including a masterpiece of American basketry woven in Nevada by the renowned Louise keyser (also known as Dat So La Lee) in 1913. Familiar categories of Americana—portraits, quilts, weathervanes, boxes, Also AvAilAble: trade signs, miniature portraits, schoolgirl art, furniture, and Shaker Expressions of Innocence and Eloquence objects—are joined here by new directions in collecting, represented by Selections from the Jane Katcher Collection objects such as love tokens, friendship albums, and rewards of merit. Noted of Americana, Volume I scholars discuss the historical, economic, and social context in which the Cloth 978-0-300-11965-7 $75.00sc objects were created, as well as their aesthetic qualities and their makers’ craft methods. Lavishly illustrated with 470 color illustrations, this book, like its companion volume, is essential for anyone interested in American folk art, Shaker craft, early American furniture, and Native American artistry.

JANE kATCHER is a retired pediatric radiologist and distinguished arts patron. DAvID A. SCHoRSCH is a specialist in fi ne American antiques and folk art. RUTH WoLFE is an editor and writer in the fi eld of American folk art.

October Art/Decorative Arts Cloth 978-0-300-17580-6 $75.00 sc 1 432 pp. 10 ⁄2 x 11 470 color illus. World

And Diverse Are Their Hues Color in Islamic Art and Culture Edited by Jonathan M. Bloom and Sheila S. Blair The koran uses the phrase “and diverse are their hues” to describe the glorious chromatic variety of God’s creation. Color has always been an important signifi er in Islamic art, and its uses have encompassed the practical as well as the mystical and poetic. This comprehensive volume is the fi rst to analyze the use of color in Islamic art and architecture from a range of artistic and cultural perspectives. A prestigious team of international scholars discusses the applications and implications of color in Islamic cultures from medieval to modern times and from Central Asia to Spain and beyond. They look at art, architecture, literature, philosophy, mysticism, optics, and conservation studies. Amply and vividly illustrated, And Diverse Are Their Hues is also a remarkable visual resource for Islamic carpets, ceramic tiles, manuscripts, gardens, ◆◆ the bienniAl hAMAD bin khAliFA and buildings. syMPosiuM on islAMic Art Published in association with The Qatar JoNATHAN M. BLooM and SHEILA S. BLAIR share the Hamad bin khalifa Endowed Chair of Islamic Art at virginia Commonwealth University and the Norma Foundation, Virginia Commonwealth Jean Calderwood University Professorship in Islamic and Asian Art at Boston College. University, and Virginia Commonwealth University School of the Arts in Qatar

Also by JonAthAn M. blooM AnD sheilA s. blAir: The Art and Architecture of Islam, 1250–1800 October Art Paper 978-0-300-06465-0 $40.00tx Cloth 978-0-300-17572-1 $85.00 sc 1 408 pp. 9 x 11 ⁄2 265 color + 5 b/w illus. World

Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles 157 Alighiero e Boetti Mark Godfrey Alighiero e Boetti (1940–1994) has emerged as one of the most signifi cant fi gures of postwar European art whose practice is having an unfolding impact on younger artists. His powerful infl uence can be attributed to the material diversity of his work, its conceptual ingenuity, and his political sensibility. His work, though usually associated with the Italian Arte Povera group and Conceptual Art, has never quite fi t into these contexts. Boetti ceased making Arte Povera–type objects in 1969 after a few years of association with the group, and his later choice of materials (embroidery, calligraphy, mosaic, kilims) put a gulf between his work and that of most artists of the 1970s and 1980s. Boetti had an idiosyncratic style of working, and he often collaborated with or commissioned others to execute his ideas, including his celebrated maps of the world, colorfully embroidered by women in Afghanistan and Pakistan. He tended to create several divergent bodies of work at once in series that he continued throughout his life. Alighiero e Boetti is the fi rst monograph covering the whole career of this crucial artist to be published in English. Rather than present a linear account of the artist’s creative practice, the book contains linked chapters that expound on the key subjects of Boetti’s art and position this work in relation to that of his European and American contemporaries.

MARk GoDFREy is a curator at Tate Modern in London and a former lecturer at the Slade School of Art, University College London. October Art Cloth 978-0-300-14875-6 $60.00 sc 1 288 pp. 7 ⁄2 x 10 70 color + 120 b/w illus. World

The American Christmas Card kenneth L. Ames The power of Christmas derives from the appeal of its repeated rituals, the presumed antiquity of its traditions, and its ability to adapt to changing cultural conditions. Christmas cards seemed inevitable and ubiquitous, but in recent years the genre has been visibly in decline. It is now evident that the Christmas card was a culturally specifi c artifact, a distinctive way in which a fundamental human gesture could be expressed within a commercial, materialistic, and rapidly changing society. This stylish book explores the imagery, graphic forms, subject matter, and signifi cance of Christmas cards in their chronological timeframe to reveal an important area of American material culture. There is much to surprise and delight.

kENNETH L. AMES is professor of American decorative arts at the Bard Graduate eXhibition scheDule: Center. He is the author of Beyond Necessity: Art in the Folk Tradition and Death in the Bard Graduate Center Dining Room and Other Tales of Victorian Culture, and editor of Victorian Furniture. 09/28/11–12/30/11 Distributed for the Bard Graduate Center

October Art Paper 978-0-300-17687-2 $40.00 sc 3 320 pp. 7 x 8 ⁄4 250 color illus. World

158 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles A Time and a Place “Near Sydenham Hill” by Camille Pissarro kathleen Adler Camille Pissarro (1830–1903) is best known as one of the founders of the Impressionist movement. Although he received his artistic training in Paris, a seven-month stay in London, beginning in December of 1870, had a lasting impact on his artistic development. Fleeing Paris during the upheavals of the Franco-Prussian War, Pissarro settled in the South London suburb of Norwood. From there, he explored his new environs, reveling in the city’s galleries and museums, where he admired the works of John Constable and J. M. W. Turner. Pissarro produced a number of paintings inspired by his surroundings, including Near Sydenham Hill, which depicts a view of Norwood bordered by fi elds and fl anked by trees. The loose brushstrokes and atmospheric effects of this painting are early indicators of the Impressionist style that ◆ kiMbell MAsterPiece series Pissarro would pursue in the years after his return to France. kathleen Distributed for the Kimbell Art Museum Adler analyzes this pivotal work in detail and uses it as a launching point for a larger discussion of the artist’s life, circumstances, and artistic trajectory.

kATHLEEN ADLER is the former director of education at the National Gallery, London, and author of numerous publications on Impressionism.

October Art PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-17577-6 $16.95 sc 1 1 94 pp. 7 ⁄2 x 9 ⁄4 40 color + 15 b/w illus. World

Get There First, Decide Promptly The Richard Brown Baker Collection of Postwar Art Jennifer Farrell With essays by Thomas Crow, Serge Guilbaut, Jan Howard, Robert Storr, and Judith Tannenbaum Richard Brown Baker (1912–2002) began collecting works by emerging artists in the 1940s, becoming one of the fi rst collectors to embrace both Abstract Expressionism and Pop Art. He eventually amassed a collection of more than 1,600 works from the postwar period, including works by such groundbreaking American artists as Jean-Michel Basquiat, Chuck Close, Roy Lichtenstein, Robert Morris, Jackson Pollock, Robert Rauschenberg, and James Rosenquist, as well as European and Asian artists such as Alberto Burri, Jean Dubuffet, Georges Mathieu, and kurt Schwitters.

Baker bequeathed the majority of his collection to the yale University Art Franz Kline, Wanamaker Block, 1 Gallery, and the balance to the Museum of Art, Rhode Island School of 1955. Oil on canvas, 78 ⁄2 x 71 in. Design. Highlighting 130 works, this is the fi rst complete history of Baker’s (199.4 x 180.3 cm). Yale University Art important collection. Essays by renowned art historians contextualize each Gallery, New Haven, Conn., Gift of Richard Brown Baker, B.A. 1935, 1994.91.1 of the fi ve decades of Baker’s collecting efforts, while entries on individual artists illustrate the remarkable scope of Baker’s holdings. Throughout the Distributed for the Yale University Art publication, fi rsthand accounts from Baker’s extensive personal journals Gallery describe his collecting activities within the dynamic New york art scene of the day.

JENNIFER FARRELL is a former assistant curator at the yale University Art Gallery.

October Art Paper over Board 978-0-300-15302-6 $50.00 sc 261 pp. 9 x 11 185 color + 35 b/w illus. World

Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles 159 Murillo virtuoso Draftsman Jonathan Brown known primarily as a great painter, Bartolomé Esteban Murillo (1617– 1682) was also one of the best draftsmen of the 17th century. Although his devotional paintings seem to have been created effortlessly, they are the result of careful thought and study, a process that comes alive in the preparatory drawings. Murillo used a variety of techniques, favoring pen and ink and brown wash and red-and-black chalk. Like painters schooled in Italian Renaissance practice, the Spaniard developed his paintings in stages, starting with sketches of the full composition and then focusing on details that posed specifi c problems. occasionally, Murillo used drawings as a medium for original compositions; these are highly fi nished pieces, usually enhanced by the use of wash and unmistakably stamped with the artist’s personality. Published in association with Centro de This sumptuous book is a thoroughly revised edition of the 1976 pub- Estudios Europa Hispánica, Madrid

lication Murillo & His Drawings. Twenty sheets have been added to the Also by JonAthAn brown: catalogue of authentic works, the bibliography has been brought up to date, Velázquez and the entries have been revised. Painter and Courtier Paper 978-0-300-03894-1 $45.00sc JoNATHAN BRoWN has been Carroll and Milton Petrie Professor of Fine Arts at Velázquez the Institute of Fine Arts, New york University, since 1973. He is recognized as the The Technique of Genius leading scholar of 17th-century Spanish painting and is the author of numerous books Cloth 978-0-300-07293-8 $60.00sc on the subject. Painting in Spain, 1500–1700 Paper 978-0-300-06474-2 $40.00tx November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17570-7 $75.00 sc 320 pp. 9 x 11 100 color + 100 b/w illus. World

Canterbury Cathedral Priory in the Age of Becket Peter Fergusson This fascinating book recounts the extensive building program that took place at Canterbury Cathedral Priory, England, from 1153 to 1167, during the time when Thomas Becket served as Royal Chancellor and then as archbishop of Canterbury. Masterminded by Prior Wibert, the renewal included the physical expansion of the cathedral’s precinct, the construction of new buildings, and the installation of a pioneering pressurized water system. This ambitious undertaking utilized a Late Romanesque style, lavish materials, and sculpture, and drew on the optimism and creative energy of the young Angevin rulers of England, Henry II and his queen, Eleanor of Aquitaine. Canterbury Cathedral Priory in the Age of Becket reassesses the surviving Published for the Paul Mellon Centre remains and relates them to important changes in Benedictine monasti- for Studies in British Art cism concerned with hospitality, hygiene, the administration of law, liturgy, and the care of the sick. It also restores to history a neglected major patron of unusual breadth and accomplishments. Peter Fergusson sheds fresh light on the social and cultural history of the mid-12th century.

PETER FERGUSSoN is emeritus professor of art history at Wellesley College.

November Architecture Cloth 978-0-300-17569-1 $85.00 sc 1 288 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 11 50 color + 100 b/w illus. World

160 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles Schlepping Through Ambivalence Essays on an American Architectural Condition Stanley Tigerman Edited by Emmanuel Petit Chicago architect and iconoclast Stanley Tigerman has been called a “design maven who can spit venom like a snake.” Though he is at times sharply critical, his ability to cut to the core of architectural discourse has opened this insular world to a broader audience. His words and theories are appealing for their candor and are backed by his long-standing architectural practice. Since 1964 Tigerman has made an indelible mark on his hometown and on cities across the globe, with projects ranging from the Five Polytechnic Institutes in Bangladesh to the Holocaust Memorial Foundation Museum in Skokie, Illinois. This collection of essays, most previously unpublished, spans the course Published in association with the Yale of Tigerman’s career. Included are writings on the history of Chicago School of Architecture architecture, architectural theory, and commentary on contemporaries. Tigerman’s engaging words, at times humorous and humble, at times bit- ing and cantankerous, will captivate students and scholars as well as the general reader.

STANLEy TIGERMAN is an American architect, theorist, and designer and the former director of the School of Architecture at the University of Illinois at Chicago. He is the author of Versus: An American Architect’s Alternatives and The Architecture of Exile. EMMANUEL PETIT is associate professor at the yale School of Architecture.

November Architecture Cloth 978-0-300-17541-7 $45.00 sc 192 pp. 6 x 9 16 color + 39 b/w illus. World

kosta Alex Florian Rodari The Greek-American artist kosta Alex (1925–2005) initially trained in fi g- ure sculpture in Manhattan. In 1947 he moved to Paris, where he mingled with and exhibited alongside the avant-garde artists of his day. His interest in the fl attening of forms led him to create his fi rst series of decoupage- collages in about 1950. Like many other artists of the time, he was drawn to using humble, utilitarian materials such as corrugated cardboard, packag- ing, newspapers, magazines, wallpaper, timetables, lists, maps, and other scraps culled from daily urban life. He integrated these elements into his art in an often poetic and humorous manner, using screws, nuts, staples, rope, string, and glue to connect them into a cohesive whole. Alex also drew inspiration from classical sculpture, primitive art, and Islamic art, and employed repetitive themes and rhythmic arrangements in his compositions. In the late 1960s and early 1970s he produced ground- Distributed for Editions Hazan, Paris breaking collage-reliefs in expanded polystyrene, which Man Ray praised for breaking “the two-dimensional barrier.” Handsomely illustrated, Kosta Alex is the fi rst monograph on this intriguing artist.

FLoRIAN RoDARI is the former director of the Musée de l’Elysée in Lausanne (1979–83), curator of the Fondation William Cuendet & Atelier de Saint-Prex, and curator of the Fondation Jean et Suzanne Planque at the Musée Granet d’Aix-en-Provence.

November Art Paper over Board 978-0-300-17665-0 $65.00 sc 180 pp. 9 x 11 3⁄4 100 color + 30 b/w illus. World

Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles 161 knowing Nature Art and Science in Philadelphia, 1740–1840 Edited by Amy R. W. Meyers With the assistance of Lisa L. Ford Philadelphia developed the most active scientifi c community in early America, fostering an infl uential group of naturalist-artists, including William Bartram, Charles Willson Peale, Alexander Wilson, and John James Audubon, whose work has been addressed by many monographic studies. However, as the groundbreaking essays in Knowing Nature demonstrate, the examination of nature stimulated not only forms of artistic production traditionally associated with scientifi c practice of the day, but processes of making not ordinarily linked to science. The often surprisingly intimate connections between and among these creative activities and the objects they engendered are explored through the essays in this book, challenging the hierarchy that is generally assumed to have been at play in the study of nature, from the natural sciences through the fi ne and decorative arts, and, ultimately, popular and material culture. Indeed, the many ways in which the means of knowing nature were reversed—in which artistic and artisanal culture informed scientifi c interpretations of the natural world—forms a central theme of this pioneering publication.

AMy R. W. MEyERS is Director of the yale Center for British Art. LISA L. FoRD is Associate Head of Research at the yale Center for British Art.

November Art/History of Science Cloth 978-0-300-11104-0 $65.00 sc 1 424 pp. 9 ⁄2 x 12 325 color illus. World

The Looshaus Christopher Long When it was completed in 1911, the Goldman & Salatsch Building in vienna, commonly known as the Looshaus, incited controversy for its aus- terity and plainness. It represented a stark rejection of the contemporary preference for ornamentation, though its architect, Adolf Loos (1870–1933), had intended it to preserve viennese tradition within a new modernist language. The heated debate that ensued among critics and the public set the project apart, distinguishing it as one of the most important and conten- tious buildings of the early 20th century. In celebration of the Looshaus’s centennial year, Christopher Long, a leading authority on viennese architectural history, brings to light extensive new research and careful analysis that dispel long-held myths about Loos, his building, and its critical reception. The book, which features new color “Steeped in detail of every kind, this photography and a vast array of archival materials in print for the fi rst time, book conveys an exhilaratingly rich tells the remarkable story of the Looshaus’s design and construction, the tableau of the viennese world within political and social restlessness it refl ected, and the building’s fundamental which Adolf Loos operated, and role in defi ning the look of modernism. makes a very valuable contribution to the study of a building already CHRISToPHER LoNG is professor and chair of history/theory at University of widely acknowledged as among the Texas at Austin School of Architecture. He is the author of Paul T. Frankl and Modern American Design (yale). most important early 20th-century additions to the architecture of vienna, a key site in the evolution of early Modernism.”—Elizabeth Clegg, author of Art, Design, December Architecture and Architecture in Central Cloth 978-0-300-17453-3 $50.00 sc 256 pp. 6 x 9 36 color + 101 b/w illus. World Europe 1890–1920

162 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles Richard Parkes Bonington The Complete Drawings Patrick Noon By the time of Richard Parkes Bonington’s tragic death from tuberculo- sis in 1828, the 25-year-old artist, who was born in England and moved to France as a teenager, was already a seminal fi gure in the development of modernism in 19th-century French painting. This catalogue raisonné of his drawings serves as a companion to Patrick Noon’s Richard Parkes Bonington: The Complete Paintings and represents the next stage in his objective to present the artist’s complete known oeuvre. Drawing on more than 25 years of research, Noon catalogues, analyzes, and reproduces more than 400 drawings now indisputably attributed to Bonington. This is the fi rst time many of these exquisite works are appearing in print, among them drawings composed during an 1826 trip through Switzerland and northern Italy. Published for the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art PATRICk NooN is Patrick and Aimee Butler Chair of Paintings, Minneapolis Institute of Arts. He was previously Curator of Prints, Drawings and Rare Books at the yale Center for British Art.

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17045-0 $85.00 sc 3 156 pp. 9 ⁄4 x 13 400 b/w illus. World

Masterworks of Pre-Columbian, Indonesian, and African Gold The Glassell Collections of the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston Frances Marzio one of the world’s top hundred art collectors, Alfred C. Glassell, Jr. (1913– 2008), was fascinated by gold, but not for its monetary value. Glassell valued instead the spiritual signifi cance that gold held in many ancient cultures, particularly those of Africa, South America, and Indonesia. over the years, Ornament Depicting a Fanged Earth God. he acquired an astonishing number of artworks, assembling the largest pri- Chavín, Peru. 900–200 B.C. The Museum vately held collection of Pre-Columbian gold. From 1997 to 2004, Glassell of Fine Arts, Houston, gift of Alfred C. donated works of African and Indonesian gold to the Museum of Fine Arts, Glassell, Jr. Houston. Upon his death in 2008, he bequeathed his collection of Pre- Columbian gold to the museum. Distributed for the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston Masterworks of Pre-Columbian, Indonesian, and African Gold explores two hundred of these dazzling works, many published here for the fi rst time. Spanning from 2000 b.c. to A.D. 1600, these precious objects refl ect a variety of cultures, such as the Calima, Quimbaya, Sicán, Moché, and Coclé, and a range of geographic locations, from Mexico to Argentina and from Africa to Indonesia. The book offers fresh insights into the enduring appeal of gold and its artistic manifestations in diverse cultures.

FRANCES MARzIo is curator of the Glassell Collections of The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17595-0 $60.00 sc 224 pp. 9 x 12 208 color illus. World

Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles 163 European Sculpture, 1400–1900 in The Metropolitan Museum of Art Ian Wardropper This stunning volume features masterpieces of sculpture from the Renaissance through the 19th century. Well-known works by the great European sculptors—including Luca and Andrea della Robbia, Juan Martínez Montañés, Gianlorenzo Bernini, François Girardon, Jean- Antoine Houdon, Bertel Thorvaldsen, Antoine-Louis Barye, Jean-Baptiste Carpeaux, and Auguste Rodin—are joined by recent additions to the collection, notably Franz Xaver Messerschmidt’s mesmerizing psychological study of an introspective man. The ninety-two selected examples are diverse in media (marble, bronze, stucco, wood, terracotta, ivory) and size—ranging from a tiny oil lamp fantastically conceived and decorated by the Renaissance bronze sculptor Riccio to Antonio Canova’s eight-foot-high Perseus with the Head of Published by The Metropolitan Medusa, executed in the heroic Neoclassical style. Incorporating informa- Museum of Art/Distributed by Yale tion from recent conservation studies and the latest scholarly research, Ian University Press Wardropper discusses the history and signifi cance of the highlighted works, each reproduced with glorious new photography.

IAN WARDRoPPER is the Iris and B. Gerald Cantor Chairman of the Department of European Sculpture and Decorative Arts, The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17589-9 $65.00 sc 1 292 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 12 200 color + 45 b/w illus. World

National Gallery Technical Bulletin volume 32: Leonardo da vinci: Pupil, Painter, and Master Ashok Roy, Series Editor With contributions by Rachel Billinge, Jill Dunkerton, Larry keith, Antonio Mazzotta, Rachel Morrison, David Peggie, Ashok Roy, Peter Schade, and Marika Spring Published to accompany the highly anticipated exhibition Leonardo da Vinci: Painter at the Court of Milan at the National Gallery, London, this extended volume of the Technical Bulletin documents new research undertaken on the life and work of Leonardo. It includes an analysis of his time in verrocchio’s workshop, where he adopted the new technique of oil painting; an article on the recent conservation and redisplay of the London version of The Virgin of the Rocks; and examples of Leonardo’s painting practice and infl uence while he was court painter to the Duke of Milan, Published by National Gallery Ludovico Sforza. Company/Distributed by Yale University Press ASHok Roy, RACHEL MoRRISoN, DAvID PEGGIE, and MARIkA SPRING are all staff members of the National Gallery Scientifi c Department; RACHEL BILLINGE, JILL DUNkERToN, and LARRy kEITH are all staff members of the National Gallery Conservation Department; PETER SCHADE is staff member of the National Gallery Framing Department; ANToNIo MAzzoTTA was formerly curatorial assistant at the National Gallery.

November Art Paper 978-1-85709-530-2 $70.00 sc 1 3 128 pp. 8 ⁄4 x 11 ⁄4 100 color illus. World

164 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles Resisting Categories: Latin American and/or Latino? volume 1 Mari Carmen Ramírez, Héctor olea, and Tomás ybarra-Frausto

The fi rst volume in a groundbreaking new series, publishing essential primary sources for Latin American art and culture

The terms “Latin American” and “Latino” have been used broadly to describe artists from a number of different countries, races, and cultures. yet these reductive terms fail to clearly defi ne these artists, who ultimately resist categorization. This comprehensive volume brings to light more than 170 crucial texts written by infl uential artists and critics who explore what it means to be “Latin American” or “Latino.” Among the many topics discussed are notions of pan– Latin Americanism, the emergence of collections and exhibitions devoted specifi cally to “Latin American art,” and multicultural critiques of Latin American essen- tialism. The selected writings, many of which have never before been published in English, span from the ◆◆ criticAl DocuMents late 19th century to the present day, and include texts by such luminaries as David Alfaro Siqueiros, Joaquín Critical Documents of 20th-Century Latin American and Latino Art is Torres-García, Jorge Luis Borges, Marta Traba, and the cornerstone of the International Luis Camnitzer. Center for the Arts of the Americas (ICAA), a landmark research center MARI CARMEN RAMÍREz is the Wortham Curator of Latin at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. American Art and director of the International Center for the Arts of This 13-volume series publishes the Americas at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. HÉCToR oLEA essential primary sources on Latin is an independent scholar and curator specializing in Latin American American art and culture and serves modern art. ToMÁS yBARRA-FRAUSTo was the associate director as an indispensable reference tool on for creativity and culture at the Rockefeller Foundation in New york. the subject. Distributed for the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

December Art Paper over Board 978-0-300-14697-4 $50.00 sc 1 1 608 pp. 5 ⁄2 x 8 ⁄2 8 color illus. World

THE MUSEUM OF FINE ARTS, HOUSTON Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles 165 venice Disputed Marc’Antonio Barbaro and venetian Architecture, 1550–1600 Deborah Howard In the councils and magistracies of the venetian Republic, politicians argued intently over civic building projects in a manner curiously reminis- cent of a modern democracy, taking advice from architects, engineers, and the public. Written by a leading authority on venetian architecture, the book explores the complex dialectic between theory and practice; utopia and reality; and design and technology that infused these disputes. The bitterly contested debates are seen through the experiences of one particular venetian nobleman, Marc’Antonio Barbaro (1518–1595). Recognized as a gifted stuccoist and draftsman, Barbaro played a prominent role in the discussions about major state building projects such as Palladio’s church of the Redentore, the restoration of the Doge’s Palace, DEBoRAH HoWARD is professor of architectural history, University of Cambridge, and and the erection of the Rialto Bridge. He was a distinguished statesman fellow of St John’s College, Cambridge. and orator, but his idealistic views about the rhetorical power of classicism frequently clashed with local technological expertise. Venice Disputed recounts not only his public role but also his private life, centered on the now-famous family villa that he and his brother commissioned. Barbaro’s compelling story thus weaves together politics, architectural history, and private life in early modern venice.

October Architecture Cloth 978-0-300-17685-8 $65.00 sc 1 1 320 pp. 9 ⁄2 x 11 ⁄4 120 color + 120 b/w illus. World

A Closer Look Techniques of Painting Jo kirby Materials and working practices infl uence a painter just as much as contemporary intellectual and cultural developments. Techniques of Painting aims to help readers develop a painterly eye by learning to recognize different materials and methods of application and to appreciate how these features contribute to how a painting looks. Like all Closer Look volumes, this is a “how-to-look” guide, rather than a “how-to-do” guide, enabling readers to identify different painting techniques in all collections. The pictures illustrated range from 13th-century panel paintings in egg tempera to 19th- century oils on canvas, all from the National Gallery, London.

Jo kIRBy works in the Scientifi c Department of the National Gallery, London, and is a world-renowned expert in pigments and paint materials. Published by National Gallery Company/Distributed by Yale University Press

December Art Paper 978-1-85709-534-0 $15.00 sc 3 1 96 pp. 5 ⁄4 x 8 ⁄2 80 color illus. World

166 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles Washington Crossing the Delaware Restoring an American Masterpiece Carrie Rebora Barratt, Lance Mayer and Gay Myers, Suzanne Smeaton, and Eli Wilner Emanuel Leutze’s life-size Washington Crossing the Delaware commem- orates the critical moment in the American Revolution when George Washington led a surprise attack against troops supporting the British forces in Trenton. When Leutze created the painting in 1850, after he had Emanuel Leutze, American (1816–1868), Washington Crossing the Delaware, 1851. returned from America to his native Germany, he was hoping to rally sup- Oil on canvas. Gift of John Stewart Kennedy, port for the revolutionary movements then sweeping Europe. He sent the 1897 (97.34) work to New york in 1851, and within four months 50,000 people had paid to see it. Today the painting is an icon of American visual culture and one Published by The Metropolitan of the most beloved objects in The Metropolitan Museum of Art. Museum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press In 2007, Leutze’s masterpiece became the focus of the most ambitious conservation and reframing project in the museum’s history. This book is a behind-the-scenes report on that project, prefaced by an account of the history of the painting’s acquisition and display at the museum.

CARRIE REBoRA BARRATT is associate director for collections and administration at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. LANCE MAyER and GAy MyERS, of the New London, Connecticut, art conservation fi rm Mayer & Myers, undertook the treatment of the painting. SUzANNE SMEAToN and ELI WILNER oversaw the design and carving of its new frame at Eli Wilner & Company, New york.

December Art Paper 978-0-300-17642-1 $14.95 sc 1 48 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 11 55 color + 10 b/w illus. World

Sultans of the South Arts of India’s Deccan Courts, 1323–1687 Edited by Navina Najat Haidar and Marika Sardar Between the 14th and the 17th century, the Deccan plateau of south-central India was home to a series of important and highly cultured Muslim courts. Subtly blending elements from Iran, West Asia, southern India, and northern India, the arts produced under these sultanates are markedly different from those of the rest of India and especially from those produced under Mughal patronage. This publication, a result of a 2008 symposium held at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, investigates the arts of Deccan and the unique output in the fi elds of painting, literature, architecture, arms, textiles, and carpets. Special features of the book are the illustration of all thirty-four paintings from a 16th-century copy of the poem the Pem Nem, images of several paintings and textiles that have only recently been discovered or identifi ed, Published by The Metropolitan and new photographs of the Ibrahim Rauza monument in Bijapur, with a Museum of Art/Distributed by Yale full transcription and translation of the tomb’s inscriptions. University Press

NAvINA NAJAT HAIDAR is associate curator and MARIkA SARDAR is a research associate, both in the Department of Islamic Art at The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

December Art Paper 978-0-300-17587-5 $50.00 sc 3 392 pp. 7 ⁄4 x 10 233 color and 228 b/w illus. World

Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles 167 Contemporary Drawings from the Irving Stenn Jr. Collection Mark Pascale This handsome volume offers a rare and exclusive look at important holdings of a private collection in Chicago, showcasing 120 drawings by some of the leading artists of the postwar period. Among the featured artists are Roy Lichtenstein, Barnett Newman, Robert Rauschenberg, and Frank Stella. Also illustrated are thirteen early drawings by Mel Bochner; works on paper by Sol LeWitt and Brice Marden; and individual sheets by Jasper Johns, Donald Judd, Ellsworth kelly, Agnes Martin, Bruce Nauman, Bridget Riley, Ed Ruscha, and Robert Ryman. Mark Pascale discusses specifi c drawings by these artists and their rela- ◆◆ conteMPorAry collecting tionship to Minimalist and Post-Minimalist styles. He also investigates the importance of drawings produced by sculptors, which offer fascinat- eXhibition scheDule: ing glimpses into their creative processes. An interview with the collector The Art Institute of Chicago reveals the inspiration behind his holdings and the ways in which his col- 11/19/11–02/26/12 lection has grown over the years, and a full-color plate section and complete checklist of the collection round out this compelling book. Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago MARk PASCALE is curator in the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Art Institute of Chicago.

December Art Cloth 978-0-300-17573-8 $35.00 sc 1 1 160 pp. 9 ⁄2 x 9 ⁄2 150 color illus. World

The Anglo-Florentine Renaissance Art for the Early Tudors Edited by Cinzia Maria Sicca and Louis Waldman With a foreword by Brian Allen and Joseph Connors Under the rule of Henry vII (r. 1485–1509) England became a powerful nation. The Tudor court sought to express its worldliness and political clout through major artistic commissions, employing Florentine sculptors and painters to create lavish new interiors, suitable for entertaining foreign dig- nitaries, for its royal palaces. These were exemplifi ed by Henry vIII’s palace of Nonsuch, so named because no other palace could match its magnifi - cence. Italian sculpture, painting, and tapestries of the day refl ected an interest in portraiture and dynastic monuments, epitomized in England by the royal tomb projects created by Baccio Bandinelli, Benedetto da Rovezzano, and Pietro Torrigiani. ◆◆ Generously illustrated throughout, The Anglo-Florentine Renaissance stuDies in british Art traces the artistic links between Medicean Florence and Tudor England Distributed for the Yale Center for through essays by an international team of scholars and explores how the British Art and the Paul Mellon Centre language of Florentine art effectively expressed England’s political aspira- for Studies in British Art tions and rose to prominence as a new international courtly style.

CINzIA MARIA SICCA is professor and director of the art history doctoral program in the Department of Art History at the Università di Pisa, Italy. LoUIS WALDMAN is an associate professor of art history at The University of Texas at Austin.

January Art Cloth 978-0-300-17608-7 $75.00 sc 330 pp. 7 x 10 110 color + 20 b/w illus. World

168 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles Experiencing Gego’s Reticulárea A Critical Anthology of Response Edited by María Elena Huizi and Ester Crespín Introduction by Mari Carmen Ramírez one of the most infl uential Latin American artists of her day, Gego (1912– 1994) pioneered a new direction in art with her innovative sculptures of the 1960s and 1970s. Born in Germany as Gertrude Goldschmidt, Gego fl ed the Nazi regime and moved to Caracas, venezuela. There, during the postwar years, she absorbed modernist trends such as kinetic and geometric abstract art but ultimately forged her own artistic path. Exploring the concept of the line, space, and time, she linked pieces of metal to create Gego (Gertrud Goldschmidt), Reticulárea, weblike geometric forms, which she called “drawings in space.” These 1975. Stainless steel wire, 11 3 7 experiments culminated in Reticulárea, a massive netlike sculptural instal- 82 ⁄16 x 102 ⁄8 x 7 ⁄8 in. lation fi rst presented at the Museo de Bellas Artes, Caracas, in 1969. This (210 x 260 x 20 cm). The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston, gift of AT&T. groundbreaking work had major repercussions in the art world and marked © Fundación Gego a turning point in Gego’s career. Centered on the various iterations of this work and its artistic impact, this anthology brings together images as well as Distributed for the Museum of Fine Arts, documentary materials and primary texts in English and Spanish by artists, Houston, and Fundación Gego writers, and Gego.

MARÍA ELENA HUIzI is a poet, essayist, and art writer in Caracas, venezuela. ESTER CRESPÍN is a scholar and curator involved with the Fundación Gego in Caracas. MARI CARMEN RAMÍREz is the Wortham Curator of Latin American Art and the director of the International Center for the Arts of the Americas at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston.

January Art Cloth 978-0-300-16613-2 $50.00 sc 1 304 pp. 10 x 10 ⁄2 27 color + 40 b/w illus. World

Princely Armor in the Age of Dürer A Renaissance Masterpiece in the Philadelphia Museum of Art Pierre Terjanian This striking publication examines two masterful armors for man and horse recently acquired by the Philadelphia Museum of Art. Among the earliest complete European examples in existence, these German works demonstrate the superior design and craftsmanship of princely armor in the early 16th century. The celebrated master Wilhelm von Worms the Elder (d. 1538) of Nuremberg made the luxurious, exquisitely decorated steel horse armor for Duke Ulrich of Württemberg (1487–1550). The man armor was crafted by Matthes Deutsch (last documented c. 1505) of Landshut, another distinguished armorer patronized by German princes; it is his latest and most sumptuous work. Princely Armor in the Age of Dürer discusses the function, design, deco- Horse and Man Armors, 1507 and c. 1505 respectively, Germany, Philadelphia Museum ration, and manufacture of these masterpieces and situates them within of Art: Gift of Athena and Nicholas Karabots German art, culture, and politics, and within the development of European and The Karabots Foundation, 2009–117-1,2. armor in the late Middle Ages and Renaissance. Published in association with the PIERRE TERJANIAN is the J. J. Medveckis Associate Curator of Arms and Armor at Philadelphia Museum of Art the Philadelphia Museum of Art.

February Art/Decorative Arts PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-17631-5 $18.00 sc 1 60 pp. 8 ⁄2 x 11 40 color + 15 b/w illus. World

Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles 169 New in paper Many people who live in and visit the Lake District are charmed by the traditional buildings that enhance the landscape. This Traditional book introduces the traditional houses, barns, watermills, and Buildings of chapels of the Lake District and the surrounding hills and valleys Cumbria that make up the county of Cumbria. With the aid of hundreds R. W. Brunskill of photographs, drawings, and diagrams, the author explains how the building types have developed over the centuries and how the indigenous building materials of stone, clay, brick, and slate have been used to create works of vernacular architecture that seem to grow out of the surrounding landscape.

R. W. BRUNSkILL has recently retired as professor at De Montfort University, Leicester, and was formerly reader in architecture at the University of Manchester.

August Architecture Paper 978-0-300-17059-7 $45.00 tx Cloth 978-0-304-35773-4 S ’02 $65.00 tx 1 3 224 pp. 7 ⁄4 x 9 ⁄4 82 b/w illus. + diagrams World

Somerset: North This fully revised survey is the essential companion to the and Bristol architecture of one of England’s most rewarding regions. The The Buildings Georgian spa of Bath and the medieval cathedral city of Wells of England are deservedly famous, each the fi nest of its kind in the country. A Andrew Foyle and separate section covers the port of Bristol, with its rich and confi - Nikolaus Pevsner dent buildings of every period and type. other highlights include John Nash’s picturesque masterpiece of Blaise Hamlet, a noble ◆◆ Pevsner inheritance of Gothic Revival churches, and some of the greatest ArchitecturAl structures designed by Isambard kingdom Brunel. guiDes ANDREW FoyLE is a freelance architectural historian and author of our Pevsner city guide to Bristol.

October Architecture Cloth 978-0-300-12658-7 $85.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-09640-8 S ’1958 $65.00 tx 3 1 800 pp. 4 ⁄4 x 8 ⁄2 120 color illus. World

Cheshire A comprehensive guide to the buildings of Cheshire in all their The Buildings variety, from Pennine villages to coastal plains and seaside resorts. of England Chester, the regional capital and cathedral city, is famous for its Clare Hartwell, Roman walls and black-and-white timber architecture, its noble Matthew Hyde, Neoclassical monuments, and its unique medieval shopping Nikolaus Pevsner “rows” with their upper walkways. But Cheshire is also a major industrial county, with spectacular and internationally signifi - ◆◆ Pevsner cant mills and canal structures. Specialist settlements include the ArchitecturAl famous railway borough of Crewe, the salt towns of Nantwich, guiDes Northwich and Middlewich, and Lord Leverhulme’s celebrated garden suburb at Port Sunlight.

CLARE HARTWELL is an architectural historian based in Manchester. Her previous work for the Buildings of England includes the City Guide to Manchester (2001) and Lancashire: North (2009). MATTHEW HyDE lives in Macclesfi eld and has written extensively on the architecture and history of the region. For this series he is the author of Cumbria (2010), and October Architecture co-author with Clare Hartwell of Lancashire: Manchester and the South Cloth 978-0-300-17043-6 $85.00 tx East (2004). 3 1 800 pp. 4 ⁄4 x 8 ⁄2 120 color illus. World

170 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles 100 Shoes, Parker...... 117 Capturing the Essence, Cooper...... 61 Aalto and America, Anderson ...... 155 Carlton, This Seat of Mars ...... 65 Abadie, Dubuffet as Architect ...... 113 Carp, Defiance of the Patriots ...... 94 Abandoned to Ourselves, Meyers...... 82 Carr, Imprinting the Divine ...... 145 Acting White, Buck...... 105 Chanel, Gautier...... 130–131 Adam Smith, Phillipson...... 93 Cheshire, Hartwell...... 170 Adler, A Time and a Place ...... 159 Childism, Young-Bruehl...... 48–49 Age of American Impressionism, The, Barter...... 148 Chinese Art in an Age of Revolution, Chung ...... 138 Agee, American Vanguards ...... 149 Christiansen, The Renaissance Portrait ...... 141 Alexander McQueen, Bolton ...... 110 Chung, Chinese Art in an Age of Revolution ...... 138 Alighiero e Boetti, Godfrey ...... 158 Churchill’s Bunker, Holmes...... 89 American Caesars, Hamilton...... 98 Clapp, Lawtalk ...... 42 American Christmas Card, The, Ames...... 158 Closer Look, A, Kirby...... 166 American Vanguards, Agee...... 149 Cohen, Configuring the Networked Self ...... 82 Ames, The American Christmas Card ...... 158 Cohen, Notes from the Ground ...... 108 And Diverse Are Their Hues, Bloom...... 157 Coke, Vauxhall Gardens ...... 152 Anderson, Aalto and America ...... 155 Complicated Man, A, Takiff...... 95 Anderson, Samurai Armor from the Ann and Configuring the Networked Self, Cohen...... 82 Gabriel Barbier-Mueller Museum ...... 124 Constitutional Cliffhangers, Kalt...... 72 Anglo-Florentine Renaissance, The, Sicca ...... 168 Contemporary Drawings from the Anthology of Rap, The, Bradley ...... 87 Irving Stenn Jr . Collection, Pascale...... 168 Antony and Cleopatra, Goldsworthy...... 91 Contested Visions in the Spanish Colonial World, Katzew. . . 142 “Apologia Pro Vita Sua” and Six Sermons, Newman. . . . 107 Conversion of Scandinavia, The, Winroth...... 70 Apuleius, The Golden Ass ...... 58 Conversions, Harline ...... 15 Art for the Nation, Avery-Quash...... 154 Cooper, Capturing the Essence ...... 61 Art of Worship, The, Holtam...... 114 Cuban Fiestas, González Echevarría...... 106 Artist and the Warrior, The, Rabb ...... 40 D’Alessandro, Matisse ...... 150 Ashford, Technology, Globalization, and D’Annunzio, Notturno ...... 55 Sustainable Development ...... 82 Dackerman, Prints and the Pursuit of Knowledge in Avery-Quash, Art for the Nation ...... 154 Early Modern Europe ...... 116 Barnard, Listen . Write . Present ...... 79 Daily You, The, Turow...... 43 Barratt, Washington Crossing the Delaware ...... 167 Dakers, A Genius for Money ...... 63 Barter, The Age of American Impressionism ...... 148 Dallal, Islam, Science, and the Challenge of History . . . . 101 Battle of Marathon, The, Krentz ...... 88 Daphne Guinness, Steele...... 123 Baume, Sol LeWitt ...... 137 Dazzled and Deceived, Forbes...... 103 Belarus, Wilson...... 73 December 1941, Mawdsley ...... 44 Berthoz, Simplexity ...... 62 Defiance of the Patriots, Carp...... 94 Bertrand Goldberg, Ryan ...... 127 Defying the Odds, Frank...... 108 Beyond the Tower, Marriott ...... 64 Degas’s Dancers at the Barre, Rathbone...... 128 Blair, Too Much to Know ...... 101 Democracy, Expertise, and Academic Freedom, Post . . . . . 72 Bloom, And Diverse Are Their Hues ...... 157 Dignity, Hicks ...... 5 Bloom, The Shadow of a Great Rock ...... 10–11 Diski, What I Don’t Know About Animals ...... 13 blu, Grise...... 14 Dolidon, Tu sais quoi?! ...... 78 Bok, Exploring Happiness ...... 86 Dostoevsky, The Meek One ...... 78 Bolton, Alexander McQueen ...... 110 Drawings by Rembrandt, His Students, and Circle from Bonnefoy, Second Simplicity ...... 54 the Maida and George Abrams Collection, Sutton. . . . 153 Book in the Renaissance, The, Pettegree...... 92 Dubuffet as Architect, Abadie...... 113 Boss, The Spirit of Mary ...... 70 Duffy, Ten Popes Who Shook the World ...... 29 Bradley, Ralph Ellison in Progress ...... 103 Dumas, The Peacekeeping Economy ...... 75 Bradley, The Anthology of Rap ...... 87 Duncan Phyfe, Kenny...... 121 Branch, Kenya ...... 33 Duncan, How Intelligence Happens ...... 103 Brandenberger, Propaganda State in Crisis ...... 81 Earle, Fiber Futures ...... 144 Brown, Murillo ...... 160 Earthly Visions, Gorringe...... 156 Brunner, Moon ...... 86 Easton, Snapshot ...... 132 Brunskill, Traditional Buildings of Cumbria ...... 170 Edward II, Phillips ...... 102 Buck, Acting White ...... 105 Edward III, Ormrod ...... 67 Building After Auschwitz, Rosenfeld...... 155 Edwards, Why the Electoral College Is Bad for America . . . . 78 Burma Campaign, The, McLynn...... 27 Edwards, Mary I ...... 8 Burton, Sherrie Levine: MAYHEM ...... 146 Egypt on the Brink, Osman...... 89 Campbell, The Romans and Their World ...... 64 El Anatsui, LaGamma...... 126 Canby, Neither East nor West ...... 139 Eleanor of Aquitaine, Turner...... 97 Canby, The Shahnama of Shah Tahmasp...... 138 Elegant Perfection, McCormick...... 150 Canterbury Cathedral Priory in the Age of Becket, Eliot, The Letters of T .S . Eliot ...... 59 Fergusson...... 160 Elizabeth and Hazel, Margolick...... 2–3

Index 171 Elizabethan Club of Yale University Greenfield, The Myth of Choice ...... 22 and Its Library, The, Parks...... 84 Grise, blu ...... 14 Emma Goldman, Gornick ...... 19 Guy, Wonder of the Age ...... 125 Empire to Nation, Quilley ...... 151 HaCohen, The Music Libel Against the Jews ...... 68 Encounters, Ning...... 76–77 Haidar, Sultans of the South ...... 167 End of Race?, The, Kinder...... 73 Hamilton, American Caesars ...... 98 Euro, The, Marsh...... 85 Harline, Conversions ...... 15 European Sculpture, 1400–1900, Wardropper ...... 164 Harline, Miracles at the Jesus Oak ...... 100 Evans, The Radical Camera ...... 147 Harline, Sunday ...... 100 Every Twelve Seconds, Pachirat ...... 62 Harris-Perry, Sister Citizen ...... 6–7 Experiencing Gego’s Reticulárea, Huizi ...... 169 Harshav, Three Thousand Years of Hebrew Verse ...... 83 Explorers of the Nile, Jeal ...... 16–17 Hart, Inigo Jones ...... 156 Exploring Happiness, Bok ...... 86 Hartwell, Cheshire ...... 170 Expressions of Innocence and Eloquence, Katcher . . . . . 157 Havana Habit, The, Pérez Firmat...... 106 Eye to Eye, Rand...... 151 Hayton, Vietnam ...... 96 Facing Beauty, Ribeiro ...... 122 Heroic Africans, LaGamma...... 143 Facts Are Subversive, Garton Ash...... 85 Hicks, Dignity ...... 5 Fandom Unbound, Ito...... 71 Hitler’s Hangman, Gerwarth ...... 30 Farrell, Get There First, Decide Promptly ...... 159 Hobsbawm, How to Change the World ...... 4 Feduccia, Riddle of the Feathered Dragons ...... 61 Hollywood Westerns and American Myth, Pippin...... 102 Fergusson, Canterbury Cathedral Priory Holmes, Churchill’s Bunker ...... 89 in the Age of Becket ...... 160 Holtam, The Art of Worship ...... 114 Fiber Futures, Earle...... 144 Hornblum, The Invisible Harry Gold ...... 88 Field Guide to the Southeast Coast and Hour of Europe, The, Glaurdic´...... 75 Gulf of Mexico, A, Proctor...... 50 How Intelligence Happens, Duncan...... 103 Finaldi, The Image of Christ ...... 126 How to Change the World, Hobsbawm...... 4 Findley, Turkey, Islam, Nationalism, and Modernity . . . . . 101 Howard, Venice Disputed ...... 166 Finkin, For the Common Good ...... 106 Huizi, Experiencing Gego’s Reticulárea ...... 169 Flanagan, The Perilous Life of Symphony Orchestras . . . . . 83 Hurlston, Ron Mueck ...... 119 Flavell, When London Was Capital of America ...... 94 Ida, Stein...... 60 For the Common Good, Finkin...... 106 “I Am Not Master of Events”, Neal ...... 81 Forbes, Dazzled and Deceived ...... 103 Image of Christ, The, Finaldi ...... 126 Ford, The Trouble with City Planning ...... 104 Imprinting the Divine, Carr...... 145 Forests, Rocks, Torrents, Riopelle...... 152 In Ishmael’s House, Gilbert...... 92 Foyle, Somerset: North and Bristol ...... 170 In the Picture, Friedlander ...... 135 France, Perilous Glory ...... 18 Inazu, Liberty’s Refuge ...... 83 Francis, Fruitlands ...... 97 Infinite Jest, McPhee ...... 120 Frank, Defying the Odds ...... 108 Inigo Jones, Hart ...... 156 Franklin, The Papers of Benjamin Franklin ...... 84 Invisible Harry Gold, The, Hornblum...... 88 Frans Hals, Liedtke...... 153 Iron Way, The, Thomas...... 28 Frieden, Winning the Silicon Sweepstakes ...... 105 Islam, Science, and the Challenge of History, Dallal. . . . . 101 Friedlander, In the Picture ...... 135 Israel, Rubin...... 79 Fruitlands, Francis...... 97 It Was a Long Time Ago, and It Never Fundamentos teóricos y practicos de historia Happened Anyway, Satter...... 46 de la lengua española, Núñez Méndez...... 80 Ito, Fandom Unbound ...... 71 Galassi, Picasso’s Drawings, 1890–1921 ...... 118 Iversen, Women, Work, and Politics ...... 107 Garton Ash, Facts Are Subversive ...... 85 Jackson Pollock, Toynton ...... 56 Gautier, Chanel ...... 130–131 Jeal, Explorers of the Nile ...... 16–17 Geiger, Subverting Exclusion ...... 68 Joe Louis, Roberts...... 99 Genius for Money, A, Dakers...... 63 Johan Zoffany RA, Postle...... 116 German Generation, A, Kohut...... 66 Josipovici, What Ever Happened to Modernism? ...... 96 Gerwarth, Hitler’s Hangman ...... 30 Kalt, Constitutional Cliffhangers ...... 72 Get There First, Decide Promptly, Farrell...... 159 Katcher, Expressions of Innocence and Eloquence . . . . . 157 Gilbert, In Ishmael’s House ...... 92 Katzew, Contested Visions in the Spanish Colonial World . . . 142 Glaurdic´, The Hour of Europe ...... 75 Keller, Learn to Read Greek ...... 80 Godfrey, Alighiero e Boetti ...... 158 Kenny, Duncan Phyfe ...... 121 Golden Ass, The, Apuleius...... 58 Kenya, Branch...... 33 Goldsworthy, Antony and Cleopatra ...... 91 Kinder, The End of Race? ...... 73 Gombrich, A Little History of the World ...... 34–35 Kirby, A Closer Look ...... 166 González Echevarría, Cuban Fiestas ...... 106 Kirsch, Why Trilling Matters ...... 26 González Echevarría, Love and the Law in Cervantes . . . . 107 Knoll Textiles, 1945–2010, Martin...... 111 Gordon, A Modern World ...... 145 Knowing Nature, Meyers...... 162 Gornick, Emma Goldman ...... 19 Kohut, A German Generation ...... 66 Gorringe, Earthly Visions ...... 156 Kosta Alex, Rodari...... 161 Greenberg, Turbulence ...... 104

172 Index Krentz, The Battle of Marathon ...... 88 Newman, “Apologia Pro Vita Sua” and Six Sermons . . . . 107 Kunterbunt und kurz geschrieben, Pfrehm ...... 80 Ning, Encounters ...... 76–77 LaGamma, El Anatsui ...... 126 Noon, Richard Parkes Bonington ...... 163 LaGamma, Heroic Africans ...... 143 Notes from the Ground, Cohen...... 108 Lastowka, Virtual Justice ...... 105 Notturno, D’Annunzio...... 55 Lawtalk, Clapp ...... 42 Núñez Méndez, Fundamentos teóricos y practicos de historia Learn to Read Greek, Keller...... 80 de la lengua española ...... 80 Ledbetter, Unwarranted Influence...... 90 Octavia, Daughter of God, Shaw...... 9 Ledwidge, Losing Small Wars ...... 74 Ormrod, Edward III ...... 67 Lemert, Why Niebuhr Matters ...... 38 Osman, Egypt on the Brink ...... 89 Leon Trotsky, Rubenstein...... 31 Ozment, The Serpent and the Lamb ...... 39 Leonardo da Vinci, Syson ...... 129 Pachirat, Every Twelve Seconds ...... 62 Letters of T .S . Eliot, The, Eliot ...... 59 Papers of Benjamin Franklin, The, Franklin ...... 84 Liberty’s Refuge, Inazu...... 83 Parker, 100 Shoes ...... 117 Liedtke, Frans Hals ...... 153 Parks, The Elizabethan Club of Yale University Life and Death of Buildings, The, Smith...... 112 and Its Library ...... 84 Light Years, Witkovsky...... 148 Pascale, Contemporary Drawings from the Irving Stenn Jr . Collection ...... 168 Listen . Write . Present ., Barnard...... 79 Peacekeeping Economy, The, Dumas...... 75 Little History of Philosophy, A, Warburton...... 24–25 Pérez Firmat, The Havana Habit ...... 106 Little History of the World, A, Gombrich ...... 34–35 Perilous Glory, France...... 18 Long, The Looshaus ...... 162 Perilous Life of Symphony Orchestras, The, Flanagan . . . . . 83 Looshaus, The, Long...... 162 Petersburg Fin de Siècle, Steinberg...... 69 Losing It, Miller ...... 23 Pettegree, The Book in the Renaissance ...... 92 Losing Small Wars, Ledwidge...... 74 Pfrehm, Kunterbunt und kurz geschrieben ...... 80 Love and the Law in Cervantes, González Echevarría. . . . 107 Phillips, Edward II ...... 102 Mabanckou, Yale French Studies, Volume 120 ...... 84 Phillipson, Adam Smith ...... 93 Making of the English Gardener, The, Willes...... 66 Picasso’s Drawings, 1890–1921, Galassi...... 118 Marchenoir, Treasures of Vacheron Constantin ...... 114 Pippin, Hollywood Westerns and American Myth . . . . . 102 Margolick, Elizabeth and Hazel ...... 2–3 Pivotal Decade, Stein...... 104 Marriott, Beyond the Tower ...... 64 Plamper, The Stalin Cult ...... 69 Marsh, The Euro ...... 85 Plotkin, The Political Ideas of Thorstein Veblen ...... 74 Martin, Knoll Textiles, 1945–2010 ...... 111 Political Ideas of Thorstein Veblen, The, Plotkin...... 74 Mary I, Edwards...... 8 Polkinghorne, Science and Religion in Quest of Truth . . . . . 12 Marzio, Masterworks of Pre-Columbian, Indonesian, and African Gold ...... 163 Post, Democracy, Expertise, and Academic Freedom . . . . . 72 Masterworks of Pre-Columbian, Indonesian, Postle, Johan Zoffany RA ...... 116 and African Gold, Marzio...... 163 Price, Unpacking My Library ...... 36 Matisse, D’Alessandro ...... 150 Princely Armor in the Age of Dürer, Terjanian...... 169 Mawdsley, December 1941 ...... 44 Prints and the Pursuit of Knowledge in McCormick, Elegant Perfection ...... 150 Early Modern Europe, Dackerman...... 116 McLynn, The Burma Campaign ...... 27 Problem of Slavery as History, The, Miller...... 81 McPhee, Infinite Jest...... 120 Proctor, A Field Guide to the Southeast Coast and Gulf of Mexico ...... 50 Meek One, The Dostoevsky...... 78 Propaganda State in Crisis, Brandenberger ...... 81 Messinger, Stieglitz and His Artists ...... 136 Quilley, Empire to Nation ...... 151 Meyers, Abandoned to Ourselves ...... 82 Rabb, The Artist and the Warrior ...... 40 Meyers, Knowing Nature ...... 162 Radical Camera, The, Evans ...... 147 Miller, Losing It ...... 23 Ralph Ellison in Progress, Bradley ...... 103 Miller, The Problem of Slavery as History ...... 81 Ralph Tailor’s Summer, Wrightson ...... 65 Miracles at the Jesus Oak, Harline...... 100 Ramírez, Resisting Categories: Gordon Modern World, A, ...... 145 Latin American and/or Latino? ...... 165 Monter , The Rise of Female Kings in Europe, 1300–1800 . . . 67 Rand, Eye to Eye ...... 151 Brunner Moon, ...... 86 Rathbone, Degas’s Dancers at the Barre ...... 128 Brown Murillo, ...... 160 Raz-Russo, The Three Graces ...... 133 Rosen Music and Sentiment, ...... 98 Realeconomik, Yavlinsky...... 45 HaCohen Music Libel Against the Jews, The, ...... 68 Remedy and Reaction, Starr...... 20–21 Greenfield Myth of Choice, The, ...... 22 Renaissance Portrait, The, Christiansen...... 141 Núñez-Méndez , Fundamentos teóricos y Renegade, Turner...... 57 practicos de historia de la lengua española ...... 80 Resisting Categories: Nahson , The Snowy Day and the Art of Ezra Jack Keats . . . 128 Latin American and/or Latino?, Ramírez...... 165 Roy National Gallery Technical Bulletin, ...... 164 Ribeiro, Facing Beauty ...... 122 Neal , “I Am Not Master of Events” ...... 81 Richard Parkes Bonington, Noon...... 163 Canby Neither East nor West, ...... 139 Riddle of the Feathered Dragons, Feduccia...... 61 Srp New Formations, ...... 144 Riopelle, Forests, Rocks, Torrents ...... 152 Staley New Painting of the 1860s, The, ...... 154 Rise of Female Kings in Europe, 1300–1800, The, Monter. . . 67

Index 173 Roberts, Joe Louis ...... 99 Thomas, The Iron Way ...... 28 Rodari, Kosta Alex ...... 161 Three Graces, The, Raz-Russo ...... 133 Romans and Their World, The, Campbell...... 64 Three Thousand Years of Hebrew Verse, Harshav...... 83 Rome and Rhetoric, Wills...... 37 Tigerman, Schlepping Through Ambivalence ...... 161 Ron Mueck, Hurlston ...... 119 Time and a Place, A, Adler...... 159 Roof at the Bottom of the World, The, Stump...... 41 Together, Sennett...... 52–53 Rosen, Music and Sentiment ...... 98 Too Much to Know, Blair...... 101 Rosenfeld, Building After Auschwitz ...... 155 Toynton, Jackson Pollock ...... 56 Roy, National Gallery Technical Bulletin ...... 164 Traditional Buildings of Cumbria, Brunskill...... 170 Rubenstein, Leon Trotsky ...... 31 Treasures of Vacheron Constantin, Marchenoir...... 114 Rubin, Israel ...... 79 Trouble with City Planning, The, Ford...... 104 Ryan, Bertrand Goldberg ...... 127 Troy, The Very Hungry City ...... 51 Sacco-Vanzetti Affair, The, Temkin...... 102 Trumpet, The, Wallace...... 71 Samurai Armor from the Ann and Tu sais quoi?!, Dolidon...... 78 Gabriel Barbier-Mueller Museum, Anderson ...... 124 Turbulence, Greenberg...... 104 Satter, It Was a Long Time Ago, and Turkey, Islam, Nationalism, and Modernity, Findley. . . . . 101 It Never Happened Anyway ...... 46 Turner, Eleanor of Aquitaine ...... 97 Savonarola, Weinstein ...... 63 Turner, Renegade ...... 57 Schlepping Through Ambivalence, Tigerman...... 161 Turow, The Daily You ...... 43 Science and Religion in Quest of Truth, Polkinghorne . . . . . 12 Tushnet, Why the Constitution Matters ...... 90 Second Simplicity, Bonnefoy...... 54 Unpacking My Library, Price...... 36 Sennett, Together ...... 52–53 Unwarranted Influence, Ledbetter ...... 90 Serpent and the Lamb, The, Ozment ...... 39 Vauxhall Gardens, Coke ...... 152 Settlers, The, Taub ...... 108 Venice Disputed, Howard ...... 166 Shadow of a Great Rock, The, Bloom ...... 10–11 Vermeer’s Women, Wieseman ...... 134 Shaw, Octavia, Daughter of God ...... 9 Very Hungry City, The, Troy...... 51 Sherrie Levine: MAYHEM, Burton ...... 146 Vietnam, Hayton ...... 96 Sicca, The Anglo-Florentine Renaissance ...... 168 Virtual Justice, Lastowka...... 105 Simplexity, Berthoz...... 62 Volkov, Walther Rathenau ...... 47 Sister Citizen, Harris-Perry...... 6–7 Wallace, The Trumpet ...... 71 Smith, The Life and Death of Buildings ...... 112 Walther Rathenau, Volkov...... 47 Snapshot, Easton...... 132 Walvin, The Zong ...... 32 Snowy Day and the Art of Ezra Jack Keats, The, Nahson. . . 128 Warburton, A Little History of Philosophy ...... 24–25 Sol LeWitt, Baume...... 137 Wardropper, European Sculpture, 1400–1900 ...... 164 Somerset: North and Bristol, Foyle...... 170 Washington Crossing the Delaware, Barratt...... 167 Spirit of Mary, The, Boss...... 70 Watanabe, Storytelling in Japanese Painting ...... 140 Srp, New Formations ...... 144 Weinstein, Savonarola ...... 63 Staley, The New Painting of the 1860s ...... 154 What Ever Happened to Modernism?, Josipovici...... 96 Stalin Cult, The, Plamper...... 69 What I Don’t Know About Animals, Diski ...... 13 Stanzas in Meditation, Stein...... 60 When London Was Capital of America, Flavell...... 94 Starr, Remedy and Reaction ...... 20–21 Why Niebuhr Matters, Lemert ...... 38 Steele, Daphne Guinness ...... 123 Why the Constitution Matters, Tushnet ...... 90 Stein, Ida ...... 60 Why the Electoral College Is Bad for America, Edwards. . . . 78 Stein, Pivotal Decade ...... 104 Why Trilling Matters, Kirsch...... 26 Stein, Stanzas in Meditation ...... 60 Wieseman, Vermeer’s Women ...... 134 Steinberg, Petersburg Fin de Siècle ...... 69 Willes, The Making of the English Gardener ...... 66 Stieglitz and His Artists, Messinger ...... 136 Wills, Rome and Rhetoric ...... 37 Storytelling in Japanese Painting, Watanabe...... 140 Wilson, Belarus ...... 73 Stump, The Roof at the Bottom of the World ...... 41 Windows on the War, Zegers ...... 115 Subverting Exclusion, Geiger ...... 68 Winning the Silicon Sweepstakes, Frieden...... 105 Sultans of the South, Haidar...... 167 Winroth, The Conversion of Scandinavia ...... 70 Sunday, Harline...... 100 Witkovsky, Light Years ...... 148 Sutton, Drawings by Rembrandt, His Students, and Women, Work, and Politics, Iversen ...... 107 Circle from the Maida and George Abrams Collection . . 153 Wonder of the Age, Guy...... 125 Syson, Leonardo da Vinci ...... 129 Wrightson, Ralph Tailor’s Summer ...... 65 Takiff, A Complicated Man ...... 95 Yale French Studies, Volume 120, Mabanckou ...... 84 Taub, The Settlers ...... 108 Yavlinsky, Realeconomik ...... 45 Technology, Globalization, and Sustainable Development, Ashford...... 82 Young-Bruehl, Childism ...... 48–49 Temkin, The Sacco-Vanzetti Affair ...... 102 Zegers, Windows on the War ...... 115 Ten Popes Who Shook the World, Duffy ...... 29 Zong, The, Walvin...... 32 Terjanian, Princely Armor in the Age of Dürer ...... 169 Shahnama of Shah Tahmasp, The, Canby...... 138 This Seat of Mars, Carlton...... 65

174 Index Notes

Notes 175 Sales Information Special Sales: United Kingdom, Europe, Africa, Asia, Australia, and New Zealand All prices and discounts are subject For special sales including bulk or to change without notice. Books premium sales, contact: Yale University Press will be billed at the prices prevailing (203) 432-7350 47 Bedford Square when the order is shipped. Prices [email protected] London WC1B 3DP, England may be different outside of the Tel: 44-20-7079-4900 Media Requests: Americas. Publication dates and Fax: 44-20-7079-4901 specifications for forthcoming books Book review editors may request Latin America and Caribbean are approximate and subject to review copies via: change. All shipments are FOB Fax: (203) 432-8485 US PubRep, Inc., Craig Falk Cumberland, RI [email protected] 311 Dean Drive Rockville, MD 20851-1144 Customer Service: Exam Copies: Tel: (301) 838-9276 Yale University Press Professors interested in exam copies Fax: (301) 838-9278 c/o TriLiteral, LLC for course adoption consideration [email protected] 100 Maple Ridge Drive should place orders via our website www.uspubrep.com Cumberland, RI 02864-1769 at: www.yalebooks.com/exam Tel: (800) 405-1619 Japan Fax: (800) 406-9145 Foreign and translation rights: Rockbook, Aikiko Iwamoto, [email protected] Anne Bihan, Rights Director Gilles Fauveau Orders: [email protected] [email protected] 2-3-25, 9FI, Kudanminami, Chiyoda-ku, SAN 631-8126 Sales Inquiries, Tokyo, 102-0074, Japan Yale University Press is a member US and Canada: Tel: 81-3-3264-0144 of PUBNET Jay Cosgrove, Sales Director Fax: 81-3-3264-0440 ISBN Prefix 978-0-300 Yale University Press [email protected] P.O. Box 209040 Bookstores and libraries are also Prices and Discounts: New Haven, CT, 06520-9040 encouraged to order from no mark Trade discount Tel: (203) 432-0968 United Publishers Services. sc Scholarly discount Fax: (203) 432-8485 Taiwan tx Text discount [email protected] BK Norton, Returns: New England and Mid-Atlantic Meihua Sun, Chiafeng Peng • Books must be in resaleable Adena Siegel 5F, 60 Roosevelt Rd. Sec. 4 condition. 325 North Street Taipei 100 Taiwan • No permission required, but Goshen, CT 06756 Tel: 886-2-6623-0088 invoice information must be Tel: (860) 491-9047 Fax: 886-2-6632-9772 provided or a penalty discount Fax: (860) 491-5265 [email protected] will be used. [email protected] South Korea • No returns accepted after West Coast, Northwest, Southwest, ICK (Information & Culture Korea) 18 months. and Western Canada Se-Yung Jun, Min-Hwa Yoo 473-19 Seokyo-dong, Mapo-ku US Returns should be sent to: Patricia Nelson Seoul, Korea 121-842 Yale University Press 3 Cagua Road, Santa Fe NM Tel: 82-2-3141-4791 c/o TriLiteral, LLC 875 0 8 - 8116 Fax: 82-2-3141-7733 100 Maple Ridge Drive Tel: (505) 466-1327 [email protected] Cumberland, RI 02864-1769 Fax: (505) 466-1044 [email protected] e-books: Canadian Returns should be sent to: Midwest, Plains, Toronto Yale University Press e-Books are TriLiteral c/o APC and Eastern Canada available in a variety of formats and 1351 Rodick Road on most major eBook platforms, Markham, ON L3R 5K4 John Eklund usually timed to publication of the Canada 2527 E Menlo Blvd Milwaukee WI 53211 print edition. To learn more contact Tel: (414 ) 312-2160 Stephen Cebik at (203) 432-2539 Fax: (414) 963-4379 [email protected] [email protected]

176 Ordering Information Rewald Smithgall Balken Pelkonen rOOMs WIth a VIeW KanDInsKY anD JOhn MarIn KeVIn rOche 978-0-300-16977-5 the harMOnY 978-0-300-14993-7 978-0-300-15223-4 $30.00 OF sIlence $40.00 $65.00 978-0-300-17078-8 $45.00

Blum Elliott Rothkopf Dabrowski rOBertO caPuccI BYe BYe KIttY!!! Glenn lIGOn rIcharD serra 978-0-300-16958-4 978-0-300-16690-3 978-0-300-16847-1 DraWInG $50.00 $35.00 $65.00 978-0-300-16937-9 $50.00

Fried Wolff Stein Bishop FOur hOnest KInGs, Queens, tO DO the steIns OutlaWs anD cOurtIers 978-0-300-17097-9 cOllect 978-0-300-17053-5 978-0-300-17025-2 $25.00 978-0-300-16941-6 $45.00 $60.00 $75.00

RECENT ART HIGHLIGHTS Yale University Press Nonprofit Organization P.O. Box 209040 U.S. Postage New Haven, CT 06520 Paid New Haven, CT Permit # 87

General Interest Titles General Interest 1 Scholarly Titles 59 Books for Classroom Use 76 Academic Titles 81 Paperback Reprints— General Interest 85 Paperback Reprints— Scholarly and Academic Titles 100

art & Architecture Art & Architecture— General Interest 109 Art & Architecture— Scholarly Titles 151

Cover illustration: From A Little History of the World, Illustrated Edition, by E. H. Gombrich. (See pages 34–35.)

YaleBooks.com ISBN 978-0-300-17905-7